The Workboat Code

Edition 3
The safety of small Workboats
and Pilot Boats - a Code
of Practice
annexMLl
ship

The Workboat Code Edition 3

The Safety of Small Workboats and Pilot Boats

– A Code of Practice

1
Ship Standards
Maritime and Coastguard Agency
Bay 2/23
Spring Place
105 Commercial Road
Southampton
SO15 1EG

Tel : +44 (0) 203 8172000

e-mail: codes@mcga.gov.uk

General Enquiries: infoline@mcga.gov.uk

Website Address: www.gov.uk/government/organisations/maritime-and-coastguard-agency

File Ref:

Published: 26 June 2024

© Crown Copyright 2024

Safer Lives, Safer Ships, Cleaner Seas

2
 Contents
1. Foreword .................................................................................................................................. 11
Introduction ........................................................................................................... 11
How to Use This Code ............................................................................................ 13
Authorisation of Survey and Certification to Certifying Authorities ..................... 13
Health and Safety Regulations .............................................................................. 14
2. Definitions ................................................................................................................................ 15
3. Application, Interpretation and Certification ............................................................................ 30
3.1 Application..................................................................................................... 30
3.2 Limitations ..................................................................................................... 30
3.3 Interpretations of the Code ........................................................................... 30
3.4 Equivalent Standards ..................................................................................... 31
3.5 Maintaining and Operating the Vessels ........................................................ 31
3.6 Accident Reporting ........................................................................................ 32
3.7 Unique Identification Number....................................................................... 32
3.8 Certification .................................................................................................. 33
3.9 Dual Certificated Vessels, and Vessels Changing Operational Type or Area
Category of Operation ........................................................................................... 34
3.10 Area Categories of Operation ....................................................................... 35
3.11 Vessels Operating in Categorised Waters and/or a Restricted Service -
Alternative Safety Standards ................................................................................. 36
3.12 Official Log Book ........................................................................................... 37
3.13 Carriage of Equipment ................................................................................... 37
3.14 Risk Assessment of Operations ..................................................................... 37
3.15 Updating of the Code..................................................................................... 37
4. Certification and Examinations ................................................................................................ 39
4.1 General........................................................................................................... 39
4.2 Compliance Examinations.............................................................................. 40
4.3 Issue of a Certificate under the Code ........................................................... 40
4.4 Annual Examinations ..................................................................................... 41
4.5 Intermediate Examinations............................................................................ 42
4.6 Renewal Examinations................................................................................... 43
4.7 Emergency Examinations............................................................................... 43
4.8 Examination Regime ...................................................................................... 44
4.9 Additional Requirements for Inflatable Boats and Rigid Inflatable Boats .... 45

3
 4.10 Additional Requirements for Dedicated Pilot Boats and Workboats with a
Pilot Boat Endorsement ........................................................................................ 45
4.11 Deficiencies of Machinery or Safety Equipment ........................................... 46
4.12 Appeal Against the Findings of an Examination ........................................... 46
4.13 Interim Certificates ....................................................................................... 46
4.14 Vessels Other than UK Vessels Operating in UK Waters .............................. 47
4.15 Letters/Statements of Compliance for Non-UK vessels ................................ 47
5. Construction and Structural Strength ...................................................................................... 48
5.1 General Requirements................................................................................... 48
5.2 Structural Strength ........................................................................................ 49
5.3 Certificate of Construction............................................................................. 50
5.4 Construction Materials .................................................................................. 51
5.5 Decks.............................................................................................................. 51
5.6 Watertight Bulkheads .................................................................................... 52
5.7 Offshore Energy Service Vessels ................................................................... 53
5.8 Lifting and Towing.......................................................................................... 53
5.9 Boats with a Buoyant Collar, Inflatable Boats and Rigid Inflatable Boats .... 53
6. Weathertight Integrity .............................................................................................................. 56
6.1 General........................................................................................................... 56
6.2 Doorways, Hatchways and Companion Hatch Openings .............................. 56
6.3 Skylights, Windows and Portlights ................................................................ 58
6.4 Valves, pipes, ventilators, exhausts, sea inlets and discharges .................... 59
7. Water Freeing Arrangements .................................................................................................. 62
7.1 General Requirements................................................................................... 62
7.2 Requirements for Rigid Inflatable Boats, Inflatable Boats or Boats with a
Buoyant Collar ....................................................................................................... 63
8. Machinery, Propulsion and Fuel Systems ............................................................................... 64
8.1 General Requirements................................................................................... 64
8.2 Diesel Propulsion Systems ............................................................................. 64
8.3 Hybrid Propulsion Systems ........................................................................... 64
8.4 Electric Propulsion Systems .......................................................................... 65
8.5 Hybrid or Electric Outboards ........................................................................ 65
8.6 Petrol Propulsion Systems ............................................................................ 65
8.7 Alternative Propulsion Systems and Fuel Types ........................................... 66
8.8 Engine Starting and Stopping ........................................................................ 66
8.9 Automatic Shutting Down of Propulsion Systems (Kill Cords) ...................... 66

4
 8.10 Installation ..................................................................................................... 67
8.11 Fuel Pipes ....................................................................................................... 67
8.12 Fuel Tanks ...................................................................................................... 69
8.13 Stowage of Spare Petrol ................................................................................ 69
8.14 Pipes Carrying Flammable Liquids or Gases through Accommodation Spaces
................................................................................................................................ 70
8.15 Noise and Vibrations...................................................................................... 71
9. Electrical Installations............................................................................................................... 72
9.1 General........................................................................................................... 72
9.2 Lighting........................................................................................................... 72
9.3 Batteries......................................................................................................... 73
9.4 Electrical Cables ............................................................................................ 73
9.5 Hazardous Spaces .......................................................................................... 74
9.6 Lightning Protection ...................................................................................... 74
9.7 Emergency Power Supplies............................................................................ 74
10. Steering, Rudder and Propulsion Systems ............................................................................. 76
10.1 General Requirements................................................................................... 76
10.2 Steering System ............................................................................................. 76
10.3 Rudder System............................................................................................... 77
10.4 Propulsion System ......................................................................................... 77
11. Bilge Pumping ......................................................................................................................... 78
11.1 Bilge Pumping System Requirements ............................................................ 78
11.2 Bilge Pumping Carriage Requirements .......................................................... 78
11.3 Bilge Alarms ................................................................................................... 79
12. Stability..................................................................................................................................... 80
12.1 General........................................................................................................... 80
12A Vessels not required to be issued with an approved Stability Information
Booklet ................................................................................................................... 82
12B Vessels required to be issued with an approved Stability Information Booklet
................................................................................................................................ 88
13. Freeboard and Freeboard Marking ....................................................................................... 100
13.1 Minimum Freeboard for vessels which carry 1000 kg or less of cargo ...... 100
13.2 Minimum Freeboard for vessels which carry greater than 1000 kg
of cargo ................................................................................................................ 100
13.3 Freeboard Mark and Loading ...................................................................... 101
13.4 Rigid Inflatable Boats, Inflatable Boats and Boats Fitted with a
Buoyant Collar ..................................................................................................... 103

5
14. Life-Saving Appliances .......................................................................................................... 104
14.1 General......................................................................................................... 104
14.2 Liferafts ........................................................................................................ 104
14.3 Lifebuoys...................................................................................................... 108
14.4 Lifejackets .................................................................................................... 109
14.5 Thermal Protective Aids (TPAs) ................................................................... 112
14.6 General Alarm ............................................................................................. 112
14.7 Recovery of Persons from the Water ......................................................... 113
14.8 Training Manual .......................................................................................... 113
14.9 Maintenance of life-saving appliances ....................................................... 113
14.10 Table of International Life-Saving Signals ...................................... 114
14.11 Drills, Training and Recording of Drills ........................................... 114
14.12 Search and Rescue Locating Devices ............................................. 114
15. Fire Safety ............................................................................................................................. 116
15.1 Machinery Space.......................................................................................... 116
15.2 Open Flame Appliances and Gas Installations ............................................ 120
15.3 Liquid Fuel Appliances ................................................................................. 121
15.4 Portable Petrol Fuelled Equipment ............................................................. 122
15.5 Assessment of the ignitability of upholstered furniture ............................. 123
15.6 Detection ..................................................................................................... 123
15.7 Means of Escape ......................................................................................... 124
15.8 Fire Control and Safety Plan ....................................................................... 125
16. Fire Appliances ..................................................................................................................... 126
16.1 Protection of machinery spaces and outboard engines ............................. 126
16.2 Protection of Accommodation Spaces ........................................................ 127
16.3 Portable Fire Extinguishers ......................................................................... 127
16.4 Fixed Fire Extinguishing Systems ................................................................ 129
16.5 Fire Blanket ................................................................................................. 131
16.6 Fire Buckets ................................................................................................. 131
17. Radiocommunications Equipment ........................................................................................ 132
17.1 The Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS) ........................ 132
17.2 Carriage Requirements by GMDSS Sea Areas ............................................. 132
17.3 Radio Installation ........................................................................................ 133
17.4 Portable VHF Radio ..................................................................................... 133
17.5 Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB) ................................. 135
17.6 Personal Emergency Radio Devices ............................................................ 136

6
 17.7 Test and Maintenance ................................................................................. 136
17.8 Radio Watches ............................................................................................. 136
17.9 Ships’ Radio Licence..................................................................................... 137
17.10 Ships’ Radio Survey......................................................................... 137
18. Navigation Lights, Shapes and Sound Signals ..................................................................... 138
19. Navigation .............................................................................................................................. 141
19.1 General......................................................................................................... 141
19.2 Compass....................................................................................................... 141
19.3 Nautical Publications ................................................................................... 142
19.4 Signaling Lamp ............................................................................................. 142
19.5 Echo Sounder ............................................................................................... 142
19.6 Radar Reflector ............................................................................................ 142
19.7 Additional Navigational Equipment requirements for vessels certified to
operate in area category of operation 0, 1 or 2................................................... 143
20. Anchors and Cables .............................................................................................................. 144
20.1 General......................................................................................................... 144
20.2 Anchoring Systems....................................................................................... 145
20.3 Anchors ........................................................................................................ 146
20.4 Cables........................................................................................................... 146
21. Accommodation and Recreational Facilities ......................................................................... 148
21.1 All Vessels .................................................................................................... 148
21A. Accommodation and Recreational Facilities for all vessels to which the MLC
does not apply ............................................................................................. 149
21A.1 General Requirements for all Vessels............................................. 149
21A.2 All Vessels at Sea for More Than 24 Hours..................................... 149
21B. Accommodation and Recreational Facilities for all vessels to which the MLC
applies ........................................................................................................ 150
21B.1 Additional requirements for all vessels to which the MLC applies 150
21B.2 Vessels less than 200 GT to which the MLC applies ...................... 150
21B.3 Vessels of between 200 GT and less than 500 GT to which the MLC
applies ................................................................................................................. 152
22. Protection of Personnel ......................................................................................................... 153
22.1 Health and Safety at Work........................................................................... 153
22.2 Structural Requirements and the Carriage of Equipment .......................... 153
22.3 Safety and Transfer of Personnel ................................................................ 155
22.4 Industrial Personnel Requirements ............................................................ 156
22.5 The Code of Safe Working Practices for Merchant Seafarers ..................... 156

7
23. Medical Care ......................................................................................................................... 158
23.1 Medical Stores ............................................................................................. 158
23.2 Medical Care on Board a Vessel .................................................................. 158
23.3 Vessel Owner’s Liability for Medical Care ................................................... 159
24. Tenders and Daughter Craft ................................................................................................. 160
24.1 Mother Vessels ........................................................................................... 160
24.2 Tenders ....................................................................................................... 160
24.3 Tenders Launched and Recovered from Mother Vessels or Shore/Platform
Based Facilities .................................................................................................... 162
25. Cargo Carrying, Lifting, High Speed and Bow Push Up Operations ..................................... 163
25.1 Cargo Carrying Operations........................................................................... 163
25.2 Lifting Operations ........................................................................................ 163
25.3 Vessels Fitted with Diver Lifts ..................................................................... 166
25.4 High Speed or Planing Mode Operations .................................................... 167
25.5 Bow Push Up Operations ............................................................................ 167
26. Towing and Non-Self-Propelled Vessels .............................................................................. 169
26.1 General......................................................................................................... 169
26.2 Towing Arrangements.................................................................................. 170
26.3 Risk Assessment of Towing Operations ...................................................... 170
26.4 The Towed Vessel or Floating Object ......................................................... 172
26.5 Non-Self-Propelled Vessels ......................................................................... 172
27. Dedicated Pilot Boats and Workboats with a Pilot Boat Endorsement ................................. 174
27.1 General......................................................................................................... 174
27.2 Requirements for all Pilot Boats ................................................................. 174
28. Manning ................................................................................................................................. 177
28.1 Minimum Manning and Qualifications Requirements ................................ 177
28.2 Single Handed Operations ........................................................................... 177
28.3 Keeping a Safe Navigational Watch ............................................................. 179
29. Carriage and Transfer of Dangerous Goods ......................................................................... 180
29.1 General......................................................................................................... 180
29.2 Document of Compliance for the Carriage of Dangerous Goods ............... 181
29.3 Documentation ............................................................................................ 181
29.4 Stowage and Segregation Requirements .................................................... 182
29.5 Scuppers and Drains ................................................................................... 184
29.6 Electrical Equipment ................................................................................... 184
29.7 Structural Fire Protection ............................................................................ 184

8
 29.8 Fire Fighting Equipment............................................................................... 185
29.9 First Aid Kit Requirements .......................................................................... 185
29.10 Transfer Arrangements of Marine Gas Oil (MGO).......................... 185
29.11 Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Industrial Personnel or
Passengers ........................................................................................................... 188
30. Prevention of Pollution .......................................................................................................... 189
30.1 Port Waste Reception Facilities .................................................................. 189
30.2 Sewage ........................................................................................................ 189
30.3 Garbage ....................................................................................................... 189
30.4 Anti Foul Systems ........................................................................................ 191
30.5 Air Pollution ................................................................................................ 191
30.6 Oil Pollution Prevention .............................................................................. 192
30.7 Oil Filtering Equipment ............................................................................... 192
30.8 Control of Discharge of Oil .......................................................................... 193
31. Safety Management .............................................................................................................. 194
31.1 General......................................................................................................... 194
31.2 Safety Management System ....................................................................... 194
31.3 Cyber Security .............................................................................................. 194
32. Appendix 1 ............................................................................................................................. 196
Alternative Compliance Standards for Manned Rigid Inflatable Boats and
Open Boats Wishing to Operate Outside the Hours of Daylight Within Area
Category 3 or 5..................................................................................................... 196
33. Appendix 2 ............................................................................................................................. 198
2A Liquid Petroleum Gas Installation for Domestic Marine Use ...................... 198
2B On Board Instructions and Information for Fired Heating Appliances ........ 202
34. Appendix 3 ............................................................................................................................. 203
Stability Information Booklet Contents ............................................................... 203
35. Appendix 4 ............................................................................................................................. 212
Use of ISO “First of Type” Righting Moment Curve for Stability Assessment...... 212
36. Appendix 5 ............................................................................................................................. 214
Safe Manning ....................................................................................................... 214
37. Appendix 6 ............................................................................................................................. 221
United Nations Hazard Classes and IMDG Code Labels and Placards.................. 221
38. Appendix 7 ............................................................................................................................. 227
Oil Pollution Prevention ....................................................................................... 227
39. Appendix 8 ............................................................................................................................. 230

9
 Safety Management System ............................................................................... 230
40. Appendix 9 ............................................................................................................................. 235
Transitional Arrangements .................................................................................. 235

41. Appendix 10 ........................................................................................................................... 236

Sample Certificates .............................................................................................. 236

42. Annex 1 .................................................................................................................................. 249

Alternative Fuels and Propulsion Systems .......................................................... 249

43. Annex 2 .................................................................................................................................. 265

Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels ............................................................. 265

44. Annex 3 .................................................................................................................................. 293

The Safety of Police Boats .................................................................................. 293

45. Appendix Ap3.1...................................................................................................................... 336

Application for a Police Boat Certificate .............................................................. 336

46. Appendix Ap3.2...................................................................................................................... 339

Boatbuilders Declaration for a United Kingdom Police Boat ............................... 339

47. Appendix Ap3.3...................................................................................................................... 340

Owner’s Declaration for a United Kingdom Police Boat ...................................... 340

48. Appendix Ap3.4...................................................................................................................... 341

Records of Particulars of a Police Boat Certified in Accordance with the Safety of
Police Boats – Workboat Code Edition 3 Annex 3 .............................................. 341

49. Appendix Ap3.5...................................................................................................................... 342

Declaration of a Survey/Examination of a Police Boat ........................................ 342

50. Appendix Ap3.6...................................................................................................................... 344

Police Boat Certificate ......................................................................................... 344

10
1. Foreword
Introduction

1.1 This Code applies to workboats that operate to sea, and to all dedicated pilot
boats operating either at sea or in categorised waters.

1.2 This Code applies to such vessels in commercial use, other than when in
use for recreational, sport or pleasure, for which there are more appropriate
codes.

1.3 This Code can also be used for barges, pontoons, and similar small vessels
when under tow, as specified in section 26.

1.4 Vessels where bulk cargo1 is loaded into and carried in the vessel’s hold or
tanks are considered to be small tankers or bulk carriers and shall not be
certified under the provisions of this Code.

1.5 Independent rescue boats, when engaged in commercial use, may use the
Rescue Boat Code instead of this Code, in accordance with MGN 466(M)2, as
amended.

1.6 Police boats shall meet the requirements set out in The Safety of Police Boats
(Annex 3) in addition to the appropriate requirements of this Code.

1.7 This Code applies to vessels operated by crew, and to vessels with no
persons on board operated from a Remote Operation Centre. Such vessels
are treated, by both UK and international law, as a type of cargo vessel and the
level of safety and protection for those on board, and/or operating the vessel
remotely, is considered commensurate with the current expectations of the
general public for such vessels.

1.8 A vessel intending to operate as a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel

shall meet the requirements set out in Annex 2 in addition to the relevant
sections of the Code.

1.9 A vessel which does not carry out any of its operation on the water’s surface
(i.e., operates underwater) is outside of the scope of this Code.

1.10 This Code is given legal effect by The Merchant Shipping (Small Workboats
and Pilot Boats) Regulations 2023 (“the 2023 Regulations”). The 2023
Regulations set out the legal regulatory framework for the certification and
continued compliance of vessels and this Code underpins those provisions by
providing details of the technical requirements for equipment and practices and
procedures to be followed in relation to such vessels. The 2023 Regulations
and this Code therefore provide a complete compliance regime for the types of
vessels they are intended to cover. The owners and masters of these vessels
retain the right to show they have complied with all their obligations in full by
meeting the equivalent standards in other relevant provisions such as for
example, the Merchant Shipping (Load Line) Regulations 1998 (SI 1998/2241),

1 Dredging spoil is not deemed “cargo”, it is not bulk cargo. But dredging e.g. gravel for bringing back
to shore for commercial exploitation is cargo.
2
MGN 466(M) The rescue boat code (the code of practice for open rescue boats of less than 15
metres in length).

11
 instead of the 2023 Regulations and this Code. However, the Maritime and
Coastguard Agency advise that it will be easier to understand, apply and
comply with the 2023 Regulations and this Code of Practice rather than the
many separate Regulations that would otherwise have to be considered and
complied with. It would also mean that vessels that comply with the Code may
additionally be issued with a UK Load Line Certificate.

1.11 This is the third edition of the Code. It replaces The Workboat Code Edition 2,
as amended which was introduced in December 2018 and also the original
Workboat Code titled, “The Safety of Small Workboats and Pilot Boats – A
Code of Practice” that was introduced in 1998. This Code applies to
workboats, pilot boats and Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels, the
keels of which are laid, or are at a similar stage of construction, on or after
13 December 2023, the date of entry into force of the Code. From that date,
this Code supersedes the original Code, Workboat Code Edition 2, as
amended, and also the use of MGN 280(M) “Small Vessels in Commercial Use
for Sport or Pleasure, Workboats and Pilot Boats – Alternative Construction
Standards” as applicable to small workboats and pilot boats.

1.12 Compliance with the Code in no way removes the need for vessels and/or
masters to comply with relevant bylaws made by either the local/navigation
authority or the port/harbour authority for the area in which the vessel operates.
Local authorities may, for instance, have powers to require vessels to have
passenger liability and third-party insurance cover, and to set the level of that
cover. Additionally, recognising that some vessels operate both at sea and on
inland waterways, attention is drawn to the common approach to vessel safety
adopted by the major UK Inland Navigation Authorities. Owners/operators of
such vessels shall also comply with any applicable requirements of any
relevant authority for the area category of operation. It should also be noted
that local authorities may also have powers over the use of the foreshore and
landing places, and to issue licenses for their use.

1.13 The following organisations participated in the Industry Working Group that
reviewed and contributed to the drafting of this Code:

British Marine
International Institute of Marine Surveying
Lloyd’s Register
Maritime and Coastguard Agency
Mecal
Royal Yachting Association
Society of Consulting Marine Engineers and Ship Surveyors
The Workboat Association
Yacht Designers and Surveyors Association

1.14 This Code provides information needed for the design, construction,
engineering, electrical systems, hull systems, fire protection, and provision of
firefighting, lifesaving, navigation and radio equipment to ensure the safety and
protection of the crew, personnel, passengers and other marine users, and to
maintain environmental standards. It also offsets requirements for manning and
the qualifications needed for the crew.

1.15 Designers, builders, owners and repairers of vessels, should pay special

12
 attention as regards the intended area category of operation and the weather
and working conditions which a vessel will be subjected to when developing
the design and selecting the materials and equipment to be used in its
construction and maintenance.

1.16 Whilst all reasonable measures have been taken to develop standards which
will result in the production of safe and seaworthy vessels, total safety at sea
can never be guaranteed. Owners/operators of a vessel are encouraged to
take out a policy of insurance for all persons who are part of the vessel’s
complement. It is advised such insurance provide cover against any
foreseeable claims that may arise. It is advised that, if a policy of insurance is
in force, a copy of the Certificate of Insurance be either displayed or available
for inspection by persons on board the vessel.

1.17 The Workboat Certificate, Light Duty Workboat Certificate, Pilot Boat
Certificate or Workboat Certificate with a Pilot Boat Endorsement are UK
issued certificates.

1.18 Non-UK Maritime Administrations or Port State Authorities are under no

obligation to accept UK certificates for vessels in their waters, although some
Maritime Administrations or Port State Authorities may accept UK certificates
as an equivalent standard to their own. United Kingdom registered vessels
may be subject to additional requirements of the port state or overseas
administration when operating outside of United Kingdom waters, over and
above the requirements of this Code. Vessel owners/operators shall contact
the administration controlling those waters for further information.

1.19 Guidance for vessel owners/operators wishing to operate their vessels

outside the UK has been produced as MGN 416 (M).

1.20 This Code may be applied voluntarily by operators of non-UK vessels based
abroad. Such vessels may be issued with documents indicating compliance
with the standards of the Code but shall not be issued UK certificates.

How to Use This Code

1.21 The Code consolidates all applicable requirements into a single document.
Some of these requirements are made mandatory by the 2023 Regulations.
Some requirements are given legal effect by other Regulations.

1.22 This Code provides information on many of the requirements that are applied
by those other Regulations, but this information may not be definitive.
Additional references and information are provided in MIN 698. Vessel
owners/operators may need to consult those regulations and the associated
guidance to ensure they are compliant. This Code does not provide information
on Statutory Instruments coming into force after the date of its publication which
are required to be complied with. Statutory Instruments, Merchant Shipping
Notices, Marine Guidance Notes and Marine Information Notes can be
found on the MCA website.

Authorisation of Survey and Certification to Certifying Authorities

1.23 The 2023 Regulations provide that the Secretary of State or a person
authorised by the Secretary of State may be a Certifying Authority for the
purposes of the examination (survey) and certification of vessels to which this

13
 Code applies. In practice, the MCA acts on behalf of the Secretary of State as
an Executive Agency of the Department for Transport and has responsibility
and accountability for the UK Merchant Shipping Regulations and their
enforcement. Certifying Authorities authorised by the MCA have a written
agreement which defines their relationship. As well as being an active
Certifying Authority itself, the MCA, retains the responsibility for enforcing the
Code and for auditing the other Certifying Authorities.

1.24 The authorisation of Certifying Authorities has been influenced by the

requirement to have a local capability for the efficient handling of the needs of
owners/operators of vessels. Authorised Certifying Authorities are permitted
to charge for undertaking Code of Practice examination and certification
processes in accordance with the terms of their authorisation. Arrangements
for payment of any charges will be made directly between the Certifying
Authority (or an authorised person) and the party requesting such services.

Health and Safety Regulations

1.25 The owner and/or master of a vessel and in the case of pilot boats, a
competent harbour authority as well, is responsible for the health and safety
of workers and others on the vessel. The Merchant Shipping and Fishing
Vessel (Health and Safety at Work) Regulations (SI 1997 No. 2962) and the
Code of Safe Working Practice for Merchant Seafarers apply where persons
are employed on board a vessel, see section 22 of this Code.

1.26 Where a Remote Operation Centre is located on board a manned vessel the
health and safety of all persons on board is the responsibility of the vessel’s
Master.

1.27 On-shore Remote Operation Centres shall follow all applicable local HSE
Regulations.

1.28 Every employer is to be aware of any risks affecting workers and ensure that
appropriate measures are taken to minimise them through improving
procedures or equipment where necessary. Employers must instruct those
affected about the risks and how to ensure their own health and safety and the
health and safety of others.

14
2 Definitions
This section provides the definitions that are used throughout this Code. Where a term used
in this Code is defined in this section it is printed in bold. The use of a term as defined in this
section may also be used in other forms of the word (e.g. pluralised) and shall refer to the
original defined term. All other terms and words are used in the sense ordinarily understood
in nautical or general use in English.

References in this Code to provisions in the Merchant Shipping Act, the Merchant Shipping
Order, the Merchant Shipping Regulations and Merchant Shipping Rules include references
to those provisions as amended or replaced by subsequent provisions.

“"A" class” divisions are those divisions formed by bulkheads and decks which comply with
the criteria described in SOLAS Chapter II-2 Regulation 3;

“Accommodation space” means any space, excluding machinery space, which is enclosed
on all sides by solid divisions, provided for the use of persons on-board;

“Administration” means the Government of the State whose flag the ship is entitled to fly;

“Annual examination” means a general or partial examination of the vessel, its machinery,
fittings and equipment, as far as can readily be seen, to ascertain that it had been maintained
as required by the Code and that the arrangements, fittings and equipment provided are as
documented in the SWB2. The hull, shell fittings, external steering and propulsion components
of the vessel shall be examined out of the water at intervals not exceeding 3 years. The
Certifying Authority may stipulate a lesser interval in consideration of hull construction
material or the age or the type and service of the vessel;

“Antarctic area” means the sea area south of latitude 60° S;

“Approved” means approved by or acceptable to the MCA under Merchant Shipping

legislation, unless otherwise specified in the Code;

“Area category of operation” means the limit of operation of a vessel based on its certificate.
The categories and their limitations are as per section 3.2 of the Code;

“As amended” refers to any other document that replaces, revokes or amends the document
that the term “as amended” follows; “Authorised Marine Police employee” means a person
who, by reason of relevant professional qualifications, practical experience or expertise is
authorised in writing by the Officer in Charge of the Police Diving/Marine Unit to perform
annual examinations;

“Authorised Marine Police employee” means a person who, by reason of relevant

professional qualifications, practical experience or expertise is authorised in writing by the
Officer in Charge of the Police Diving/Marine Unit to perform annual examinations;

“Authorised person” means a person who by reason of relevant professional qualifications,

practical experience or expertise is authorised by the Certifying Authority chosen by the
owner/managing agent to carry out examinations required under section 4 of the Code;

“B" class” divisions are those divisions formed by bulkheads, decks, ceilings or linings which
comply with the criteria described in SOLAS Chapter II-2 Regulation 3;

“Bare-boat charter” means a charter for which the charterer provides the Master and the
crew;

15
“Battery box” means a dedicated box of steel or other equivalent material, in which a battery
is located;

“Battery-electric” means, in the context of this Code, a vessel with a propulsion motor which
can be powered by batteries only;

“Battery-hybrid” means, in the context of this Code, a vessel with a propulsion system that
can be powered by both fuel and batteries;

“Battery Management System” or “BMS" means an electronic device which performs the role
of maintaining the safe charging and discharging of lithium-ion batteries or lead-acid
batteries. A Battery Management System calculates SOC and SOH and communicates this
to the Power Management System;

“Battery room” means a dedicated room of steel or other equivalent material with A0 fire
integrity in which a battery is located;

“Blank” means a device or means of sealing skylights, windows and portlights (collectively
referred to in this Code as windows) in the event of breakage of the glazing;

“Boat fitted with a buoyant collar” means a vessel of similar form to a rigid inflatable boat,
where the inflatable tubes are replaced by solid, or hollow, buoyant sections;

“Bulk cargo” has the same meaning as it has in The Merchant Shipping (Carriage of Cargoes)
Regulations 1999 (SI 1999/336), as amended;

“Cargo” means all items which are transported by the vessel except:

fuel for the vessel,

ballast (either solid or liquid),
consumables to be used on board,
permanent outfit and equipment of the vessel,
ships stores for the vessel,
crew and their personal baggage,
passengers and their personal baggage,
industrial personnel and their equipment and personal baggage;

“Categorised Waters” means waters designated as categorised in the Merchant Shipping

(Categorisation of Waters) Regulations 1992, (SI 1992 No. 2356), as amended, and MSN
1837(M) Amendment 2 – Categorisation of Waters, as amended;

“Cell” means a single electrochemical unit in its simplest form, typically packaged in metal
cylinders; or flat, rectangular metal or plastic cases (prismatic cells), or heat-sealed foil
pouches;

“Certificate” means the certificate appropriate to a vessel to which the Code is applied which
The Merchant Shipping (Small Workboats and Pilot Boats) Regulations 2023, as amended,
require to have been issued (see section 1.1);

“Certificate of Competency” means a certificate issued and endorsed by the Administration for
masters, officers and GMDSS radio operators in accordance with the provisions of Chapters II,
III, IV or VII of the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and
Watchkeeping for Seafarers (STCW), entitling the lawful holder thereof to serve in the capacity
and perform the functions involved at the level of responsibility specified therein.

16
“Certifying Authority” means either the Secretary of State, including the MCA acting on behalf
of the Secretary of State, or anyone else authorised by the Secretary of State or the MCA
acting on behalf of the Secretary of State (see list of organisations so authorised in MIN 698),
for the purposes of:

.1 appointing persons to carry out examinations of vessels and issuing and signing
Declarations of Examinations; and

.2 issuing Certificates;

“Charging point” means the location on a vessel where charging cables can be connected to
charge lithium-ion batteries or lead-acid batteries using shore-side power, a mother vessel
or platform-based facility;

“Charter” means an agreement between the owner/managing agent and another party which
enables that other party to operate the vessel, and the “Charterer” is that other party;

“Close Company” is within sight of each vessel or a distance not exceeding 1 mile,
whichever is the least distance;
“Cockpit” means a semi-enclosed, recessed area that is lower than the surrounding decks;

“Code” means this edition of the Code of Practice unless another Code is specified;

“COLREGS” means the Convention on the International Regulations for Preventing

Collisions at Sea 1972, as amended, published by the International Maritime
Organization;

“Command-and-control link” means the communications link(s) between a Remotely

Operated Unmanned Vessel and Remote Operation Centre;

“Compartment” means all living and working spaces within the watertight or fire-resisting
boundaries on any one level which have inter-communicating access;

“Competent harbour authority” has the same meaning as it has in the Pilotage Act 1987;

“Competent Authority” in respect of manning qualifications (Appendix 5) means either the

MCA or an organisation that issues Certificates of Competence which has applied for and
been granted recognition by the MCA as having the appropriate technical and administrative
expertise;

“Competent Person” means:

.1 in respect of fire extinguisher servicing (section 16) has the same meaning as it does
in BS 5306: Part 3; 2003 which is a person with the necessary training, experience,
with access to the relevant tools, equipment and information, manuals and knowledge
of any special procedures recommended by the manufacturer of the portable fire
extinguisher, to carry out the relevant maintenance procedures;

.2 with respect to The Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations (LOLER)
and Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations (PUWER) (section 25) is
intended to mean a person possessing the knowledge or experience necessary for
the performance of the duties under the LOLER and PUWER Regulations;

.3 with respect to section 12 of this Code means a person, appointed by the Certifying
Authority, who by reason of relevant professional qualifications may produce a

17
 stability information booklet and/or carry out assessment of the vessel’s stability
information;

.4 with respect to all other sections of this Code means a person appointed by the
Certifying Authority who has the necessary training and experience, or by reason
of relevant professional qualifications, and with access to the relevant tools,
equipment and information, is deemed competent to undertake the specific task.

“Compliance examination” means an examination of the vessel, its machinery, fittings and
equipment, by an authorised person, to ascertain that the vessel’s structure, construction,
fire protection, stability, machinery, fittings and equipment comply with the requirements of the
Code. Part of the examination should be conducted when the vessel is out of the water. Part
of the examination should be conducted when the vessel is in the water. For vessels of a
design with no through hull fittings below the water line, the Certifying Authority may exercise
discretion by conducting the compliance examination while the vessel is out of the water;

“Control position” means a conning position which is manned whilst the vessel is underway;

“Cooker” means a galley stove designed for cooking that makes use of burners, an oven, a
broiler or any combination of these items;

“Crew” means a person employed or engaged in any capacity on-board a vessel on the
business of the vessel;

“Critical Downflooding Angle” means the angle at which the lower edge of the opening(s) which
results in critical downflooding becomes immersed. All openings regularly used for crew
access and for ventilation should be considered when determining the critical downflooding
angle. Air pipes to tanks can, however, be disregarded. Where an appropriate ISO standard
is used, the definition should be taken from those standards as applicable.

“Critical Downflooding” is deemed to occur when openings having an aggregate area, in

square metres, greater than

𝑣𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑙 ′ 𝑠 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑖𝑛 𝑡𝑜𝑛𝑛𝑒𝑠

1500

are immersed;

“Critical equipment” means any equipment or system which, if it fails, would result in the unsafe
operation of the vessel, and compromise the safety of other water users, and the safety of the
marine environment;

“Daylight” means one hour before sunrise until one hour after sunset. In tropical waters this
is to be from sunrise to sunset;

“Decked vessel” means a vessel with a continuous watertight weather deck which extends
from stem to stern and has positive freeboard throughout, in any condition of loading of the
vessel. Where an appropriate ISO standard is used, the definition should be taken from those
standards as applicable;

“Deckhouse” means a permanent substantial enclosure located on the weather deck;

“Dangerous goods” means cargoes classified in the International Maritime Dangerous Goods
(IMDG) Code which is given force of law through the Merchant Shipping (Dangerous Goods and
Marine Pollutants) Regulations 1997 (SI 1997 No. 2367), as amended and includes any

18
specialist equipment which may be classified as dangerous cargoes when carried by crew,
passengers or industrial personnel;

“Dedicated pilot boat” means a pilot boat of whatever size which is solely employed in pilotage
services;

“Design Category” means a description of the wind and sea conditions for which a vessel is
considered suitable under the Recreational Craft Regulations 2017 (SI 2017/737), as
amended. See table below;

Design Wind force Significant wave height

category (Beaufort scale) (H 1/3, metres)
A Exceeding 8 Exceeding 4
B Up to, and including, 8 Up to, and including 4
C Up to, and including, 6 Up to, and including, 2
D Up to, and including, 4 Up to, and including, 0.5

“DfT” means the UK Government’s Department for Transport;

“Diesel” means Marine Gas Oil and refers to gas oil, diesel fuel and heating oil, light which
are categorised under UN1202;

“Efficient” in relation to a fitting, piece of equipment or material means that all reasonable and
practicable measures have been taken to ensure that it is suitable for the purpose for which it
is intended;

“Emergency examination” means an equivalent examination to the compliance examination

to be undertaken after the vessel has been involved in an incident. The Certifying Authority
may determine whether the emergency examination is conducted in water or out of water
depending on the nature of the incident;

“Engine space” and “engine box” means any space which contains internal combustion engine(s)
or propulsion motor(s);

“Energy Management System” (EMS) means an electronic system which coordinates lithium-
ion battery or lead-acid battery systems and communicates SOC, SOH and power capability
to the PMS. The EMS may exist either as a separate control system or be synonymous with
the PMS;

“EPIRB” means an Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon;

“Existing vessel” means a vessel which is not a new vessel;

“Favourable weather” with respect to a small vessel means conditions existing throughout a
voyage or excursion in which the effects either individually or in combination of swell, height
of waves, strength of wind and visibility cause no hazard to the safety of the vessel, including
handling ability;

In making a judgement on favourable weather, the Master should have due regard to official
weather forecasts for the area category of operation of the vessel or to weather information
for the area which may be available from the Coastguard or similar coastal safety organisation;

“Float-free” launching is that method of launching a liferaft or EPIRB whereby the raft or EPIRB
is automatically released from a sinking ship and is ready for use:

19
 .1 for the purpose of this definition, “automatically released” means release from the
liferaft / EPIRB stowage location and release of the painter line through use of a weak
link or similar; and

.2 for the purpose of this definition, “ready for use” means: in the case of a liferaft, the
raft is inflated and ready for embarkation;

“Freeboard” means the distance measured vertically downwards from the lowest point of the
upper edge of the weather deck to the waterline in still water or, for an open boat, the
distance measured vertically downwards from the lowest point of the gunwale to the waterline;

“FTP Code” means the International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures (Resolution
MSC.307(88)), as amended3, including fire test procedures referred to in and relevant to the
FTP Code, published by the International Maritime Organization;

“GNSS” means global navigation satellite systems, including GLONAS, GPS and Galileo
systems;

“Grab Bag” means an easily accessible, transportable and watertight bag or other portable
container containing emergency supplies and equipment to aid survival in the event of an
emergency evacuation of the vessel;

“Harmful substances” means those substances which are identified as marine pollutants;

“Hazardous space” means a space or compartment where combustible or explosive gases

or vapours may accumulate in dangerous concentrations, and are divided into three zones
(refer to IEC 60079-10-1:2020 for details):

.1 Zone 0 – a space where an explosive atmosphere is present frequently or for long

continuous periods;

.2 Zone 1 – a space where an explosive atmosphere is present occasionally during

normal operation; or

.3 Zone 2 – a space where an explosive atmosphere is present rarely, and only occurs
for short periods, during normal operations;

“Heating appliance” means an appliance designed to heat air, water or a solid medium by
means of combusting liquid fuel;

“High Holding Power (HHP) Anchor” means an anchor that can be shown to have holding
powers of at least twice those of a standard stockless anchor of the same mass;

“High Speed” means an operating speed of 20 knots or more;

“High voltage” means an electrical system with a minimum output of 1000V AC or 1500V DC
(See MIN 698);

“High voltage interlock loop” (HVIL) means a system which performs the role of checking all
high-voltage connections are safely in place before allowing the contactors, or other key parts

3
The International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures:
https://wwwcdn.imo.org/localresources/en/KnowledgeCentre/IndexofIMOResolutions/MSCResolution
s/MSC.307(88).pdf

20
of a high-voltage system, to be engaged. A HVIL also checks that the battery is disconnected
from the main electrical system before charging is initiated;

“IMDG Code” means the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code, as amended,
published by the International Maritime Organization;

“Immersion Suit” means a protective suit which reduces the body heat-loss of a person
wearing it in cold water and complies with the requirements of the Merchant Shipping (Marine
Equipment) Regulations 2016 (as amended);

“IMO” means the International Maritime Organization;

“Industrial Personnel” means all persons other than the crew or passengers or children of
under one year of age which are transported or accommodated on board for the purpose of
offshore industrial activities;

“Inflatable Boat” means a vessel which attains its form through inflatable tubes only, which
are not attached to a solid hull;

“International voyage” means a voyage between:

.1 a port in the United Kingdom and a port outside the United Kingdom; or

.2 a port in a Contracting State other than the United Kingdom and a port in any other
State or territory, whether a Contracting State or not, which is outside the United
Kingdom;

“Intermediate Examination” means a general or partial examination of the vessel, its

machinery, fittings and equipment, as far as can readily be seen, to ascertain that it had been
maintained as required by the Code and that the arrangements, fittings and equipment
provided are as documented in the SWB2;

“Land” means the seashore above the line of mean high water mark;

“Launch” means, in the context of the Annex 3, a vessel with:

(a) a solid superstructure attached to a solid hull, that is not a rigid inflatable boat,
inflatable boat or boat with a buoyant collar; or
(b) a solid superstructure attached to a solid hull which has an inflatable collar, where
the inflatable collar is not required for the vessel to meet the stability or freeboard
requirements of Annex 3;

“Latency” means the time interval between a signal being sent from the ROUV and being
displayed to the remote operator at the ROC, or the time interval between a signal being sent
from the ROC to the ROUV;

“Lead-acid battery” means a rechargeable battery which uses lead and sulphuric acid;

“LEL” means lower explosive limit, which is the lowest concentration required of a gas or
vapour from which ignition or an explosion can occur;

“Length” means the overall distance from the foreside of the foremost fixed permanent
structure to the aft side of the aftermost fixed permanent structure of the vessel. With regard
to inflatable boats, rigid inflatable boats, or boats fitted with a buoyant collar, length
should be taken from the foremost part of tube or collar, to the aft most part of the tube or
collar;

21
“Lifting device” means a device used for lifting or lowering loads, and includes its attachments
used for anchoring, fixing, supporting the device and connections between device and load;

“Light Duty Workboat” means a vessel that is certificated under the Small Commercial Vessel
codes or complying with another acceptable standard described in section 3.9, which may
also be issued with a “Light Duty Workboat” certificate under the conditions stated in section
3.9;

“Liquid fuel” means fuel that is liquid at atmospheric pressure and used for heating or for a
cooker;

“Lithium-ion battery” means a rechargeable battery containing lithium in any chemical form;

“Load Line Assigning Authority” means an Authorised Organisation listed in MSN 1672 (M+F)
Amendment 4 Ship Inspection and Survey Organisations, as amended;

"Load line length" in relation to a ship means the greater of the following distances (See MIN
698):

.1 96% of the total length on a waterline at 85% of the least moulded depth
measured from the top of the keel, or

.2 the length from the fore-side of the stem to the axis of the rudder stock on that
waterline;

where the stem contour is concave above the waterline at 85% of the least moulded depth,
both the forward terminal of the total length and the fore-side of the stem respectively shall be
taken at the vertical projection to that waterline of the aftermost point of the stem contour
(above that waterline). In ships designed with a rake of keel the waterline on which this length
is measured shall be parallel to the designed waterline;

"Load-bearing division" is a deck or bulkhead including stiffeners, pillars, stanchions and other
structural members which, if eliminated, would adversely affect the designated structural
strength of the ship;

“Long international voyage” means any voyage where a vessel is more than 200 miles from
a safe haven, or the length of the voyage from departure to arrival more than 600 miles;

“Low flash point fuel” means gaseous or liquid fuel, other than petrol or diesel, which has a
flashpoint lower than 60°C;

22
“Machinery space” means any space which contains propelling machinery, propulsion motors,
boilers, oil fuel units, steam, internal combustion engines, generators and liquid fuelled
heating appliances. Spaces containing machinery of a unique or novel design may be subject
to special consideration by the Administration;

“Making way” means a vessel which is moving through the water;

“Managing agent” means a person appointed to act on behalf of the vessel owner or the
person that operates the vessel;

“Marine Information Note” (MIN) means a Note described as such and issued by the MCA,
and reference to a specific MIN includes reference to any MIN amending or replacing that
Note which is considered by the Secretary of State to be relevant from time to time;

“Marine Guidance Note” (MGN) means a Note described as such and issued by the MCA, and
reference to a specific MGN includes reference to any MGN amending or replacing that Note
which is considered by the Secretary of State to be relevant from time to time;

“Maritime and Coastguard Agency” or “MCA” means the Maritime and Coastguard Agency,
an executive agency of the Department for Transport, and any superseding and preceding
organisation;

“Maritime Labour Convention” or “MLC” means the Maritime Labour Convention 2006 which
came into force for the United Kingdom on 7 August 2014, setting out the minimum working
and living rights for seafarers;

“MARPOL” means The International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships,
1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto, as amended, published by the
International Maritime Organization;

“MASS” means Maritime Autonomous Surface Ship and includes every description of vessel
or craft used in navigation that can for any part of its voyage, fully or in part navigate or operate
autonomously or through remote operations;

“Master” has the same meaning as “master” provided by section 313 of the Merchant Shipping
Act 1995 (Ch. 21)4;

“Maximum permissible weight” means the maximum total permissible weight of persons and
their effects, cargo, and activity related equipment, e.g. diving equipment;

“MCA approved” means a training provider or training course which has been audited by the
MCA, where the MCA is satisfied that both the training centre and training course meet a
specified standard, and that the training centre delivering the course holds a valid MCA
approval certificate for that course;

“MER” means the Merchant Shipping (Marine Equipment) Regulations 2016;

“Merchant Shipping Notice” (MSN) means a Notice described as such and issued by the MCA,
and reference to a specific MSN includes reference to any MSN amending or replacing that
Notice which is considered by the Secretary of State to be relevant from time to time;

4
Section 313 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1995 provides that "master" includes every person (except
a pilot) having command or charge of a ship and, in relation to a fishing vessel, means the skipper.

23
“Mile” means a nautical mile of 1852 metres;

“Modification” means any change to the vessel or its equipment that would affect the vessel’s
compliance with statutory requirements, or that would require an amendment to its statutory
certification, including the SWB2;

“Motor vessel” means a power-driven vessel which is not a sailing vessel;

“Multihull vessel” means any vessel which in any normally achievable operating angle of trim
or heel, has a rigid hull structure which penetrates the surface of the sea over more than one
separate or discrete area;

"New vessel" means a vessel, the keel of which was laid, or the construction or lay-up was
started, on or after the first day on which this Code came into force, or any vessel where there
has not been a valid certificate for the previous five years;

“NPCC” means National Police Chiefs’ Council (Maritime Policing Portfolio);

“Officer”, in relation to a body corporate, means:

.1 a director, manager, secretary or other similar officer of the body corporate, or

a person purporting to act in any such capacity; or

.2 an individual in accordance with whose directions or instructions the directors

of that body corporate, or of any other body corporate which is its controller, are
accustomed to act;

“Offshore industrial activities” means the construction, maintenance, decommissioning,

operation or servicing of offshore facilities related to the exploration and exploitation of
resources by the renewable or hydrocarbon energy sectors, aquaculture, ocean mining or
similar activities;

“Open boat” means a vessel which within its length is:

.1 not fitted with a watertight weather deck;

.2 is fitted with a watertight weather deck over part of its length; or

.3 is fitted with a watertight weather deck over the whole of its length but the
freeboard does not meet the minimum requirement (section 12);

“Owner/operator” means the vessel owner, managing agent or person who operates the
vessel;

"Passenger" means any person carried on a ship except:

.1 a person employed or engaged in any capacity on the business of the vessel,

.2 a person on board the vessel either in pursuance of the obligation laid upon
the Master to carry shipwrecked, distressed or other persons, or by reason of
any circumstance that neither the Master nor the owner nor the charterer (if
any) could have prevented or forestalled,

.3 a child of under one year of age;

24
“Pilot boat” means a vessel employed or intended to be employed in pilotage services which
may also undertake other occasional services, such as the carriage of personnel, mail, and/or
small quantities of stores to or from vessels in the pilotage district (see also dedicated pilot
boat);

“Plastic(s)” means both thermoplastic and thermosetting plastic materials, with or without
reinforcement, such as uPVC and fibre reinforced plastics (FRP). The definition includes
synthetic rubber and materials of similar thermo/mechanical properties;

"Pleasure vessel" has the same meaning as it has in the Merchant Shipping (Vessels in
Commercial Use for Sport or Pleasure) Regulations 1998 (SI 1998 No. 2771), as amended;

“Police Boat” is a vessel or personal watercraft owned or operated by a Police Service. Any
reference to “vessel” or “boat” provided within Annex 3 shall mean “ship” under the definition
provided by S.313 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1995 (Ch.21);

“Police Service”:

In the case of England and Wales (excluding London, the City of London, Greater
Manchester and West Yorkshire) a Police and Crime Commissioner represents every police
force area. The creation of Police and Crime Commissioners were set out in the Police
Reform and Social Responsibility Act 2011.

In London, Greater Manchester and West Yorkshire the powers of the Police and Crime
Commissioners are instead held by an elected mayor.

In the City of London the Court of Common Council holds the role of the Police Service and
the Mayor’s Office for Policing and Crime has democratic accountability for policing in the
City of London. Provisions for this are set out in the City of London Police Act 1839 and the
Police Act 1996.

In the case of Scotland the Police and Fire Reform Act 2012 created the Scottish Police
Authority and Police Scotland. The Scottish Police Authority is the regulatory body which
oversees Police Scotland.

In the case of Northern Ireland the Police (Northern Ireland) Act 2000 created the Northern
Ireland Policing Board;

“Power Management System” (PMS) means an electronic device which automatically

maintains the balance between power supply and demand;

“Programmable Electronic System” (PES) means a system based on computer technology

which may be comprised of hardware, software, and of input and/or output units (IEC 61508-
4:2010) (See MIN 698);

“Propulsion system” means all components that convert power into vessel movement;

“Recess” means an indentation or depression in a deck and which is surrounded by the deck
and has no boundary common with the shell of the vessel. Where an appropriate ISO
standard is used, the definition should be taken from those standards as applicable;

“Recognised Organisation” means those organisations authorised in accordance with the

IMO Code for Recognized Organizations (“the RO Code”) (MSC.349(92) and
MEPC.237(65)) and The Merchant Shipping (Recognised Organisations) (Amendment) (EU

25
Exit) Regulations 2019 and MSN 1672 (Ship Inspection and Survey Organisations), as
amended;

“Remote Operation Centre (ROC)” means either a shore-based location which is

permanent or mobile or a manned vessel from which a ROUV is operated;

“Remote Operator” means any person, including the Master, with recognised or certifiable
experience who is engaged in the remote operation of a ROUV;

“Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel (ROUV)” means a vessel with no persons on

board, that is operated from a location remote to the vessel;

“Renewal examination” means an equivalent examination to the compliance examination.

For vessels of a design with no through hull fittings below the water line, the Certifying
Authority may determine whether the renewal examination is conducted in water or out of
water;

“Rigid inflatable boat” means a vessel with inflatable tubes, attached to a solid hull. The tubes
are inflated during normal craft operation;

“Room sealed type” means a type of appliance where the gas flames are totally isolated and
where the air supply and combustion gas outlets are piped to open air;

“Safe haven” means a harbour or shelter of any kind which affords safe entry and protection from
the force of weather;

“Safe state” means the set minimum risk condition(s) defined by the vessel
owner/operator to minimise risks to people, environment(s) and asset(s);

“Seafarer” means any person, including the Master, who is employed or engaged or works in
any capacity on board a ship on the business of the ship and whose normal place of work is on
a ship;

“Ships stores” means materials which are on board a ship for the upkeep, maintenance, safety,
operation or navigation of the ship (except for fuel and compressed air used for the ship’s
primary propulsion machinery or fixed auxiliary equipment) or for the safety or comfort of the
ship’s passengers or crew. Materials intended for use in commercial operations by a ship are
not considered as ships’ stores5;

“Shore charging” means where charging cables are connected to a vessel’s charging point
to charge batteries using shore-side power;

“Similar stage of construction” means a stage at which:

.1 construction identifiable with a specific vessel begins; and

.2 assembly of that vessel, comprising at least 1% of the estimated mass of all

structural material, has commenced;

“Single handed operation” is considered to be taking place when either:

5
E.g. materials used for diving, surveying and salvage operations such as IMDG Code classified
dangerous goods - for example Class 1 – Explosives and the other eight classes of dangerous good.

26
 .1 there is only one person on board the vessel; or

.2 there is a Master on board with passengers or industrial personnel, and

there is no one else on board capable of assisting the Master in an
emergency;

“Small vessel” means a vessel of less than 24 metres in load line length, or in the case of a
vessel the keel of which was laid or which was at a similar stage of construction before 21st
July 1968, less than 150 tons and in this definition – “tons” means gross tons, measured in
accordance with the regulations for measuring tonnage in force on 20th July 1968;

“SOC” means battery state of charge which refers to the percentage of overall battery capacity
remaining before the battery is exhausted;

“Software” means an intellectual creation comprising the programs, procedures, data, rules
and any associated documentation pertaining to the operation of a data processing system
(IEC 61508-4:2010) (See MIN 698);

“SOH” means battery state of health which refers to the percentage of original battery capacity
stored when an aged battery is fully charged;

“SOLAS” means the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, and its Protocol
of 1988, as amended, published by the International Maritime Organization;

“Special area” means a sea area where for recognized technical reasons in relation to its
oceanographical and ecological condition and to the particular character of its traffic the adoption
of special mandatory methods for the prevention of sea pollution by oil is required, as defined in
MARPOL Annex I;

“Standard” means those recognised standards such as BS (British Standard), EN (European

Standard accepted by the European Committee for Standardization, CEN), IEC (International
Electrotechnical Commission) and ISO (International Organization for Standardization) and
includes any standards which amend or replace them or are an equivalent standard;

“Steel or other equivalent material” means any non-combustible material which, by itself or
due to insulation provided, has structural and integrity properties equivalent to steel at the end
of the applicable exposure to the standard fire test6;

“Substantial enclosure” means an area of the vessel which is enclosed on all sides by solid
divisions in line with a definition of an accommodation space and provides protection of
persons on board;

"To sea" and “at sea” means beyond the extent of categorised waters, as defined in MSN 1837
(M) Amendment 2 – “Categorisation of Waters”, as amended;

“SWB1” means the Small Workboat 1 form for an Application for Examination of a vessel;

“SWB2” means the Small Workboat 2 report form for a Compliance Examination and
Declaration;

6
E.g., aluminium alloy with appropriate insulation being such that the temperature of the inward faces
of the battery box or battery room does not rise more than 200°C above the ambient temperature in
30 minutes or 60 minutes as determined by the fire endurance.

27
“Thermal runaway” means where a battery cell undergoes an exothermic reaction, where the
heat generated is greater than the heat dissipated;

“Totally independent system” means a system which has 100% redundancy, and of which any
part does not rely on another system;

“Towing” means the act of towage of one vessel or floating object by another vessel where the
two are connected:

.1 by a towline about which the towing vessel is free to manoeuvre such that there
is a risk of girting, where if the towline is attached towards amidships, it could
adopt an angle to the towing vessel and provide a capsizing moment;

.2 side by side with the towing vessel firmly attached alongside the towed vessel or
floating object, so as to be able to manoeuvre as if one vessel;

.3 fore and aft with the bow of the towing vessel firmly attached to the stern of the
towed vessel or floating object, so as to be able to push, pull or manoeuvre as if
one vessel;

“UKCA” means UK Conformity Assessed. UKCA marking is a certification mark that indicates
conformity with the applicable requirements for products sold within Great Britain;

“Underway” has the same meaning as in Rule 3(i) of COLREGS;

"United Kingdom ship" has the same meaning as in section 85(2)7 of the Merchant Shipping
Act 1995 (Ch.21). “United Kingdom vessel” has the same meaning;

“Up to” means up to but not including the maximum value, e.g. up to 20 miles means to just less
than 20 miles;

“Vessel” means any ship8 to which this Code and the Merchant Shipping (Small Workboats and
Pilot Boats) Regulations 2023, as amended applies;

“Vessel in commercial use” means any vessel, but also includes any pleasure vessel while it is
in possession of a broker, ship repairer or other such person for the purposes of their business;

"Watertight" means capable of preventing the passage of water in either direction;

"Weather deck" means the main deck which is exposed to the elements;

7 Section 85(2) of the Merchant Shipping Act 1995 provides that in section 85(1) of the Merchant
Shipping Act 1995 "United Kingdom ship" means a ship which—
(a) is registered in the United Kingdom; or
(b) is not registered under the law of any country but is wholly owned by persons each of whom
is—
(i) a British citizen, a British Dependent Territories citizen or a British Overseas citizen,
or
(ii) a body corporate which is established under the law of a part of the United Kingdom
and has its principal place of business in the United Kingdom.
8
“The definition of “ship” provided in section 313 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1995 is – “Ship”
includes every description of vessel used in navigation.

28
"Weathertight" means capable of preventing the admission of a significant quantity of water into
the vessel when subjected to a hose test;

“Wheelhouse” means a substantial enclosure incorporating the control position;

"Workboat" means a small vessel in commercial use for purposes other than sport or pleasure,
including a dedicated pilot boat.

29
3 Application, Interpretation and Certification
The purpose of this section is to set out the application of this Code to workboats and
dedicated pilot boats, and the process for certification of these vessels.

3.1 Application

3.1.1 This Code applies to workboats that operate to sea, and to all dedicated pilot
boats operating either at sea or in categorised waters. It applies to vessels
carrying cargo and/or not more than an aggregate 12 passengers and
industrial personnel. It applies to United Kingdom (UK) vessels wherever
they may be, and to non-United Kingdom vessels in UK waters or operating
from UK ports whilst in UK waters.

3.1.2 The Code does not apply to any vessels that operate underwater, hovercraft
or those in use for sport or pleasure.

3.1.3 New vessels shall comply with the applicable requirements set out in this
Code.

Existing vessels with a valid Workboat Certificate, issued under the previous
versions of the Code named in section 1.11, shall comply with the applicable
requirements set out in this Code on the date or at the time of the examination
specified in Appendix 9.

3.1.4 A vessel that has been previously certificated under a version of the Codes of
Practice named in section 1.11 but which certification has lapsed, been
suspended or otherwise invalidated for fewer than 5 years, may be certified
provided it complies with the requirements of the version of the Code under
which it was most recently certified, as set out in this Code. Documentary
evidence of the previous certification shall be presented and any modifications
during the uncertified period shall be declared.

3.1.5 A vessel to which this Code applies, but which exceeds the
speed/displacement ratio as defined within The Merchant Shipping (High
Speed Craft) Regulations 2022 does not need to comply with those regulations,
if certificated to the requirements of this Code, provided that it carries not more
than an aggregate of 12 passengers and industrial personnel.

3.2 Limitations

3.2.1 The Code sets out the requirements for safety of a vessel and any persons on
board. Operational activities undertaken from that vessel are not considered
under the Code.

3.3 Interpretations of the Code

3.3.1 Where a question of application of the Code arises, the vessel owner/operator
shall in the first instance seek clarification from the Certifying Authority.

3.3.2 In situations where clarification is not possible, the Certifying Authority shall
request in writing an interpretation from the Administration who may consult with
others as it deems appropriate.

30
3.4 Equivalent Standards

3.4.1 Where the Code requires that a particular fitting, material, appliance or
apparatus must be provided or carried on a vessel, or that any particular
provision shall be made, to a specified standard, the Administration may permit
any other fitting, material, appliance or apparatus to be provided or carried, or any
other provision to be made, provided the Administration is satisfied by trials or
otherwise that the alternative is at least as effective as that required by the Code.

3.4.2 Where the vessel owner/operator wishes to use an equivalent means of

compliance to the Code, the Certifying Authority shall, on behalf of the vessel
owner/operator, submit a request for equivalence to the Administration who
may consult with others as it deems appropriate.

3.4.3 Any equivalences agreed for the vessel by the Administration shall be
recorded on the SWB2 and a copy of the equivalence shall be kept by the
Certifying Authority on the vessel’s file.

3.5 Maintaining and Operating the Vessel

3.5.1 It is the responsibility of the vessel owner/operator to ensure that a vessel is

properly maintained, examined, certified and manned in accordance with the
Code, the arrangements as documented in the SWB2 and any conditions
stated on the vessel’s Certificate.

3.5.2 It is the responsibility of the vessel owner/operator to ensure that the vessel
is maintained in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations or best
engineering practice.

3.5.3 A vessel, its machinery, equipment and fittings shall be designed to be

efficient for its intended purpose, use and be suitable for the intended area
category of operation of the vessel. This shall include an ongoing
maintenance and inspection regime that ensures the continued effective
operation.

3.5.4 In determining whether an item is efficient, the Certifying Authority may rely
on compliance with standards as recognised by the Administration. Where a
Certifying Authority does not rely on an international standard, it shall clearly
document the approval process used and the rationale and justification for not
using the standard.

3.5.5 Where an existing vessel has new equipment installed, or undergoes

modification, the requirements of this Code relevant to the change, shall be
applied as far as is practicable.

3.5.6 The Administration9 may inspect10, a certificated vessel at any time and the
Administration may also appoint the vessel’s Certifying Authority to
examine the vessel at any time.

9Merchant Shipping Act 1995 (Ch. 21), section 258.

10Merchant Shipping Act 1995 (Ch. 21), section 258.

31
3.5.7 If for any reason the vessel does not continue to comply with any of the
requirements of the Code, the vessel owner/operator shall notify the Certifying
Authority immediately. See section 4.11.

3.5.8 The vessel owner/operator shall notify and seek confirmation from the
Certifying Approval that any change or modification to the vessel or its
equipment covered by the Code is compliant with the requirements of the Code
prior to implementing any change or modification. The vessel owner/operator
shall notify and seek approval from the Certifying Authority prior to
implementing any change or modification to the vessel or its equipment which
is covered by the requirements of the Code.

3.6 Accident Reporting

3.6.1 The vessel owner/operator has a statutory requirement to report accidents.

The statutory requirements are given in the Merchant Shipping (Accident
Reporting and Investigation) Regulations 201(2 (SI 2012 No.1743), as
amended. (See MIN 698).

3.6.2 Where a vessel experiences an accident or incident resulting in damage

affecting the safety of that vessel, the vessel owner/operator shall notify the
Certifying Authority immediately, explaining the circumstances by which the
vessel became damaged. The Certifying Authority may take action as
deemed appropriate, which may include a full or partial examination of the
vessel. See section 4.7.

3.7 Unique Identification Number

3.7.1 When a vessel is certificated under this Code for the first time, it shall be
assigned a Unique Identification Number by the Certifying Authority, in
accordance with the standard format set out below.

3.7.2 The Unique Identification Number is formed of 12 digits, with each digit given
a specific role:

The first (alpha) digit relates to the identity of the initial Certifying Authority.

Digit Identity Digit Identity

B Bureau Veritas N DNV - Maritime
C International Institute of P Burness Corlett Three Quays
Marine Surveying International Limited
D Maritime & Coastguard R Royal Yachting Association
Agency
I RINA Services S.p.A. S Society of Consulting Marine
Engineers and Ship Surveyors
L Lloyd's Register EMEA Y Yacht Designers and Surveyors
Association
M MECAL Ltd

The second and third (numeric) digits give the last two digits of the year of
Certifying Authority receipt of the completed SWB1.

The fourth and fifth (alpha) digits denote the vessel type.

32
 Digits Vessel Type Digits Vessel Type
WB Workboat PO Police Boat
PB Pilot Boat

The sixth, seventh and eighth (numeric) digits relate to the length of the vessel
rounded down to the nearest metre, i.e. 7.95 metres would be ‘007’.

The ninth to twelfth (numeric) digits are a unique sequential identifier,

applicable within the year of initial certification denoted by the second and third
digits. The sequential number should lie within a band of 0001-9999.

3.7.3 An example Unique Identification Number is:

D22WB0090001

which denotes that this is the first vessel surveyed and certificated by the
Maritime and Coastguard Agency in the year 2022, that it is a workboat, and
it is between 9 and 10 metres in length.

3.7.4 A vessel shall continue with the Unique Identification Number assigned to it at
initial certification for the lifetime of the vessel, regardless of any subsequent
transfer of Certifying Authority, unless it has:

.1 been modified so that its length has changed;

.2 changes type of operation, e.g. from WB to PB.

In such cases only the relevant part of the Unique Identification Number shall
change.

3.8 Certification

3.8.1 To be issued with a Certificate for a particular area category of operation, a

vessel shall comply with all of the requirements of the Code for that area
category of operation.

3.8.2 The validity of a Certificate is dependent upon the vessel being maintained,
equipped and operated in accordance with the documented arrangements
contained in the SWB2. Proposals to change any of the arrangements shall
therefore be agreed in writing with the Certifying Authority before a change
is implemented. A copy of the written agreement detailing changes(s) shall be
appended to the SWB2.

3.8.3 The Certificate will cease to be valid if the intermediate or annual

examination as appropriate, including examination of the vessel out of the
water, are not completed within the periods specified in the Code. Where an
examination has been requested more than one month after the required
specified period, the vessel owner/operator shall refer to the Certifying
Authority to arrange an appropriate examination type.

3.8.4 Where a vessel is sold, the Certificate issued by the Certifying Authority on
the basis of the compliance examination, any annual examination reports
and owner’s declarations documented in the SWB2 is cancelled automatically.

3.8.5 A new Certificate shall be issued to the new vessel owner/operator on receipt
of an appropriate application form. The Certifying Authority shall decide the

33
 extent of any examination of the vessel required before a new Certificate is
issued.

3.8.6 The Administration shall be informed by the Certifying Authority when a

Certificate is issued, renewed, cancelled or modified. When a Certificate is
cancelled the circumstances shall be reported for action to be taken as deemed
necessary.

3.8.7 The vessel owner/operator may transfer to another Certifying Authority at

any time. The Unique Identification Number allocated by the first Certifying
Authority is not to be changed.

3.8.8 On the transfer of a vessel to a different Certification Authority, the losing

Certifying Authority shall provide information to the gaining Certifying
Authority of the status of declarations, examinations and inspections;
particularly with regard to any areas where the vessel may be deficient or a
dispute exists. The extent of any examination required upon transfer, when the
vessel is between examinations, in the examination regime in section 4.8. is to
be decided by the gaining Certifying Authority.

3.8.9 It is for the losing Certifying Authority to decide if it should refund any portion
of the fees already paid.

3.8.10 For vessels of non-conventional ship form (including pontoon barges) or

working under specified restricted area categories of operation, any service
restriction placed by the certification standard’s reduction shall be noted on the
Certificate.

3.9 Dual Certificated Vessels, and Vessels Changing Operational Type or

Area Category of Operation

3.9.1 A vessel certificated under sections 3.1.3 or 3.1.4 that changes to a more
onerous operational type or area category of operation shall comply with the
section(s) of this Code applicable to that change of operation or area category
of operation.

3.9.2 Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels

3.9.2.1 A vessel which intends to operate as both a manned workboat and a Remotely
Operated Unmanned Vessel may be issued with two workboat certificates;
one for manned operations, and one for unmanned operations.

3.9.2.2 A vessel shall operate in a single mode, whether manned or unmanned, for
the entire duration of a voyage.

3.9.2.3 A vessel shall not be remotely operated when crew, passengers or industrial
personnel are on board.

3.9.3 Light Duty Workboat Certificates

Section 3.9.3 may be applied to vessels certified under a Small Commercial Vessel Code of
Practice other than the Code, the owners/operators of which, intend to use the vessel to
carry out occasional workboat duties.

34
3.9.3.1 A vessel certified under a Small Commercial Vessel Code other than the Code
may be issued with a Light Duty Workboat Certificate (see Appendix 10), for
the Area Category of Operation for which the vessel is certified under that
Code by the Certifying Authority where it is satisfied that the vessel meets
the applicable requirements of the Code.

3.9.3.2 A Light Duty Workboat Certificate is only valid while the vessel’s existing
certification under the Sport and Pleasure Code remains valid.

3.9.3.3 A vessel shall not be issued with a Light Duty Workboat Certificate if it
undertakes workboat duties as its primary operation or falls outside of the
limitations set out in 3.9.3.5. In such cases a vessel is required to obtain a
Workboat Certificate.

3.9.3.4 A vessel issued with a Light Duty Workboat Certificate shall meet the
manning, training, and other operational requirements of the Code.

3.9.3.5 A vessel issued with a Light Duty Workboat Certificate shall not:

.1 carry cargo greater than 1,000 kg;

.2 be fitted with a lifting device;

.3 carry out towing duties other than as detailed in sections 26.1.1.2; and
26.1.1.3 if the vessel’s bow construction and fendering is suitable;

.4 carry out duties that impose severe local structural loadings e.g., static
pushing operations;

.5 carry dangerous goods.

These limitations apply to vessels certified under a Small Commercial Vessel

Code other than the Code regardless of whether or not they hold a Stability
Information Booklet.

3.9.3.6 Vessels issued with a Light Duty Workboat Certificate, the

owners/operators of which, intend to use the vessel to engage in towing as
permitted by 3.9.3.5.3, the owner/operator shall demonstrate to the satisfaction
of the Certifying Authority that the vessel:

.1 complies with the requirements of sections 26.1 – 26.4;

.2 meets the stability requirements of section 12A.4; and

.3 shall be restricted to towing in harbour or inshore areas only.

3.10 Area Categories of Operation

3.10.1 A vessel may be issued a Certificate which permits it to operate in one of the
following areas:

Area Category 6 - within 3 miles of land and not more than 3 miles radius from
either the point of departure to sea or the seaward boundary of categorised
waters, in favourable weather and daylight;

35
 Area Category 5 - within 3 miles of land and not more than 3 miles radius from
either the point of departure to sea or the seaward boundary of categorised
waters in favourable weather;

Area Category 4 - Up to 20 miles from a safe haven, in favourable weather

and in daylight;

Area Category 3 - Up to 20 miles from a safe haven;

Area Category 2 - Up to 60 miles from a safe haven;

Area Category 1 - Up to 150 miles from a safe haven;

Area Category 0 – Unrestricted service.

3.10.2 Vessels which have valid certification for a specific design category under the
Recreational Craft Regulations (RCR) shall be considered suitable for
operation in the corresponding area category of operation, as outlined in table
3.10.2.

Table 3.10.2 ─ Area Categories of Operation, RCR categories and operating

conditions

Area RCR Design Wind force Significant wave

Category of Cat (minimum) height
Operation (Beaufort scale) (H1/3 metres)
0 A Exceeding 8 Exceeding 4
1 A Exceeding 8 Exceeding 4
2 B Up to, and including, 8 Up to, and including 4
3 B Up to, and including, 8 Up to, and including 4
4 C Up to, and including, 6 Up to, and including,
2
5 C Up to, and including, 6 Up to, and including,
2
6 C Up to, and including, 6 Up to, and including,
2

3.10.3 Vessels operating in Area Category of Operation 3, 4, 5 or 6 may, depending

on the nature of the vessel and its use, be restricted to less than the above
specified limits. Such a restriction shall be recorded on the vessel’s
Certificate.

3.10.4 A vessel engaged in pilotage services shall have either a valid Pilot Boat
Certificate or a valid Workboat Certificate with Pilot Boat Endorsement
allowing it to operate in the area(s) in which it provides a pilotage service,
including areas which are not to sea.

3.11 Vessels Operating in Categorised Waters and/or a Restricted Service -

Alternative Safety Standards

3.11.1 Where the owner/operator of a vessel which operates in categorised waters

and/or a restricted service (according to 3.10.3) considers that full application of
the Code would be inappropriate because other safety provisions have been
made, they may request the Certifying Authority submit an application to the

36
 Administration to consider certification of the vessel in compliance with
alternative safety standards.

3.12 Official Log Book

3.12.1 All vessels of 25 GT and greater shall carry and complete an Official Log
Book11. (See MIN 698).

3.13 Carriage of Equipment

3.13.1 Equipment placed on board a UK vessel that was approved under the terms
of the Marine Equipment Directive (MED) may remain on board for the duration
of its operational life. Equipment replaced after 1st January 2023 must be
replaced with UK approved marine equipment in accordance with MSN 1874,
as amended.

3.13.2 Equipment on board which is additional to the minimum requirements of the

Code and which is expected to be relied on in situations affecting safety or
pollution prevention must be in an operational condition. If such equipment is
inoperative, it shall either be repaired, removed or if removal is not practicable,
clearly marked as inoperative and secured.

3.14 Risk Assessment of Operations

3.14.1 A risk assessment appropriate to the intended operation shall be carried out by
the vessel owner/operator to ensure that any circumstances, local conditions
or equipment not covered by the provisions of the Code are adequately
considered and that all known risks are mitigated. This shall be presented to
the Certifying Authority as part of the examinations prior to issuing or
renewing of the Certificate. See also section 31.

3.14.2 A new risk assessment required by 3.14.1 shall be conducted if a vessel’s

certificated area category of operation changes, the vessel is converted for
a change in operational use or has an additional piece of equipment fitted. The
risk assessment shall include the assessment of any previously accepted
equivalent arrangements to ensure that they will continue to provide an
equivalent level of safety in the new circumstances.

3.14.3 A risk assessment of all persons on board shall be carried out by the vessel
owner/operator considering the intended operation of the vessel and whether
or not there may be persons on board which may be more susceptible to injury
as a result of that intended operation.

3.15 Updating of the Code

3.15.1 A formal review of the Code shall be conducted in line with Regulation 26 of the
2023 Regulations. The Code requirements will be reviewed by an Industry
Working Group, comprising representatives from the organisations listed in
section 1 and any other members as the Administration deems appropriate.

3.15.2 When new standards are developed and finalised by the British Standards
Institution (BSI), European Committee for Standardization (CEN), International
Maritime Organization (IMO), International Organization for Standardization (ISO)

11
Official Log Book may be obtained free from charge from the Administration

37
 or any other international body, which impact upon the requirements of the Code,
amendment of the Code may be considered immediately. In the interim period,
draft standards may be applied where the Administration have accepted them
as an equivalent standard.

3.15.3 The enabling regulations provide for, from time to time, any document amending
the Code which is considered relevant to be specified by the Secretary of State
in a Merchant Shipping Notice.

38
4 Certification and Examinations
The purpose of this section is to set out the requirements for certification of a vessel and
provide details of the examination regime.

4.1 General

4.1.1 The vessel owner/operator shall:

.1 choose a Certifying Authority;

.2 obtain a copy of a SWB1, complete the SWB1 and return it to the

Certifying Authority;

.3 arrange with the Certifying Authority for the vessel to be examined

by an authorised person; and

.4 be in receipt of a Certificate for the vessel prior to entering into service.

4.1.2 The Certifying Authority:

.1 shall appoint an authorised person to examine the vessel;

.2 shall be satisfied that the vessel has been designed and built to the
appropriate standard as detailed in section 5;

.3 shall accurately document the age, type and history of the vessel;

.4 shall be satisfied that the vessel meets all the applicable requirements
of the code; and

.5 shall retain a copy of the SWB2 and issue the vessel owner/operator
of a compliant vessel with the SWB2 and Certificate; or

.6 may decline the application.

4.1.3 The following certification documents shall be retained on board the vessel, or
where this is not practicable, retained ashore, and shall be made available upon
request:

.1 the valid Certificate; and

.2 an up-to-date copy of the completed SWB2, signed by the Certifying

Authority.

4.1.4 Where survey, examination of repairs, replacements or modifications are

undertaken, the authorised person shall record this on the SWB2.

4.1.5 The Certifying Authority shall consider the type, age and history of the vessel
and any recent examination of the vessel by a competent person for which a
report is available, and the length of any period for which the vessel has not
had valid certification when determining whether an examination equivalent to
an annual examination, renewal examination, or compliance examination
takes place.

39
4.2 Compliance Examinations

4.2.1 A compliance examination of the vessel is conducted in two parts, in and out
of the water, and shall be undertaken by an authorised person as directed by
the Certifying Authority.

4.2.2 The arrangements, fittings and equipment provided on board the vessel and
any equivalent provisions approved by the Administration shall be
documented on the SWB2.

4.2.3 Upon satisfactory completion and documentation of the compliance

examination, the required declarations, a copy of the report form SWB2,
signed by the authorised person and vessel owner/operator, shall be
forwarded to the Certifying Authority.

4.3 Issue of a Certificate under the Code

4.3.1 The Certifying Authority may issue the Certificate12 if the following
requirements are met:

.1 the Certifying Authority has been provided with a copy of the signed
SWB2 as per 4.2.3;

.2 the Certifying Authority has been provided with a copy of either the
Stability Information Booklet or the required stability information; and

.3 the Certifying Authority has received the required fee payments as

appropriate.

4.3.2 A Certificate or Certificate with a Pilot Boat Endorsement shall be valid for
not more than five years from the date of examination of the vessel by the
authorised person. The Certificate may be valid for a lesser period of time
as determined by the Certifying Authority.

4.3.3 For a vessel built under full construction survey, the Certificate may be issued
following the satisfactory completion of the final in-water compliance
examination.

4.3.4 The Certifying Authority shall annually issue an identification disc. The disc
shall act as an indication to vessel users and inspectors that the named vessel
has been examined and issued with a Certificate valid for the period of time
stated on the disc. The disc shall be prominently displayed and visible from
outside the vessel.

4.3.5 A copy of the Pilot Boat Certificate or Certificate with Pilot Boat
Endorsement shall be retained by the competent harbour authority, and,
where appropriate, by the vessel owner/operator.

12
An example of the format of the Workboat and Pilot Boat Certificates can be found in Appendix
10.

40
4.4 Annual Examinations

4.4.1 Annual Examination by an Authorised Person

4.4.1.1 The vessel owner/operator shall arrange for an annual examination of a

workboat to be carried out by an authorised person, on behalf of the
Certifying Authority, within 3 months either side of the anniversary date of the
compliance/renewal examination, at intervals not exceeding 15 months.

4.4.1.2 The authorised person shall assess whether the arrangements, fittings and
equipment provided on board are in a satisfactory condition and remain as
documented in the SWB2, and that the vessel, including any buoyant collar
where present, its machinery, fittings and equipment are in a sound and well-
maintained condition, and where necessary serviced at the required period.

4.4.1.3 Where the authorised person is satisfied that the arrangements, fittings and
equipment provided on board are in a satisfactory condition and remain as
document by the SWB2, and that the vessel, its machinery, fittings, and
equipment are in a sound and well-maintained condition, a copy of the SWB2
signed by the authorised person and the vessel owner/operator shall be
forwarded to the Certifying Authority.

4.4.1.4 A dedicated pilot boat issued with a Pilot Boat Certificate, or a workboat
issued with Workboat Certificate with Pilot Boat Endorsement shall be
additionally examined out of the water in accordance with 4.5.1.

4.4.2 Annual Examination of Dedicated Pilot Boats by the Vessel

Owner/Operator

4.4.2.1 The vessel owner/operator shall carry out an annual examination of a

vessel within 3 months either side of the anniversary date of the
compliance/renewal examination, at intervals not exceeding 15 months.

4.4.2.2 The vessel owner/operator shall assess whether the arrangements, fittings
and equipment provided on board are in a satisfactory condition and remain as
documented in the SWB2, and that the vessel, its machinery, fittings and
equipment are in a sound and well maintained condition, and where necessary
serviced at the required period.

4.4.2.3 Where the examination reveals that the vessel and its equipment has not been
maintained and serviced in accordance with section 3.5, the vessel
owner/operator shall not complete the SWB2 and shall report these defects
immediately to the Certifying Authority for action as necessary.

4.4.2.4 Where the vessel owner/operator is satisfied that the arrangements, fittings
and equipment provided on board are in a satisfactory condition and remain as
document by the SWB2, and that the vessel, its machinery, fittings, and
equipment are in a sound and well-maintained condition, a copy of the SWB2
signed by the vessel owner/operator shall be forwarded to the Certifying
Authority.

4.4.2.5 A dedicated pilot boat issued with a Pilot Boat Certificate or a workboat
issued with Workboat Certificate with Pilot Boat Endorsement shall be
additionally examined out of the water in accordance with 4.5.1.

41
4.5 Intermediate Examinations

4.5.1 Out of the Water Intermediate Examinations

4.5.1.1 The vessel owner/operator shall arrange for an intermediate examination

to be carried out by an authorised person from the chosen Certifying
Authority at least once during the life of the Certificate, in order that the
interval between successive out of water examinations by an authorised
person does not exceed three years.

4.5.1.2 An intermediate examination of the vessel shall be conducted in two parts;

in the water and out of the water.

4.5.1.3 On satisfactory completion of the examination, a copy of the SWB2, signed by

the authorised person and vessel owner/operator, shall be forwarded to the
Certifying Authority.

4.5.2 In-water Intermediate Examinations

4.5.2.1 In exceptional circumstances where a vessel cannot be presented for the out
of the water element of the intermediate examination by the due date, a
divers/in-water examination may be accepted in lieu at the discretion of the
Certifying Authority. For vessels which are more than 15 years of age an in-
water examination may be considered upon submission of a report from the
authorised person which details the condition of the vessel’s hull.

4.5.2.2 The in-water examination shall be carried out:

.1 by a certified diving company which holds a valid certificate issued by a

Classification Society which is a United Kingdom Recognised
Organisation. (See MIN 698);

.2 by certified diving operatives; and

.3 when the authorised person overseeing and attending the survey has
appropriate experience or specific training in conducting surveys to
recognised Classification Society standards and scope.

4.5.2.3 The diving company shall present a written report of their findings to the
authorised person during or on completion of the survey. On receiving the
written report, the authorised person shall determine whether the hull, shell
fittings and propulsion components have been maintained as required by the
Code and are as documented on the SWB2.

4.5.2.4 Where the requirements of 4.5.2.2 cannot be met, the in-water examination
may alternatively be completed via a ROV survey connected by a video link to
the surface, provided the required scope of survey can be achieved and the
authorised person overseeing and attending the survey has appropriate
experience or specific training in conducting surveys to recognised
Classification Society standards and scope.

4.5.2.5 Upon satisfactory completion of the in-water examination, the Certifying

Authority shall confirm to the vessel owner/operator the latest date by which
the vessel must be examined out of the water. (See MIN 698).

42
4.6 Renewal Examinations

4.6.1 The vessel owner/operator shall arrange for a renewal examination to be

carried out by an authorised person from the chosen Certifying Authority
prior to the expiration of the existing Certificate.

4.6.2 During the renewal examination the vessel shall be examined out of the
water.

4.6.3 The renewal examination of a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall

include:

.1 examination out of the water; and

.2 an in-water practical demonstration of the vessel’s manoeuvrability,

equipment, and communication systems.

4.6.4 Upon satisfactory completion and verification that the arrangements, fittings
and equipment documented in the SWB2 remains in compliance with the
Code, and that the vessel and its machinery are in a sound and well-
maintained condition, a copy of the report form SWB2, signed by the
authorised person and vessel owner/operator, shall be forwarded to the
Certifying Authority who shall renew the vessel’s Certificate.

4.6.5 The Certificate shall be valid for not more than five years from the expiration
of the existing Certificate, so long as the renewal examination was completed
within three months prior to the expiration of the existing Certificate. If the
renewal examination is conducted more than three months before the
expiration of the existing Certificate, the Certificate shall be valid for not more
than five years from the completion date of the renewal examination.

4.6.6 Where a renewal examination is completed after the expiration of the existing
Certificate, the new Certificate shall be valid for not more than five years from
the expiration of the existing Certificate.

4.6.7 The Certifying Authority shall issue a new SWB2 for the vessel following
satisfactory completion of the renewal examination.

4.7 Emergency Examinations

4.7.1 Where a vessel owner/operator becomes aware that an unintentional incident

affecting the safety of that vessel has taken place, they shall report this to the
Certifying Authority at the first opportunity and in any event before the vessel
undertakes any further voyage.

4.7.2 Where a report has been made under 4.7.1 a Certifying Authority shall:

.1 at the first opportunity, decide whether the vessel shall be subjected to

an emergency examination; and

.2 communicate that decision to the person making the report referred to

in 4.7.1.

43
4.7.3 If the incident is not of a type included in 4.7.4, the vessel owner/operator
may report it to the Certifying Authority for advice on any remedial action that
needs to be taken.

4.7.4 For the purposes of this section, an “incident” includes:

.1 any collision;

.2 any grounding except those that occur as part of the vessel’s intended
operations, within the vessel’s design parameters, and which are
unlikely to cause damage;

.3 any fire;

.4 any event involving:

.1 the hull;

.2 the keel and keel attachments;

.3 the rudder;

.4 any other fitting that is below the waterline;

.5 the propulsion system;

.6 the steerage equipment;

.7 the machinery; or

.8 any critical equipment.

4.8 Examination Regime

4.8.1 Where it is deemed necessary by the Certifying Authority, the vessel may
require additional examinations out of the water at intervals of less than three
years in accordance with an out of the water intermediate examination (see
4.5.1).

4.8.2 Examination Regime for all Workboats and Workboats with a Pilot Boat
Endorsement

4.8.2.1 Compliance examinations, renewal examinations, intermediate

examinations and annual examinations for all workboats and workboats
with a pilot boat endorsement shall be conducted by an authorised person.

4.8.3 Examination Regime for Dedicated Pilot Boats

4.8.3.1 Compliance examinations, renewal examinations, and intermediate

examinations for all dedicated pilot boats shall be conducted by an
authorised person.

4.8.3.2 Annual examinations may be conducted by the vessel owner/operator.

Such self-surveys shall only be undertaken with the authorisation of the
Certifying Authority, where it is impracticable to undertake examination by an
authorised person.

44
4.9 Additional Requirements for Inflatable Boats and Rigid Inflatable Boats

4.9.1 For inflatable boats and rigid inflatable boats the airtightness test set out in
4.9.2 shall be applied in addition to the examination regime detailed in 4.8:

.1 Annually by the vessel owner/operator, and

.2 At the compliance examination and renewal examination, by a

competent person in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority.

4.9.2 For the purposes of 4.9.1, an airtightness test means a test conducted as
follows:

.1 Inflate each compartment of the boat individually to 100% of the safe

working pressure, or the pressure specified by the manufacturer for
testing;

.2 Check integrity of tubes and seams for each compartment with soapy
water and, in the case of a rigid inflatable boat, the integrity of the
joints between the tubes and the hull;

.3 Check that after 30 minutes the pressure remains at the value required
in 4.9.2.1;

.4 Inflate all compartments to the safe working pressure, and record the
ambient temperature. After 24 hours in this condition, pressures shall
be rechecked and the ambient temperature retaken and then check that
the pressure is not less than 100% of working pressure;

.5 A declaration shall be sent to the Certifying Authority on completion.

4.10 Additional Requirements for Dedicated Pilot Boats and Workboats with
a Pilot Boat Endorsement

4.10.1 Propeller shaft(s) (other than shaft(s) running in oil) shall be drawn for
examination at either a compliance examination or an intermediate
examination at an interval not exceeding three years. A compliance
examination carried out on a vessel more than three years old shall also
include an examination of the propeller shaft.

4.10.2 Propeller shafts running in oil shall be drawn for examination at either a
compliance examination or an intermediate examination at intervals not
exceeding 10 years, provided that the preceding compliance examinations
and intermediate examinations show that wear has been insignificant.

4.10.3 Where the competent harbour authority or the owner/operator can

demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority by means of annual
oil analysis or similar testing records that the wear of the propellor shafts has
been insignificant, this shall be accepted as equivalent to the requirement to
draw the propellor shafts for examination at the intervals set out in 4.10.1 and
4.10.2.

45
4.11 Deficiencies of Machinery or Safety Equipment

4.11.1 Where an authorised person determines that the condition of a vessel, its
machinery or equipment does not correspond with the requirements in the
Code, or is such that the vessel is not fit for service, they shall advise the
Certifying Authority and competent harbour authority as appropriate and
inform the vessel owner/operator of the corrective action which is required.

4.11.2 If any corrective action deemed to be required is not undertaken within a

specified period, the Certifying Authority shall suspend the validity of the
Certificate for the vessel.

4.11.3 If the Administration has reasonable grounds to believe that a vessel issued
with a Certificate by a Certifying Authority no longer fulfils the requirements
of this Code, they may require the Certifying Authority that issued the
Certificate to suspend or cancel the Certificate.

4.11.4 For a pilot boat or workboat with a pilot boat endorsement the competent
harbour authority shall be notified of the suspension in writing.

4.11.5 When satisfied that corrective action has been taken, the Certifying Authority
shall restore the validity of the Certificate.

4.12 Appeal Against the Findings of an Examination

4.12.1 Where a vessel owner/operator is dissatisfied with the findings of an

examination and agreement cannot be reached with the authorised person who
carried out the examination, the vessel owner/operator may appeal to the
Certifying Authority to review the findings.

4.12.2 At this review, the vessel owner/operator may call a representative or

professional advisor to give opinions in support of the argument against the
findings of the examination.

4.12.3 Should the above procedures fail to resolve the disagreement, the vessel
owner/operator shall refer the disagreement to the Administration.

4.13 Interim Certificates

4.13.1 Upon satisfactory completion of the compliance examination an interim

certificate may be issued by a Certifying Authority whilst the full Certificate is
being prepared and may be valid for up to five months from the date of issue.

4.13.2 An interim certificate may be issued to a vessel pending the approval of its
stability information booklet, provided that:

.1 the vessel meets the freeboard and stability requirements for vessels not
requiring a stability information booklet (see Section 12A); and

.2 the vessel does not undertake activities that would otherwise require a
stability information booklet (see section 12.1.1.2).

4.13.3 An interim certificate may only be replaced by the full Certificate, subject to all
outstanding exceptions from the compliance examination being completed to
the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority.

46
4.13.4 No additional or subsequent interim certificates may be issued until after the next
renewal examination.

4.14 Vessels Other than UK13 Vessels Operating in UK Waters

4.14.1 This Code also applies to non-UK vessels operating from UK ports whilst in UK
waters. Where Certificates are issued to such vessels, it shall be clearly stated
on the Certificate that “this Certificate is applicable within UK territorial waters
only”.

4.15 Letters/Statements of Compliance for Non-UK vessels

4.15.1 This Code does not apply to non-United Kingdom vessels unless they are
operating from United Kingdom Ports whilst in United Kingdom waters.

4.15.2 If the owner/operator of such a vessel requires confirmation of compliance

with the requirements of this Code they may be issued with a Letter/Statement
of Compliance that clearly states that it is not a Certificate for the purposes of
this Code, and that has no reference to authorisation by the Administration.

UK does not include the UK’s Overseas Territories and Crown Dependencies which are: Anguilla,
13

Bermuda, British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, Falkland Islands, Gibraltar, Guernsey, Isle of Man, Jersey,
Montserrat, St. Helena and Turks and Caicos Islands.

47
5 Construction and Structural Strength
The purpose of this section is to provide requirements for construction and structural strength
of the hull to ensure sufficient strength to withstand all the loads that may be imposed on it
during its life by operation at its service draught and maximum service speed, and by any sea
or weather conditions likely to be encountered in the vessel's certificated area category of
operation.

5.1 General Requirements

5.1.1 The design and construction of the hull structure shall provide strength for the
safe operation of the vessel, at its service draught and maximum service
speed, to withstand the sea and weather conditions likely to be encountered in
the intended area category of operation.

5.1.2 A vessel which operates in area category of operation 0, 1, or 2 shall be fitted

with a watertight weather deck over the length of the vessel and shall have
a permanent accommodation space.

5.1.3 A vessel which is not fitted with a watertight weather deck over the length of
the vessel shall be restricted to area category of operation 3, 4, 5 or 6.

5.1.4 A vessel which is not fitted with a watertight weather deck over the length of
the vessel and which is not fitted with a substantial enclosure shall be
restricted to area category of operation 4 and 6 only, however compliance
with 5.9.2.6 and 5.9.3.4 may allow operation in area category of operation 3
or 5.

5.1.5 An open boat, inflatable boat, rigid inflatable boat or boat with buoyant
collar shall not be permitted to carry cargo in excess of 1000 kilogrammes
(kg), be fitted with a lifting device or be engaged in towing operations, unless
permitted by the Certifying Authority.

5.1.6 All vessels which are not fitted with a watertight weather deck over the length
of the vessel shall be provided with adequate reserves of buoyancy and
sufficient stability for the vessel to survive the consequences of swamping
when loaded with all the vessel’s equipment, fuel, cargo, activity related
equipment (e.g. diving equipment) and the number of persons for which it is to
be certificated (see section 12A.3).

5.1.7 A vessel which is fitted with a watertight weather deck over the length of the
vessel, has a permanent and enclosed accommodation space and a steering
position for the vessel within the enclosed space, but does not meet the
freeboard requirements of section 13.1, shall possess a minimum of 10%
reserve of buoyancy above the weather deck and may be permitted by the
Certifying Authority for the operations defined in section 5.1.5 above,
provided the following conditions are satisfied:

.1 Freeboard to the gunwale edge shall meet that required by section

13.1.1. Freeboard to the weather deck shall be positive in all loading
conditions;

.2 The recess bounded by the reserve buoyancy and gunwales shall meet
the standard for quick-draining cockpits for Category A vessels, within

48
 ISO 11812 – ‘Small Craft – Watertight Cockpits and Quick- draining
Cockpits’, or equivalent; and

.3 The vessel shall comply with the relevant intact stability criteria (see
section 12).

5.1.8 Figure 5.1.8 shows a suitable type of arrangement for the purposes of 5.1.7.
Shaded areas show buoyancy above the watertight deck, in this case at the
vessel sides, but which may equally be fore and aft.

5.1.9 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel is not required to have a permanent

accommodation space.

Figure 5.1.8

5.2 Structural Strength

Section 5.2 covers vessels which are not boats with a buoyant collar, inflatable boats or
rigid inflatable boats – these vessel types are covered by 5.9.

5.2.1 All vessels certificated to operate in area category of operation 0, 1 or 2 shall

be designed and built in accordance with the hull construction standards of a
Recognised Organisation or equivalent standard or to first principles.

5.2.2 All vessels certificated to operate in area category of operation 3 - 6 shall be

designed and built to a standard14 approved by the Administration for their
intended use or comply with higher standards listed in 5.2.1.

14
ISO 12215-5 should be used with caution where the vessel’s hull or superstructure is fabricated of
fibre reinforced plastic, or where the vessel is subject to impact loading from contact with fixed
structures such as offshore wind farm turbine towers, or the vessel is a multihull, until such time that it
is updated with respect to commercial vessels.

49
5.3 Certificate of Construction

5.3.1 The hull of a vessel which has been surveyed and certificated by an UK Load
Line Assigning Authority15 shall be considered to be of acceptable structural
strength, subject to the presentation of a valid certificate of construction to the
Certifying Authority.

5.3.2 Where a certificate of construction as issued under either 5.2.1 or 5.2.2 has a
wind or wave height restriction or limitation, then the area category of
operation for the vessel shall be limited to those wave heights or wind
restrictions as defined within 3.10.2.

5.3.3 A vessel which has not been built under the survey of an UK Load Line
Assigning Authority shall be considered to be of acceptable structural
strength after a compliance examination by an authorised person and if it
has a certificate of construction issued:

.1 in accordance with the hull certification standards for small vessels,

recognised by one of the UK Load Line Assigning Authorities; or

.2 in accordance with the hull certification standards for small craft as

provided in MIN 698 and as verified by an Approved Body in compliance
with RCR Module B (EU type-examination) together with either Modules
C, D or F, Module G (conformity based on unit verification) or Module
H (conformity based on full quality assurance). A Post Construction
Assessment as defined in the RCR carried out by an Approved Body
may also be accepted, or

.3 in accordance with the hull certification standards for small craft as

provided in MIN 698 with verification of structural strength and build by
a Load Line Assigning Authority or Certifying Authority.

For acceptance under 5.3.3.3, the vessel owner/operator shall provide the
Load Line Assigning Authority or Certifying Authority with drawings,
documents, proof of analysis to the hull certification standards for small craft as
provided in MIN 698, the safety factors used, the maximum permissible
combined stress and actual calculated stress. Responsibility for accuracy of the
evidence provided shall remain with the vessel owner/operator.

5.3.4 The verification of structural strength and build required by 5.3.3.3 and 5.3.5
shall include confirmation that the vessel owner/operator has provided the
necessary structural analysis and drawings, and a competent person shall
check that those plans and calculations are representative of the vessel and
are reasonable. A structural survey and/or post construction assessment may
also be carried out at the discretion of the Load Line Assigning Authority or
Certifying Authority to confirm this.

5.3.5 A vessel not built in accordance with either section 5.3.1 or 5.3.3 may be
considered to be of acceptable structural strength, provided that its full
information (including calculations, drawings, details of materials and

15
UK Load Line Assigning Authorities, in addition to the MCA, are American Bureau of Shipping,
Bureau Veritas, DNV GL, Lloyd’s Register, Nippon Kaiji Kyokai and Registro Italiano Navale.

50
 construction) is presented to, verified, and approved by the Certifying
Authority.

5.3.6 A vessel shall be considered to be of acceptable structural strength if, at the

date of entry into force of the Code, it has either:

.1 an existing certificate issued under one of the Codes of Practice as per

1.11, appropriate to the area category of operation the vessel is to be
issued a certificate for, or

.2 a valid Load Line Certificate or Load Line Exemption Certificate

appropriate to the sea area and weather conditions likely to be
encountered in the area category of operation the vessel is to be
issued a certificate for.

5.4 Construction Materials

5.4.1 A vessel’s hull and superstructure may be constructed of wood, fibre

reinforced plastic (FRP), aluminium alloy, steel or combinations of such
materials.

5.4.2 Proposals to use any other material shall be submitted to the Certifying
Authority for approval. The Administration shall be notified with regards to
the procedures that the Certifying Authority intends to adopt for the
assessment of a material not listed in 5.4.1. When a Certifying Authority
considers it does not have the necessary expertise to assess vessels of the
hull material being proposed, the Administration shall be consulted with
regard to the procedures to be adopted.

5.5 Decks

5.5.1 Weather Deck

5.5.1.1 Where a vessel is fitted with a watertight weather deck, it shall extend from
stem to stern over the length of the vessel and have positive freeboard
throughout, in any condition of loading of the vessel. (Minimum requirements
for freeboard are given in Section 13).

5.5.1.2 A weather deck may be stepped, recessed or raised provided the stepped,
recessed or raised portion is of watertight construction.

5.5.2 Recesses16

5.5.2.1 A recess in a vessel with a weather deck complying with section 5.5.1.1, shall
be watertight to the interior of the vessel and shall have efficient means of
drainage overboard when the vessel is heeled to angle of 10 degrees (°). Such
drainage is to have an effective area, excluding grills and baffles, of at least 20
square centimetres (cm2) per cubic metre of volume of the recess.

5.5.2.2 Alternative arrangements for the size and drainage of a recess may be
accepted by the Certifying Authority provided it can be physically
demonstrated that, with the vessel upright and at its deepest draught, the
recess drains overboard from a swamped condition within 3 minutes; or the

16
For water freeing arrangements, see section 6 and, for freeboard requirements, see section 13.

51
 cockpit or recess complies with ISO 11812 (Small Craft – Watertight and
Quick Draining Cockpits) for the relevant design category. (See MIN 698).

5.5.2.3 If a recess is provided with a locker which gives direct access to the interior of
the hull, the vessel shall no longer be considered a vessel with a watertight
weather deck (See 5.1.3). Any such locker shall be fitted with weathertight
cover(s) and in addition, the cover(s) to the locker shall be permanently
attached to the vessel’s structure and fitted with efficient locking devices to
secure the cover(s) in the closed position.

5.6 Watertight Bulkheads

5.6.1 The strength of any watertight bulkhead and the effectiveness of any
alternative means shall be approved by the Certifying Authority.

5.6.2 Where pipes, cables, etc. penetrate watertight bulkheads, they shall be
provided with valves and/or watertight glands, as appropriate.

5.6.3 Vessels Greater than 15m Fitted with Watertight Bulkheads

5.6.3.1 For vessels greater than 15 m waterline length and operating in area category
of operation 0, 1, or 2, a watertight collision bulkhead meeting the
requirements of 5.6.1 and 5.6.2 shall be fitted. The collision bulkhead shall be
positioned in accordance with the requirements of the Recognised
Organisation or the equivalent standard as used for the design of the vessel's
structure.

5.6.3.2 For existing vessels transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2, a vessel
with a waterline length of 15m or greater and operating in area category of
operation 0, 1, or 2, shall have a collision bulkhead positioned within the
forward 20% of the vessel length from the bow, and meet the requirements of
5.6.1, 5.6.2 and 5.6.4.1.

5.6.3.3 For existing vessels transitioning from the Brown Code, a vessel of:

.1 15 meters in length or greater; and

.2 certificated to carry 15 or more persons; or

.3 certificated to operate in area category of operation 1;

shall be fitted with watertight bulkhead(s). A watertight bulkhead shall meet

the requirements of 5.6.1, 5.6.2, 5.6.4.1 and 5.6.4.2 and shall be arranged so
that the vessel meets the requirements of 12.B.1.

5.6.3.4 Existing vessels transitioning from the Brown Code or MGN 280 which do not
meet the requirements of 5.6.3.1 are not required to be fitted with watertight
bulkhead(s), but where a watertight bulkhead is fitted it shall meet the
requirements of 5.6.1 and 5.6.2.

5.6.4 Vessels Fitted with Doors in Watertight Bulkheads

5.6.4.1 A door in a watertight bulkhead shall be fitted in such a way that the bulkhead,
when the door is closed, retains its watertightness. The door shall be kept
closed at sea, unless opened for access only, at the discretion of the Master.

52
 A notice shall be fitted to both sides of the door “To be kept closed at sea, open
for access only”. Any watertight door shall be provided with a suitable safety
provision to avoid injury to personnel by closure of the door.

5.6.4.2 For existing vessels transitioning from the Brown Code; where a vessel has
a door fitted in a watertight bulkhead which is required to be kept open whilst
the vessel is at sea, the door shall be of a power operated sliding watertight
construction to the approval of the Administration. The door shall have
controls which are local to the door and from a location(s) above the bulkhead
deck, at which locations an ‘open/closed’ indication shall be provided. A door
closure warning indicator shall be provided at the door.

5.7 Offshore Energy Service Vessels

5.7.1 The hull and attached structures of Offshore Energy Service Vessels shall be
designed and constructed to withstand imposed static and dynamic loads
typically expected for this type of operation. The structure shall be robust with
scantlings equal to or greater than those typically required from a recognised
Classification Society.

5.8 Lifting and Towing

5.8.1 Where an owner/operator intends to use a vessel for towing or the vessel
is fitted with a lifting device, then the Certifying Authority shall verify that
the structure of the vessel and any associated fittings used in the activity of
towing or lifting is suitable and sufficiently strong for the intended use,
including when operating at the maximum capacity of any lifting device. See
also Sections 25 and 26 for additional requirements for towing and/or lifting
devices.

5.8.2 The breaking strength or maximum working loads of any item of equipment or
of the hull structure itself shall be made available to the vessel owner/operator
and displayed in the vicinity of the equipment. The breaking strength of
lines/chains shall in general not exceed 80% of the breaking strength of the
respective strong point.

Any modifications that are undertaken shall be verified by the Certifying

Authority. (See MIN 69817).

5.8.3 Equipment manufacturer’s instructions on installation, operation and

maintenance shall be followed as required by LOLER and PUWER
Regulations. Where equipment standards are not specified in the Code the
Certifying Authority shall set an appropriate equivalent standard.

5.9 Boats with a Buoyant Collar, Inflatable Boats and Rigid Inflatable Boats

5.9.1 General

5.9.1.1 The following requirements apply to a boat with a buoyant collar, an

inflatable boat or rigid inflatable boat, other than a tender (dinghy) covered
by section 24.

17
The relevant chapters of the CoSWP are Chapter 18, 19 and 26.

53
5.9.1.2 The requirements of 5.3 - 5.6 also apply to a boat with a buoyant collar, an
inflatable boat or rigid inflatable boat, as appropriate.

5.9.2 Boats with a Buoyant Collar and Rigid Inflatable Boats in Area Category
of Operation 2 or 3

5.9.2.1 A boat with a buoyant collar or a rigid inflatable boat which is operated as
an independent vessel in area category of operation 2 or 3 (and is not a
tender operating from a vessel) shall be of a design and construction which
would meet the requirements of Chapter III of the 1974 SOLAS Convention, as
amended, and the parts of the Annex to IMO Resolution MSC.48(66) –
“International Life-Saving Appliance Code”, as amended, and MSC.81(70) –
“Testing and Evaluation of Life–Saving Appliances”, as amended – which are
appropriate to the type of boat and subject to the variations which are given in
the Code.

Alternatively, a boat with a buoyant collar or a rigid inflatable boat which

intends to operate as an independent vessel in area category of operation 2
or 3 (and is not a tender operating from a vessel) shall be of a design and
construction which would meet the requirements of ISO 12215 and ISO 6185.

5.9.2.2 A boat with a buoyant collar or a rigid inflatable boat which is operated as
an independent vessel in area category of operation 3 may be accepted if
built to RCR Design Category A or B.

5.9.2.3 Inflatable boats are not appropriate for operation as an independent vessel in
area category of operation 2 and 3 and shall not be issued with a certificate
for these areas.

5.9.2.4 A boat with a buoyant collar or a rigid inflatable boat may only be certified
for operations in area category of operation 2, if it has a permanent and
enclosed accommodation space for all persons on board and the vessel has
a steering position for the vessel within the enclosed space.

5.9.2.5 A boat with a buoyant collar or a rigid inflatable boat may only be certified
for area category of operation 3, if fitted with a substantial enclosure for the
protection of persons on board, subject to approval by the Certifying
Authority.

5.9.2.6 A boat with a buoyant collar or rigid inflatable boat which is not fitted with
a substantial enclosure, may only be certified for area category of operation
3, where the vessel complies with the requirements set out in Appendix 1.

5.9.3 Boats with a Buoyant Collar, Inflatable Boats and Rigid Inflatable Boats
in Area Categories 4, 5 and 6

5.9.3.1 A boat with a buoyant collar, an inflatable boat or a rigid inflatable boat
which is intended to operate as an independent vessel in area category of
operation 4, 5 or 6 shall be designed and built to a standard, as detailed in
the MIN 698, approved by the Administration for their intended use.

5.9.3.2 Instead of complying with 5.9.2.1 the structure of the rigid hull of a rigid
inflatable boat and a boat with a buoyant collar may meet the requirements
of section 5.3 Certificate of Construction.

54
5.9.3.3 A boat with a buoyant collar or a rigid inflatable boat may only be certified
for area category of operation 5 (night time operations), if fitted with a
substantial enclosure for the protection of persons on board, subject to
approval by the Certifying Authority. A substantial enclosure can be a
permanently secured solid structure, or one that can be removed in harbour,
provided when in place it is through bolted to the deck and adequately
constructed to meet the designed vessel limitations. Portable canopies that are
secured by lines or by fabric hook and loop fastening are not acceptable.

5.9.3.4 For area category of operation 5 only, alternative operating procedures for
night time operations without a substantial enclosure to that in 5.9.3.3 may
be considered, with operational/seasonal limitations using the provisions of
Appendix 1. Such cases should be subject to approval by the Certifying
Authority.

5.9.3.5 An inflatable boat may be considered appropriate for operation as an

independent vessel in area categories of operation 4 and 6 and may be
issued with a certificate limiting operation to these areas.

5.9.4 Construction and Materials

5.9.4.1 For vessels complying with section 5.9.2.4, materials shall satisfy the
requirements of Chapter III of the 1974 SOLAS Convention, as amended
(including ISO 15372:2000 Ships and marine technology. Inflatable rescue
boats. Coated fabrics for inflatable chambers), except that fire–retarding
characteristics are not required for the hull material.

5.9.4.2 For all vessels, materials shall satisfy the requirements of the standards
recognised by the Administration, against which they have been assessed.

5.9.4.3 A new vessel of a type certified as a rescue boat under the Merchant Shipping
(Marine Equipment) Regulations 1999 (SI 1999 No. 1957), as amended, or
provided with a letter of compliance for use as a fast rescue boat for offshore
stand-by vessels, or any equivalent certification or compliance, shall be
accepted as complying with the construction requirements of the Code.

5.9.4.4 A new boat with a buoyant collar, inflatable boat or rigid inflatable boat
which is not built in accordance with either section 5.9.2.4, 5.9.2.5, 5.9.2.6 or
5.9.3.4 may be specially considered, provided that its full information (including
calculations, drawings, details of materials and construction) is presented to
and approved by the Certifying Authority.

55
6 Weathertight Integrity
The purpose of this section is to set requirements to ensure that any water from sea conditions
likely to be encountered in the intended area category of operation will not penetrate into a
vessel.

Sections 6.2 and 6.3 apply to accessways (doorways, hatchways and companion hatch
openings) and windows (skylights, windows and portlights) which are collectively referred to
in ISO 12216 as closing appliances.

Section 6.4 applies to valves, piping, ventilators, exhausts, sea inlets and discharges which
are collectively referred to in ISO 12216 as external appliances.

6.1 General

6.1.1 A vessel shall be designed and constructed to be weathertight in a manner

which will prevent the water ingress. For strength and watertightness of
accessways and windows the requirements of ISO 12216 are considered
acceptable. (See MIN 698).

6.2 Doorways, Hatchways and Companion Hatch Openings

For the purpose of this Code, doorways, hatchways and companion hatch
openings are collectively referred to as accessways.

6.2.1 General Requirements

6.2.1.1 An accessway which gives access to any compartment shall be weathertight

when closed.

6.2.1.2 An accessway which is used for escape purposes shall be capable of being
opened, closed and where necessary, unlocked, from both sides.

6.2.2 Doorways which are located above the weather deck

6.2.2.1 A hinged doorway located in the side of the superstructure shall have the
hinges on the forward edge to prevent ingress of sea water during normal
operations and unfavourable sea conditions.

6.2.2.2 A doorway shall not open inwards and shall be sized such that the covering
overlaps the doorway on all sides and has efficient means of opening and
closure which can be operated from either side.

6.2.2.3 Sliding weathertight doors, where fitted, shall be provided with suitable safety
provision to avoid injury to personnel by closure of the door.

6.2.2.4 A doorway which is either forward or side facing shall be provided with a
coaming, the top of which is at least 300 mm above the adjacent weather deck.

56
6.2.2.5 A weathertight coaming may be portable, provided it can be permanently
secured to the structure of the vessel and can be locked in position whilst at
sea18. A portable coaming shall be marked, “Not to be removed at sea”.

6.2.3 Doorways which are located below the weather deck

6.2.3.1 A doorway fitted in a watertight bulkhead shall be of a watertight construction,

operable from both sides and be kept closed at sea. A notice shall be fitted to
both sides of the door “To be kept closed at sea, open for access only”.

6.2.3.2 Sliding watertight doors, where fitted, shall be provided with suitable safety
provision to avoid injury to personnel by closure of the door.

6.2.4 Hatchways19 and companion hatch openings

6.2.4.1 Where washboards are used to close a vertical opening they shall be arranged
and fitted so they will not become dislodged.

6.2.4.2 A covering to a hatchway shall be hinged, sliding or permanently secured by

other equivalent means to the structure of the vessel and be provided with
locking devices to enable it to be positively secured from either side in the
closed position.

6.2.4.3 A covering to a hatchway which is hinged, and which is located in the forward
half of the vessel shall have the hinges fitted to the forward side of the
hatchway covering. Where this is not possible, alternative arrangements shall
be presented to the Certifying Authority for their approval.

6.2.4.4 A hatchway in recessed or stepped decks of vessels as described in 5.5.1.2,

that provide access to sea inlet valves, shall have access openings at least 300
mm above the minimum freeboard to deck (see 13.1), or the sea inlet valves
fitted with remote closing devices.

Existing vessels transitioning from the Brown Code are not required to meet
6.2.4.4.

6.2.4.5 A companion hatch opening from a cockpit or recess, regardless of

orientation, which gives access to spaces below the weather deck shall be
fitted with a coaming or washboard, the top of which is at least 300 mm above
the sole of the cockpit or recess.

6.2.4.6 The maximum breadth of the opening of a companion hatch shall not exceed
1 metre.

6.2.5 Hatchways which are Open at Sea

6.2.5.1 Hatchways, where practicable, shall be kept securely closed at sea. However,
if a hatchway is required to be open at sea for lengthy periods, it shall be:

18
A trough or a recess which is 300mm deep immediately adjacent to the accessway does not satisfy
this requirement.
19
For cargo hatchways, reference shall be made to section 25.1.4.

57
 .1 kept as small as practicable, but never more than 1 square metre (m²)
in plane area at the top of the coaming;

.2 be aft facing and located on the centre line of the vessel or as close
thereto as practicable; and

.3 shall comply with the coaming requirements of 6.2.4.5.

6.3 Skylights, Windows and Portlights

For the purpose of this Code, skylights, portlights and windows are collectively
referred to as windows.

6.3.1 All windows fitted above the weather deck shall be of weathertight
construction.

6.3.2 All windows fitted below the weather deck shall be of watertight construction.

6.3.3 Where a window is an opening type it shall be provided with efficient means
whereby it can be positively secured in the closed position.

6.3.4 A window which is provided as a means of escape shall be capable of being

opened and closed from both sides.

6.3.5 Windows shall not be fitted in an engine space boundary, unless otherwise
specifically permitted by this Code.

6.3.6 Windows and their frames shall meet the appropriate requirements defined in
equivalent British, European or International Standards or Classification
Society Rules. (See MIN 698).

6.3.7 For a vessel certificated to operate in area category of operation 0, 1, 2 or 3,

unless the glazing material and its method of fixing in the frame is equivalent
in strength to that required for the structure in which it is fitted, a portable blank
shall be provided which can be secured in place in event of breakage of the
glazing.

6.3.8 Where a window below the weather deck can be opened it shall be fitted with
a deadlight or provided with a portable blank.

6.3.9 Where portable blanks are required, the number of blanks shall be sufficient
for at least half of the number of such windows of each different size in the
vessel. A blank shall be capable of being efficiently secured in position to
prevent the ingress of water and shall be of a suitable material and equivalent
in strength, with regard to design pressure, to that required for the structure to
which it is attached, to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority.

6.3.10 A portlight shall not exceed 250 mm diameter or equivalent area.

6.3.11 A window which is capable of being opened and is located below the weather
deck shall be marked, “Not to be opened at sea”.

6.3.12 Windows used for navigational purposes shall not have their visibility impaired
by polarised or tinted glass.

58
6.4 Valves, pipes, ventilators, exhausts, sea inlets and discharges

Section 6.4 applies to valves and associated piping, ventilators and exhausts, air pipes and
sea inlets and discharges.

6.4.1 Valves and Associated Piping

6.4.1.1 A valve or similar fitting attached to the side of the vessel below the waterline,
within a machinery space or other high fire risk area, and essential system
piping shall be of steel, bronze, copper, or other non-brittle fire-resistant
material.

6.4.1.2 Materials with a melting point below 1000°C shall not be used for fire mains,
hydrants, valves or cocks.

Fittings which incorporate components with a melting point below 1000°C may
be accepted by the Certifying Authority, provided they have passed a fire test
in accordance with ISO 10497.

6.4.1.3 Plastic/non-metallic piping shall only be used where the design and
construction of the pipe is appropriate to its usage (e.g. with respect to system
type (open or closed loop), system pressure, system temperature, system pipe
internal fluid, location etc.), using Class requirements and IMO A.753(18) as
amended for guidance. When plastic piping or flexible20 pipe is used it shall
not contribute any additional risks or spread of fire and be of a type suitable for
the intended purpose.

6.4.1.4 Plastic pipes shall not be used in machinery spaces or cargo pipes carrying
flammable liquids unless:

.1 the plastic pipes meet the requirements of ISO 15540 or IMO A.753(18);

.2 the exhaust hosing meets the requirements of the standard accepted

by the Administration (see MIN 698); and

.3 the plastic pipes are fitted within the machinery space of vessels
certified to operate in area category of operation 0, 1 or 2, the shut off
valve shall be operable from outside of the machinery space; or

.4 the plastic pipes are fitted within the machinery space of vessels
certified to operate in area category of operation 3, 4, 5 or 6, the shut
off valve may be located on the pipe within the machinery space.

6.4.2 Sea Inlets and Discharges

6.4.2.1 Any opening for inlets and discharges below the weather deck shall be
provided with a watertight means of closure and if fitted below the waterline,

20
Flexible pipes, hoses and hose assemblies – which are flexible hoses with end fittings attached – shall
be in as short lengths as practicable, but shall not, in general, exceed 1.5 m in length, and only be used
where necessary to accommodate relative movement between fixed piping and machinery parts. Where
a flexible section of piping is provided, connections shall be of a screw type or equivalent approved type.
Flexible pipes and end attachments shall be of approved fire-resisting materials.

59
 the means of closure shall be either remotely operated or readily accessible in
an emergency. Discharge lines shall also have an automatic non-return valve.

6.4.2.2 When an opening is for a log or other sensor, which is capable of being
withdrawn, the opening shall be provided with an effective means of closure
when such a fitting is removed. A non-metallic, or non-flush metallic fitting, log
or sensor shall not be fitted in machinery spaces or in any spaces in vessels
that operate at high speed unless located in small cofferdams designed for the
purpose and with any access panels and service transits made watertight. If
access is designed to be opened at sea, a test cock shall be provided.

6.4.2.3 Inlet and discharge pipes from marine toilets shall be provided with a
watertight means of closure as required by section 6.4.2.1. When the rim of a
marine toilet is less than 300 mm above the deepest waterline of the vessel,
unless otherwise indicated by manufacturer’s recommendations, anti-syphon
measures shall be provided.

6.4.2.4 Observation glasses fitted in sea water systems below the deepest anticipated
waterline, including any trim or heel, shall be so protected as to minimise the
risk of mechanical damage, failure and consequential flooding.

6.4.3 Ventilators and Exhausts

6.4.3.1 A ventilator situated on the weather deck shall be provided with a readily
available means of weathertight closure.

6.4.3.2 Ventilators including those which must be kept open, shall be located as far
inboard as practicable and the height above the deck of the ventilator opening
shall be sufficient to prevent inadvertent downflooding when the vessel is
heeled (see section 12).

6.4.3.3 Vessels which are fitted with ventilators for machinery space(s) in the hull side,
which do not satisfy the requirements of 6.4.2.1 and 6.4.2.2, may be accepted
subject to approval by the Certifying Authority. The following shall as a minimum
be considered as a part of the approval process:

.1 the risk of fire in the machinery space(s);

.2 the risk of downflooding in the machinery space(s); and

.3 potential restrictions to operation.

Such a ventilator shall be capable of being remotely closed prior to activation of

a fixed fire extinguishing system for the machinery space(s).

6.4.3.4 An engine exhaust outlet which penetrates the hull below the weather deck shall
be provided with means to prevent backflooding into the hull through the exhaust
system. The means may be provided by system design or a built-in valve.

6.4.3.5 For existing vessels transitioning from the Brown Code, MGN 280 or Workboat
Code Edition 2, the means to meet the requirements of 6.4.3.4 may alternatively
be a portable fitting which can be readily applied in an emergency.

60
6.4.4 Air Pipes

6.4.4.1 Where located on the weather deck, an air pipe shall be kept as far inboard
as possible and have a height above deck sufficient to prevent inadvertent
downflooding when the vessel is heeled (see Section 12).

6.4.4.2 An air pipe, of greater than 10 mm inside diameter, serving a tank shall be
provided with a permanently attached means of weathertight closure. Means
of closure may be omitted if it can be demonstrated to approval of the
Certifying Authority, that the open end of the air pipe is afforded adequate
protection by other means, which will prevent the ingress of water.

6.4.4.3 An air pipe serving a tank (also see section 1), where provided with a closing
appliance, shall be of a type which will prevent excessive pressure on the tank
boundaries. Provision shall be made for relieving a vacuum when tanks are
being drawn from or emptied.

61
7 Water Freeing Arrangements
The purpose of this section is to set requirements for water freeing arrangements which allow
water trapped on deck to run freely overboard and ensure effective drainage of the deck.

7.1 General Requirements

7.1.1 Where a vessel is fitted with bulwarks such that shipped water may be trapped
behind them, the bulwarks shall be provided with freeing ports that will ensure
the deck can be effectively drained.

7.1.2 The area of freeing ports shall be at least 4% of the bulwark area and be
situated in the lower third of the bulwark height, as close to the deck as
practicable.

7.1.3 A vessel which is certified to operate in area category of operation 2, 3, 4, 5

or 6, shall be provided with freeing ports required by section 7.1.2 or may be
provided with a minimum of two ports fitted (one port and one starboard), which
may be in the transom, each having a clear area of at least 225 cm2 (0.0225
m2). Ports may only be fitted in the transom of vessels which, with the vessel
trimmed as necessary to represent a normal operating condition and
regardless of loading condition, will ensure the deck can be effectively drained.

7.1.4 A Certifying Authority may approve smaller ports in a vessel having only
small side deck areas in which water can be trapped, the reduced area being
based on the volume of water which is likely to become so trapped. The
following correction to the required freeing port area shall be used:
FPREQ = FPMAX × (AACT /AMAX )

Where

FPREQ = Freeing port area required

FPMAX = Maximum freeing port area required

AACT = Actual area of deck fitted with enclosed bulwarks, excluding

superstructure or deckhouse area

AMAX = Area of maximum sized well (0.7L x B) where L and B are the
dimensions of the vessel.

7.1.5 Where a non-return shutter or flap is fitted to a freeing port it shall have
sufficient clearance to prevent jamming and any hinges shall have pins or
bearings of non-corrodible material.

7.1.6 Structures and spaces considered to be non-weathertight shall be provided

with efficient drainage.

7.1.7 Where cargo is to be stowed on deck, the stowage arrangement shall be such
as to not impede the free flow of water from the deck.

7.1.8 Where the owner/operator of a vessel intends to operate in sea areas where
ice accretion can occur, the water freeing arrangements shall minimise the risk
of icing impeding the free flow of water from the deck.

62
7.1.9 Where independent self-contained wheelhouses are fitted, provisions are to
be made so that such wheelhouses can drain quickly, typically in the event of
wheelhouse window failure and consequential flooding.

7.2 Requirements for Rigid Inflatable Boats, Inflatable Boats or Boats with a
Buoyant Collar

7.2.1 If the boat is fitted with a transom, it shall be equipped with at least one
drainplug or one bailing system.

7.2.2 An adequate means of draining the boat shall be demonstrated.

7.2.3 A rigid inflatable boat, an inflatable boat or a boat with a buoyant collar
shall be provided with a minimum of one freeing port or drain fitted in the
transom, with a clear area of at least 225 cm2 (0.0225 m2) (minimum 9.55 cm
diameter), or other means of clearing water.

7.2.4 A rigid inflatable boat, an inflatable boat or a boat with a buoyant collar
shall have adequate means of self-draining whilst moving ahead.

63
8 Machinery, Propulsion and Fuel Systems
The purpose of this section is to set out the requirements for propulsion systems, fuel supply
and handling including stowage of spare petrol where appropriate.

8.1 General Requirements

8.1.1 A vessel shall be provided with a propulsion system suitable for marine use
and with sufficient fuel capacity or charge for its intended area category of
operation.

8.1.2 The engine type, systems and installations essential to the propulsion and the
safety of the vessel shall be of design, type, power and construction adequate
to operate in accordance with the intended purpose of the vessel, its area
category of operation and shall be designed to operate when the vessel is
inclined up to 15 degrees of heel and 7.5 degrees of trim.

8.1.3 Where a vessel is fitted with multiple engine spaces these shall be totally
independent systems and shall include separate fuel, control and electrical
systems.

An existing vessel transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code which cannot
practicably meet the requirements of 8.1.3 may be permitted to have alternate
arrangements, subject to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority.

8.1.4 A vessel shall not be fitted with a propulsion system fuelled or powered by fuels
other than those provided for in Section 8 and Annex 1 of this Code unless
permitted for use on a case-by-case basis, by the Administration. A risk
assessment shall be provided by the vessel owner/operator and shall as a
minimum consider the safe storage and use of fuel on board, fuel transportation,
carriage, storage ashore, and refuelling operations.

8.2 Diesel Propulsion Systems

8.2.1 A vessel may be fitted with either an inboard or an outboard diesel engine.

8.2.2 All vessels fitted with marine diesel engines or diesel battery-hybrid
propulsion systems shall comply with Section 30.5 of the Code, as
applicable.

8.3 Hybrid Propulsion Systems

8.3.1 Where a vessel is fitted with a battery-hybrid propulsion system it shall be

designed to use one power source as primary power with the other source used
as a secondary power source, boost or in an emergency. Requirements for
electric propulsion systems are detailed in Annex 1.

8.3.2 A hybrid propulsion system shall, where practicable, be designed so it is not

vulnerable to a single point of failure. The system shall be capable of providing
power following failure of either the engine or electric motor.

8.3.3 Batteries used as a source of power for propulsion may share a boundary with
fuel tank(s) or accommodation spaces, where the boundary is of steel or
other equivalent material.

64
8.4 Electric Propulsion Systems

8.4.1 Requirements for pure electric propulsion systems (i.e. exclusively using
batteries as a power source for propulsion) are detailed in Annex 1.

8.4.2 A vessel shall not be fitted with a pure electric propulsion system powered
by battery types other than those covered in Annex 1 unless permitted on a
case-by-case basis, by the Administration. The vessel owner/operator shall
demonstrate that an appropriate level of safety is provided to the satisfaction of
the Administration which shall include verification that the machinery and
systems have been installed in accordance with UK authorised Recognised
Organisation standards.

8.5 Hybrid or Electric Outboards

8.5.1 A vessel may be fitted with a battery-hybrid or pure electric outboard.

Requirements for electric propulsion systems are detailed in Annex 1.

8.5.2 The battery used as a source of power for propulsion for a hybrid or electric
outboard shall be of a type suitable for marine use.

8.6 Petrol Propulsion Systems

8.6.1 Where a vessel is fitted with a petrol engine it shall be of an outboard type.

A workboat with a pilot boat endorsement or a dedicated pilot boat is not

permitted to be fitted with a petrol engine.

8.6.2 A vessel of any type may be fitted with a small engine (usually less than 4.5 kW)
manufactured with an integral fuel tank, provided a safety warning sign is
displayed with details of appropriate precautions to be taken when filling the fuel
tank.

8.6.3 Fuel shall be supplied to an engine(s) from:

.1 a permanently installed fuel tank(s) which shall not be integral to the hull’s
structure; or

.2 where a vessel is of less than 8 m length or has a total power rating of

less than 75kW it may be supplied by a non-permanently installed fuel
tank with a maximum capacity of 55 litres which shall be fitted with a
handle; or

.3 where a vessel is of less than 8 m length or has a total power rating of

less than 75kW and has two outboard engines fitted it may be supplied by
two non-permanently installed fuel tanks each with a maximum capacity
of 27 litres; or

.4 where an inflatable boat is less than 8 m in length and has a total power
rating of less than 15 kW it may be supplied by a separate fuel tank with
a maximum capacity of 27 litres.

A non-permanently installed tank/s must be fitted with the standard quick

connection to the outboard engine without the risk of any spillage.

65
8.7 Alternative Propulsion Systems and Fuel Types

8.7.1 Propulsion systems and fuel types other than those listed in Section 8 and
Annex 1 may be permitted on a case-by-case basis by the Administration (see
MIN 698).

8.7.2 The vessel owner/operator shall demonstrate that an appropriate level of safety
is provided to the satisfaction of the Administration which shall include
verification that the machinery and associated systems have been installed in
accordance with UK authorised Recognised Organisation standards.

8.8 Engine Starting and Stopping

8.8.1 A vessel’s engine shall be started either:

.1 by mechanical, air, hand or electric (with independent batteries) means;

or

.2 by means other than that listed in 8.8.1.1 but which is equally effective
and to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority.

8.8.2 Where the sole means of starting an engine is by battery; a back-up battery
and charging facility shall be available. Both batteries shall be connected to the
starter motor via a ‘change over switch’. The batteries shall not discharge in
parallel and shall be linked by an emergency link isolator or other means of
cross-connecting to allow the starting of an engine with a flat battery.

8.8.3 For air start systems there shall be 2 air receivers each with sufficient capacity
to allow 6 consecutive starts of a cold engine. Design, maintenance, inspection
and testing of compressed air start systems shall be in accordance with an
appropriate Recognised Organisation standard.

8.8.4 Where air receivers are fitted in a machinery space(s) or other areas identified
to increase risk of fire acceleration, the system shall be designed so any release
of air through the pressure relief valves or bursting discs that may occur during
a fire is vented to the open air.

8.8.5 Air receivers which vent to the machinery space may be approved in
exceptional cases by the Certifying Authority on a case-by-case basis. The
volume of compressed air which can be released into the machinery space
shall be considered in the calculation(s) used to assess the required quantity of
firefighting medium, subject to approval of the Certifying Authority. See
Section 16.4.

8.9 Automatic Shutting Down of Propulsion Systems (Kill Cords)

The following section covers the means of preventing injury in the event of a
person(s) unintentionally entering the water whilst the propeller is running, such
systems are often referred to as kill cords but other technologies exist which
achieve the same objective.

8.9.1 Any inflatable boat, rigid inflatable boat, boat fitted with a buoyant collar,
open boat, or other vessel where there is a risk of the helmsperson falling
overboard shall be fitted with a kill cord which shall be securely attached to the
helmsperson and used at all times whilst the engine is running and in gear.

66
8.9.2 Any inflatable boat, rigid inflatable boat, boat fitted with a buoyant collar,
open boat, or other vessel where there is a risk of the helmsperson falling
overboard shall have either:

.1 a spare kill cord on board; or

.2 a kill system which is capable of override; or

.3 a sprung loaded throttle to return to idle in lieu of meeting the

requirements of 8.9.1.

8.9.3 A Certifying Authority may accept alternative provisions that are at least as
effective as those set out in 8.9.1 and 8.9.2 where the owner/operator of any
inflatable boat, rigid inflatable boat, boat fitted with a buoyant collar, open
boat, or other vessel where there a risk of the helmsperson falling overboard
from that vessel, demonstrates to the Certifying Authority the ability to
automatically stop and manually restart the engines in the case of the
helmsperson falling overboard.

8.10 Installation

8.10.1 Machinery, propulsion and fuel systems shall be installed in such a way as
to reduce the risk of injury to persons during normal movement about the
vessel (see MIN 698).

8.10.2 Hazardous spaces21 shall be continuously ventilated. Means of ventilation shall

be appropriate to the space ventilated.

8.10.3 Means shall be provided to isolate a source of fuel which may feed a fire in a
machinery space. The means of closure shall be positioned outside the
machinery space and shall be fitted as close to the fuel tank as possible. If the
means of closure fitted is remotely operated, it shall have a manual override. A
manual override on a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel may only be used
if the vessel is alongside in port or out of the water.

8.10.4 Where the engine(s) oil fuel system is provided with water separator filter(s) of
a type which has plastic or glass bowl(s), it shall be located so that it can be
easily seen and protected against heat and accidental damage.

8.10.5 All vessels, including those with portable tanks, shall be fitted with means to
drain any spillage occurring during fuel handling into a suitable receptacle.

8.11 Fuel pipes

8.11.1 Fuel pipes shall be constructed of a fuel compatible, fire resistant, non-
corrosive and a non-kinking material (see MIN 698).

8.11.2 Fuel pipes shall be adequately supported along their length, particularly at pipe
connections. The method of supporting shall be appropriate for the material of
the fuel pipe and its location in the fuel system.

21
The number and extent of Zone 0 and Zone 1 hazardous spaces on a vessel shall be kept to a
minimum.

67
8.11.3 Short lengths of flexible fuel pipes may only be permitted where necessary to
allow for movements and vibration between fixed fuel pipes and fuel tanks or fuel
consumers.

Flexible fuel pipes shall be:

.1 fire resistant, metal reinforced or protected from fire (see applicable

standards in MIN 698);

.2 suitable for the carriage of the fuel;

.3 secured by either metal hose clamps or permanently attached end fittings

such as swaged sleeve or sleeve and threaded insert. Every pipe
connection shall have a means of preventing slippage and shall not
provide a path for fuel leakage; and

.4 renewed according to the manufacturer’s instructions. The date of fitting

and date for renewal shall be recorded on the SWB2.

8.11.4 High pressure fuel pipe(s) and associated fittings on a machinery system(s)
shall be designed and installed to reduce the risk of oil mist fires22.

8.11.5 A fuel filling or fuel ventilation pipe(s) shall be arranged to prevent over pressure
of the fuel tank systems during filling.

8.11.6 A fuel ventilation pipe(s) from a fuel tank intended to be filled by on board transfer
pumps or a pressurised system shall have a diameter of 1.25 times the diameter
of the filling pipe.

8.11.7 A vent pipe(s) shall:

.1 lead to the open atmosphere;

.2 terminate in a position level with or higher than the fuel filling mouth;

.3 be protected against water ingress;

.4 be protected from flame ingress; and

.5 be protect against any other identified hazards.

8.11.8 Small tanks intended to be filled directly from a shore fuel line may have a vent
pipe of minimum inside diameter (ID) of 11 mm if the filling pipe runs directly and
near vertically to the top of the tank and has a minimum ID of at least 32 mm (solid
pipe) or 38 mm (hose).

8.11.9 Any fuel vent pipe opening shall terminate at least 400 mm from any opening into
the interior of the vessel.

22
Mitigations could include the use of double-skinned pipes, shielding, insulation of hot surfaces,
proximity and protection of electrical apparatus, anti-vibration measures and fuel oil mist detection or
a combination of these measures.

68
8.12 Fuel tanks

8.12.1 All fuel tanks shall be constructed and installed to an appropriate standard.
(See MIN 698).

8.12.2 All fuel tanks shall be constructed of a fuel and corrosion resistant material.

8.12.3 A fuel tank shall be protected against the effect of fire in the machinery space.
Where a machinery space boundary is fitted, the fuel tank(s) shall be of the
same fire-resistant standard as the machinery space boundary.

8.12.4 A rigid aluminium fuel tank(s) shall not be fitted within a machinery space(s)
or form part of the machinery space boundary.

8.12.5 For an existing vessel transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2, MGN 280
or the Brown Code, where the fitting of a rigid aluminium fuel tank(s) within a
machinery space(s) was unavoidable the tank’s installation and use shall,
where practicable, mitigate against the potential of any additional fire risks.

8.12.6 A rigid plastic fuel tank shall not contribute to any additional fire risks, be fitted
in the machinery space and shall not form part of a machinery space’s
boundaries.

8.12.7 For an existing vessel transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code, fitted
with a rigid plastic fuel tank(s) within a machinery space(s), the tank’s
installation and use shall, where practicable, mitigate against the potential of
any additional fire risks.

8.12.8 A fuel tank(s) shall not be fitted in an area containing a heating appliance(s).
Where this is impracticable, the installation shall, where possible, mitigate
against any additional fire risk and be approved to the satisfaction of the
Certifying Authority.

8.12.9 Spaces containing a fuel tank shall be ventilated. Where a petrol tank(s) is
fitted, it shall meet the ventilation requirements of ISO 11105. (See MIN 698).

8.12.10 A petrol tank(s) or a spare portable petrol container(s) (see section 8.12) shall
be protected from any damage, secured to the weather deck and capable of
being quickly released.

8.12.11 A petrol tank(s) must not be filled or decanted whilst the vessel is at sea.

8.13 Stowage of Spare Petrol

8.13.1 Where it is essential to carry spare petrol for the use of the vessel and its
equipment it shall not be classed as cargo.

8.13.2 Spare petrol shall be:

.1 carried in a maximum of two 5 litre portable containers;

.2 stowed securely on the weather deck where they can readily be

jettisoned and where any spillage drains directly overboard; and

69
 .3 in an approved and clearly marked containers which are ventilated.

8.13.3 Where it is impracticable to meet the petrol stowage requirements of 8.13.2.2

a vessel shall be permitted to carry a maximum of one 5 litre container of petrol
stowed in a deck locker which meets the requirements of 15.4.2.

8.14 Pipes Carrying Flammable Liquids or Gases through Accommodation

Spaces

8.14.1 Pipes carrying flammable liquids or gases shall not pass through
accommodation spaces. Where this is unavoidable it may be permitted on a
case by case basis subject to approval of the Certifying Authority provided
that the following are met:

.1 pipes shall be constructed of seamless steel, and shall be as short as

possible; and

.2 pipes shall not have joints unless the following criteria is met:

.1 for pipes over 25 mm outside diameter (OD) joints shall have

fully welded sleeves;

.2 for pipes under 25 mm OD joints shall have steel compression

fittings approved for the intended service and the number of
compression couplings shall be kept to a minimum;

.3 pipes which may be subject to a pressure head shall have either

a means of isolation from the tank(s) producing the pressure
head or means of stopping supply pumps. The means of
isolation or pump stops shall be easily accessible from locations
both within and outside the accommodation space;

.4 pumps, piping and associated equipment located below a false

floor or deck are separated from the accommodation space by
a vapour-proof enclosure or cofferdam. The enclosure or
cofferdam shall be suitably ventilated and drained with leakage
indication, fitted to the drain, capable of providing an audible
alarm. Where mechanical ventilation is used Ex-rated23 fans
shall be installed;

.5 Hydrocarbon (HC) gas/vapour detection are fitted within the

vapour-proof enclosure or cofferdam;

.6 Pipes located behind linings are fitted within a vapour-proof

enclosure;

23
Ex is the mark for ATEX certified electrical equipment for explosive atmospheres. The ATEX directive
consists of two EU directives describing what equipment and work environment is allowed in an
environment with an explosive atmosphere. The ATEX 95 equipment directive 94/9/EC, Equipment and
protective systems intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres; 94/9/EC is replaced by ATEX
directive 2014/34/EU from 20 April 2016.

70
 .7 Pipe systems are tested at 1.5 times the working pressure or 3.5
bar whichever is the greater, subject to the satisfaction of the
Certifying Authority; and

.8 Pipes that pass through bulkheads, decks or deckheads these

penetrations are sealed with an approved bulkhead gland and
insulated in accordance with the required bulkhead division or
class.

8.14.2 Existing vessels transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code shall meet
the requirements of 8.14.1 at the vessel’s next renewal examination or three
years after the date of entry into force of the Code, whichever is later.

8.15 Noise and Vibrations

8.15.1 A vessel owner/operator shall meet the requirements for the protection of all
persons on board from the risks related to exposure to noise at work as detailed
in the Merchant Shipping and Fishing Vessels (Control of Noise at Work)
Regulations 2007. (See MIN 698).

8.15.2 A vessel owner/operator shall meet the requirements for the protection of all
persons on board from the risks related to exposure to vibration at work as
detailed in the Merchant Shipping and Fishing Vessel (Control of Vibration at
Work) Regulations 2007. (See MIN 698).

71
9 Electrical Installations
The purpose of this section is to set out minimum requirements to satisfy appropriate national
or international standards to ensure safety of marine electrical installations.

This section does not include requirements for lithium-ion batteries and lead-acid batteries
used as a source of power for propulsion, these are detailed in Annex 1.

9.1 General

9.1.1 Electrical equipment and their installation shall be suitable for use in a marine
environment and meet standard(s) as listed in MIN 698.

9.1.2 The electrical equipment and installations shall be earthed and bonded or such
that the vessel and any persons on board are protected against electrical
hazards.

9.1.3 All exposed non-current carrying conductive parts of both fixed and portable
electrical equipment which may, under fault conditions, become live (including
similar parts inside non-metallic enclosures) are to be connected to earth
unless the equipment is:

.1 supplied at a voltage not exceeding 50 V direct current or 50 V root

mean square between conductors, achieved without the use of auto-
transformers;

.2 supplied at a voltage not exceeding 250 V by safety isolating

transformers supplying only one consuming device; or

.3 constructed in accordance with the principle of double insulation (Class

II) as per IEC 61440 or equivalent insulation intended to prevent the
appearance of dangerous voltages on its accessible parts due to a fault
in the basic insulation.

9.2 Lighting

9.2.1 An electric lighting system shall be installed which is capable of supplying an

appropriate level of light to all enclosed accommodation and working spaces.

9.2.2 For lighting distribution in accommodation and working spaces, the lighting
shall be distributed on different final circuits to maintain a level of lighting in
case of failure of a single distribution circuit.

9.2.3 Existing vessels transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2, MGN 280 or the
Brown Code shall meet the requirements of 9.2.2 at the vessel’s next renewal
examination or three years after the date of entry into force of the Code,
whichever is later.

9.2.4 The design and placement of lighting shall preserve the night vision of
Navigation Watchkeepers.

9.2.5 For vessels carrying out deck operations at night, an appropriate level of light
shall be provided for those areas.

72
9.3 Batteries

9.3.1 Battery System Requirements

9.3.1.1 Battery systems, including any back up battery system, shall be provided to
satisfy the designed electrical requirements of the vessel.

9.3.1.2 The battery terminals shall be protected from contact with metallic objects.

9.3.1.3 All battery charging systems shall be fitted with circuitry to prevent overcharging
and over-voltage and shall have a charge indicator.

9.3.1.4 Existing vessels transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code shall meet
the requirements of 9.3.1.3 at the vessel’s next renewal examination or three
years after the date of entry into force of the Code, whichever is later.

9.3.1.5 All back up batteries shall be fully charged prior to departure.

9.3.1.6 A battery disconnect switch shall be provided to simultaneously isolate all non-
earthed poles.

9.3.2 Battery Stowage

9.3.2.1 Batteries shall be firmly secured to avoid movement and located in a position
not likely to flood in normal operations or in the event of minor damage.

9.3.2.2 Ventilated batteries shall be installed with drip trays to collect any electrolyte
spillage.

9.3.2.3 Where there is a possibility of dangerous gases occurring within the battery
stowage space, the space shall be ventilated. Where ventilated, air shall be
supplied at a level below the top of the batteries and shall be exhausted from
the highest point of the space directly to the open air. The system shall be
designed in a way that dangerous gases may not re-enter the battery stowage
space.

9.3.2.4 Installation and ventilation arrangements shall follow national and recognised
Classification Society standards appropriate for battery installations.

9.3.2.5 Existing vessels transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2, MGN 280 or the
Brown Code shall meet the requirements of 9.3.2.3 and 9.3.2.4 at the vessel’s
next renewal examination or three years after the date of entry into force of
the Code, whichever is later.

9.4 Electrical Cables

9.4.1 Electrical cables shall be located such that they:

.1 are protected from degradation;

.2 avoid contact with damaging surfaces;

.3 are protected from chafe where they pass through a part of the hull
structure or storage space; and

73
 .4 minimise electromagnetic interference (EMI).

9.4.2 Existing vessels transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code shall meet
the requirements of 9.4.1 at the vessel’s next renewal examination or three
years after the date of entry into force of the Code, whichever is later.

9.5 Hazardous Spaces

9.5.1 Where electrical equipment is installed in a space where there is a risk of

explosion, it must comply with a standard for prevention of ignition of a
flammable atmosphere (see also section 15.6.4).

9.5.2 Lighting in hazardous spaces shall have two or more sub-circuits.

9.5.3 Where electric cables pass through bulkheads or decks separating hazardous
spaces and non-hazardous spaces the integrity of the bulkhead or deck shall
not be compromised.

9.5.4 Electric cables shall not, where practicable, pass through hazardous spaces
except when:

.1 powering equipment installed within the space; or

.2 within gas tight metal pipework.

9.5.5 Existing vessels transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2, MGN 280 or the
Brown Code shall meet the requirements of 9.5.2, 9.5.3 at the vessel’s next
renewal examination or three years after the date of entry into force of the
Code, whichever is later.

9.6 Lightning Protection

9.6.1 Where a considerable risk of lightning strike is identified, the vessel shall be
fitted with suitable lightning strike protection. (See MIN 698).

9.6.2 Existing vessels transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2, MGN 280 or the
Brown Code shall meet the requirements of 9.6.1 at the vessel’s next renewal
examination or three years after the date of entry into force of the Code,
whichever is later.

9.7 Emergency Power Supplies

9.7.1 Emergency Lighting

9.7.1.1 Where a vessel’s general lighting is provided by a centralised electrical

system, an alternative source of lighting shall be provided by either an
emergency power supply or an independent light source.

9.7.1.2 The alternative source of lighting required by section 9.7.1.1 shall be sufficient
to facilitate continued safe operation of the vessel during emergency situations,
to enable the safe mustering and evacuation of all persons on board and to
enable the rescue of person(s) from the water.

74
9.7.2 Emergency Radio

9.7.2.1 Where an emergency power supply(s) to fixed radio equipment is installed, it

shall be designed to supply power to the equipment for a minimum of 3 hours
in the vent of failure of the main electrical supply.

9.7.2.2 Where an emergency power supply(s) to fixed radio equipment is not installed,
or does not meet the requirements of 9.7.2.1, it is recommended that vessels
meet the requirements of 9.7.2.1 at next renewal examination or three years
after date of entry into force of the Code, whichever is later.

9.7.3 Navigational Supplies

9.7.3.1 Where emergency power supply(s) to navigation lights and navigation

equipment are installed, they shall be designed to supply power to the
equipment for a minimum of 3 hours in the event of failure of the main electrical
supply.

9.7.3.2 Where an emergency power supply(s) to navigational lights and navigation

equipment does not meet the requirements of 9.7.3.1, it is recommended that
vessels meet the requirements of 9.7.3.1 at the next renewal examination or
three years after date of entry into force of the Code, whichever is the later.

75
10 Steering, Rudder and Propulsion Systems
The purpose of this section is to set out requirements for means of steering and manoeuvring.

10.1 General Requirements

10.1.1 A vessel shall be capable of being manoeuvred from the control position(s)
by operation of:

.1 a steering system;

.2 a rudder system;

.3 a propulsion system; or

.4 any combination of these.

10.1.2 Sufficient horizontal and vertical arcs of visibility shall be provided from the control
position in all conditions of loading so as to avoid impeding the maintenance of
a proper lookout as required by the COLREGS. Remotely Operated Unmanned
Vessels shall have a proper lookout provided by visual and auditory readouts
from cameras and sensors (including radar, where fitted) which are replicated at
the Remote Operation Centre.

10.1.3 A vessel owner/operator and all crew shall be aware of and respond
appropriately to the dangers of interaction between vessels. (See MIN 698).

10.2 Steering System

10.2.1 The steering system may either be direct or remote control. A remote-control
system shall be a means that can control both the vessel’s heading and
propulsion.

10.2.2 Primary steering systems shall comply with an appropriate standard for small
craft steering systems. (See MIN 698).

10.2.3 When the steering system is remote control, arrangements shall be made for
emergency steering in the event of failure of the primary steering system.

The emergency steering shall be demonstrated in the form of an emergency drill

to the approval of the Certifying Authority. A Remotely Operated Unmanned
Vessel is required to have emergency steering.

When steering gear is fitted with remote control, arrangements should be made
for emergency steering in the event of failure of the control. Arrangements may
take the form of the following, and be to the satisfaction of the Certifying
Authority:

.1 a tiller to fit the head of the rudder stock;

.2 a rod attachment which may be fitted to a Z-drive framework;

.3 a steering oar;

76
 .4 in the case of twin-screw vessels manipulation of power distribution
between the drives. In the case of twin stern-drive arrangements, means
shall be provided to lock the drives in the midships position; or

.5 in the case of a vessel fitted with outboard engine(s), a means to control

the direction of thrust.

10.2.4 If emergency steering is totally impractical the vessel shall be restricted to area
category of operation 4, 5 or 6. A Certifying Authority may accept alternative
provisions and/or procedures that are at least as effective as those set out in
10.2.3 where the owner/operator of any vessel, demonstrates to the
Certifying Authority the ability to maintain directional control over the vessel.

10.3 Rudder System

10.3.1 Where fitted, the design, construction and fittings of a rudder system shall be to
an appropriate standard to the approval of the Certifying Authority.

10.3.2 The rudder system shall comprise of the rudder blade, the rudder stock and the
methods of attachment to the hull or steering system.

10.4 Propulsion System

10.4.1 The design, construction and fittings of the propulsion system shall be to an
appropriate standard to the approval of the Certifying Authority.

77
11 Bilge Pumping
The purpose of this section is to set out requirements for vessel bilge pumping systems and
associated piping for the efficient drainage of bilge water, and drainage of flooded spaces. It
shall be noted that a fitted bilge pump system is not to be relied upon to deal with a large
ingress of water into a space or compartment, but rather to deal with leakages.

11.1 Bilge Pumping System Requirements

11.1.1 A bilge pump shall be permanently installed, self-priming and capable of being
operated with all accessways closed.

11.1.2 A bilge suction line shall be fitted with an efficient strum box to protect from
obstruction.

11.1.3 A bilge suction valve of a permanently installed bilge pump shall be of a non-
return type.

11.1.4 Existing vessels transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2, MGN 280 or the
Brown Code shall meet the requirements of 11.1.2 and 11.1.3 at the vessel’s
next renewal examination or three years after the date of entry into force of
the Code, whichever is later. Where this is not practicable, alternative
arrangements may be accepted on a case-by-case basis subject to the
satisfaction of the Certifying Authority.

11.1.5 Bilge pumps shall not be connected to cockpit drains and shall not discharge
into a closed cockpit.

11.1.6 To prevent pollution, any space containing potential pollutants shall not be fitted
with any auto-start bilge pumps.

11.1.7 Existing vessels transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2, MGN 280 or the
Brown Code shall meet the requirements of 11.1.6 at the vessel’s next renewal
examination or three years after the date of entry into force of the Code,
whichever is later.

11.1.8 All spaces where bilge water is likely to occur shall be able to be drained when
the vessel is heeled to an angle of 10 degrees.

11.1.9 The Certifying Authority may permit an alternative means of providing efficient
bilge pumping other than those described in this text, provided that full information
on the bilge pumping system in place is submitted to and approved by the
Certifying Authority.

11.2 Bilge Pumping Carriage Requirements

11.2.1 All Vessels

11.2.1.1 A vessel shall have at least one hand bilge pump and one engine driven or
independently powered bilge pump, which shall be situated in each separate
space. If two powered pumps are provided, they shall be powered by independent
sources. All pumped spaces shall be capable of being drained after the failure of
one pump.

78
11.2.1.2 Open boats, rigid inflatable boats, inflatable boats and boats fitted with a
buoyant collar of less than 6 metres in length operating in area category of
operation 6 are not required to comply with 11.2.1.1 and may instead carry a
minimum of one hand powered bilge pump, one hand bailer, or one bucket of
minimum capacity 10 litres.

11.2.2 Vessels in Area Categories of Operation 0, 1 or 2

11.2.2.1 Vessels in area category of operation 0, 1 or 2 shall have bilge pumps with
a combined capacity of not less than 210 litres per minute. A powered pump
shall have a capacity not less than 140 litres per minute.

11.2.2.2 Existing vessels transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2, MGN 280 or the
Brown Code shall meet the requirements of 11.2.2.1 at the vessel’s next
renewal examination or three years after the date of entry into force of the
Code, whichever is later.

11.2.3 Vessels in Area Categories of Operation 3, 4, 5 or 6

11.2.3.1 Vessels in area category of operation 3, 4, 5 or 6 shall have bilge pumps with
a combined capacity of not less than 140 litres per minute.

11.2.3.2 Open boats, rigid inflatable boats, inflatable boats and boats fitted with a
buoyant collar of 6 metres in length and over, shall carry a hand bailer, or a
bucket of minimum capacity of 10 litres, in addition to the bilge pumping
requirements in section 11.2.1.1.

11.3 Bilge Alarms

11.3.1 A bilge alarm shall be fitted:

.1 in any watertight compartment containing propulsion machinery; and

.2 in any other compartment where there is a risk of accumulation of bilge

water, or where the ingress of water may not be readily seen.

11.3.2 Existing vessels transitioning from the Brown Code shall meet the
requirements of 11.3.1 at the vessel’s next renewal examination or three
years after the date of entry into force of the Code, whichever is later.

11.3.3 Where a bilge alarm is fitted it shall be audible from the control position(s)
and be capable of being heard in all anticipated weather and operational
conditions. For all manned vessels where more than one bilge alarm is fitted,
a visual alarm indication shall also be visible at the control position(s).

11.3.4 All Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels shall have a visual alarm indication
replicated at the control position(s) for all bilge alarms fitted.

79
12 Stability
The purpose of this section is to set out the stability requirements for all vessels.

Vessels not required to be issued with an approved Stability Information Booklet shall
refer to 12.1 and 12A.

Vessels required to be issued with an approved Stability Information Booklet shall refer
to 12.1 and 12B.

For the purpose of 12A vessel means a vessel which is not required to be issued with
an approved Stability Information Booklet.

For the purpose of 12B vessel means a vessel which is required to be issued with an
approved Stability Information Booklet.

12.1 All Vessels

12.1.1 General

12.1.1.1 For the purposes of the stability calculations in this Code:

.1 a person shall weigh a minimum of 82.5 kg;

.2 where a person weighs less than 82.5 kg, additional weight shall
be carried so the total weight of person and weight is a minimum
of 82.5 kg;

.3 where a weight is used in lieu of a person, this shall weigh a

minimum of 82.5 kg.

12.1.1.2 Existing vessels transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code a
person may be considered to weigh a minimum of 75 kg. Where an
existing vessel has its stability re-assessed, such as following major
modifications, the new stability assessment shall be conducted in line
with the stability requirements of Section 12.

12.1.1.3 The following vessels are required to be provided with a Stability

Information Booklet which is approved by the Certifying Authority (see
section 12B):

.1 vessels operating in area category of operation 0 or 1;

.2 vessels carrying 16 or more persons;

.3 vessels carrying cargo exceeding 1,000 kg

.4 vessels carrying cargo where the cargo element may create a

free surface effect which may affect the stability of the vessel;

.5 vessels fitted with a lifting device(s) including vessels

engaged in dredging activities (see 12B.4). For the purposes of
12.1.1.3, a lifting device does not include a person retrieval
system, the vessel’s own anchor handling equipment, or davits

80
 for tenders, if the Certifying Authority is satisfied that the
device does not have detrimental effect on the stability of the
vessel;

.6 vessels towing where the displacement of the towed vessel or

floating object is greater than twice the displacement of the
towing vessel, except where the towing vessel tows the towed
object or floating object side by side in accordance with 26.1.1.2.
or pushes/pulls the towed object in accordance with 26.1.1.3.
See section 12B.5; or

.7 seagoing pilot boats.

For guidance on the content and structure of a Stability Information

Booklet and the stability assessment see Appendix 3.

12.1.1.4 Existing vessels transitioning from Brown Code which are not currently
required to be provided with a Stability Information Booklet are not
required to be provided with a Stability Information Booklet under this
Code. Where an existing vessel has its stability re-assessed the new
stability assessment shall be conducted in line with the stability
requirements of Section 12.

12.1.1.5 A vessel not required to be provided with a Stability Information Booklet

shall meet the requirements of section 12A as appropriate or may
alternatively comply with the requirements for vessels required to be
issued with a Stability Information Booklet detailed in section 12B.

12.1.1.6 A vessel operating in area(s) where there is a risk of icing shall either
be provided with a Stability Information Booklet including conditions with
icing allowances approved by the Certifying Authority or avoid
operating in these area(s) in winter (1 November to 30 April (inclusive)
for northern areas, 15 April to 15 October (inclusive) for southern areas).

Areas where there is a risk of icing include, but are not limited to, the
North Atlantic, the sea areas north of Europe, Asia, and the northern
and north-eastern coasts of North America including the Bering Sea and
Sea of Okhotsk (as far south as 45o North), and the Southern Ocean
south of 60o South.

A vessel which is not approved to operate in these area(s) where there is

a risk of icing shall have this noted in its approved Stability Information
Booklet and Certificate.

12.1.1.7 Where a vessel has been modified from the condition that was subject to
the previous stability assessment, the vessel owner/operator shall
inform the Certifying Authority who may undertake a lightship or
freeboard check. If the lightship or freeboard has significantly changed,
then the Certifying Authority shall conduct a full stability analysis.

81
12A Vessels not required to be issued with an approved
Stability Information Booklet
12A.1 General

For the purposes of section 12A, “vessel” means a vessel that is not required to be
issued with an approved stability information booklet.

12A.1.1 Tests and calculations of vessel stability shall be conducted by a

competent person(s) and the results approved by the Certifying
Authority.

12A.1.2 A detailed record of test and calculation procedure(s) and the approved
results shall be kept by the Certifying Authority.

12A.2 Intact Stability: Vessels Complying with Simplified Stability

Assessment

12A.2.1 A vessel shall be tested in the fully loaded condition(s) 24 which shall
correspond to the assigned freeboard. Testing shall ascertain the
resulting angle of heel and position of the waterline when the maximum
number of persons the vessel is certificated to carry are assembled
along one side of the vessel (the helmsman may be assumed to be at
the helm).

12A.2.2 A vessel shall be considered to have an acceptable standard of stability

if:

.1 the angle of heel does not exceed 7º; or

.2 the angle of heel does not exceed 10º where it is not possible
to comply with 12A.2.2.1, provided the freeboard in the heeled
condition is in accordance with the requirements of Table
13.1.1.

12A.2.3 For decked vessels the freeboard to deck shall not be less than 75
mm at any point.

12A.2.4 For vessels over 15 metres in length the heeling moment applied
during the test required in 12A.2.1 shall be calculated using the following
formula:

57.3 𝑥 𝐻𝑀
𝐺𝑀 =
𝜃𝑥Δ

where:

HM = No. of persons x weight per person (kg) x distance from CL (m)

24
For vessels carrying a combination of passengers, industrial personnel, activity related
equipment and cargo, for which the cargo element does not exceed 1000 kg the test shall be
carried out with the maximum permissible weight, and additionally with passenger plus
industrial personnel weight only. The cargo and activity related equipment shall be assumed
to be retained at its normal stowage position.

82
 θ = heel angle (degrees) obtained from the test defined in 12A.2.1 and
12A.2.2

Δ = full displacement including passengers, industrial personnel,

crew, equipment and cargo (kg)

Note: Weight of persons shall be taken in accordance with 12.1.1.1,

and Cargo weight must not exceed 1,000 kg.

A vessel shall attain a value of initial GM not less than 0.5 m where
displacement of the vessel is estimated, or 0.35 m where the
displacement of the vessel is known and verified by the Certifying
Authority.

Where displacement of the vessel is estimated:

Δ = CB x LOA x Moulded Beam x Load Draught x 1.025

Where:

CB = Block coefficient

LOA = Vessel length overall

The Certifying Authority shall approve the value of CB used. 25

12A.2.5 Vessels complying with any option of section 5.3 of ISO 12217 Part 1
(see MIN 698) may as an alternative, after verification of the stability
assessment by the Certifying Authority, be assigned an area
category of operation in accordance with the following Table 12A.2.5:

Table 12A.2.5 ─ Permitted Areas of Operation and ISO 12217 Design Categories

Permitted Area of Operation MCA Area ISO 12217

Category of Design Category
Operation

Up to 60 miles from a safe haven 2 B

Up to 20 miles from a safe haven 3 B

Up to 20 miles from a safe haven in 4 C

favourable weather and daylight

Up to 3 miles from a point of departure in 5 C

favourable weather

Up to 3 miles from a point of departure in 6 C

favourable weather and daylight

25
In the case of doubt CB of 0.9 can be used for pontoons etc. or 0.67 for other vessels.

83
12A.2.6 The maximum permissible weight derived from the test(s) conducted
shall be recorded on the Certificate.

12A.3 Stability and Survivability of Open Boats, Inflatable Boats, Rigid

Inflatable Boats or Boats with a Buoyant Collar

Section 12A.3 applies to open boats, inflatable boats, rigid inflatable boats and
boats with a buoyant collar which are not completely in accordance with a standard
production type.26

12A.3.1 General

12A.3.1.1 The tests detailed in 12A.3 shall be carried out on a vessel floating in
still water.

12A.3.1.2 The maximum permissible weight derived from the test(s) conducted
shall be recorded on the Certificate.

12A.3.1.3 Vessel loading shall be restricted by the maximum permissible

weight. For the purpose of these tests attention shall be paid to any
activity related equipment where additional weight may be significant.

12A.3.2 Stability Test Criteria

12A.3.2.1 The stability tests detailed in 12A.3.3 – 12A.3.5 shall be carried out with
all the vessel’s equipment, fuel, cargo, activity related equipment and
the maximum number of persons the vessel is certificated to carry on
board. The engine, equipment and cargo may be replaced by an
equivalent mass.

12A.3.2.2 Testing shall be carried out with a maximum number of persons the
vessel is certificated to carry assembled on one side of the vessel with
half this number seated on the buoyancy tube or gunwale.

This test shall be repeated with the persons seated on the other side
and at each end of the vessel.

The cargo or equivalent alternative mass shall be retained at its normal

stowage position.

12A.3.2.3 The freeboard to the top of the buoyancy tube or gunwale shall be
recorded and shall be positive around the entire periphery of the vessel.

12A.3.3 Damage Tests

12A.3.3.1 The damage test(s) shall be carried out with all the vessel’s equipment,
fuel, cargo, activity related equipment and the maximum number of
persons the vessel is certificated to carry. The engine, equipment and
cargo may be replaced by an equivalent mass.

12A.3.3.2 The damage test(s) shall be carried out:

26
Completely in accordance with a standard production means where the Certifying Authority
is provided with a certificate of approval for the tests detailed in 12A.3.

84
 .1 with forward buoyancy compartment deflated (both sides
where appropriate); and

.2 with the entire buoyancy compartment from the centre line at

the stem to the transom on one side deflated.

12A.3.3.3 The tests will be successful if, for each of the conditions of simulated
damage above, the maximum number of persons the vessel is
certificated to carry are supported within vessel, and the requirements
of 12A.3.2.3 are met.

12A.3.3.4 A boat fitted with a buoyant collar is not required to undertake the
test in 12A.3.3.2.

12A.3.4 Swamp Test

12A.3.4.1 The swamp test shall be carried out by fully swamping the vessel and
meeting the following carriage requirements:

.1 all the vessel’s equipment;

.2 a full fuel tank;

.3 a mass equivalent to its engine;

.4 cargo;

.5 activity related equipment; and

.6 the maximum number of persons the vessel is certificated to

carry.

During the swamp test the vessel shall have a reserve buoyancy of
10%.

12A.3.4.2 During the swamp test the vessel shall not be seriously deformed
subject to the satisfaction of the authorised person.

12A.3.4.3 An adequate means of draining the vessel shall be demonstrated at the

conclusion of this test to the satisfaction of the authorised person.

12A.3.4.4 As an alternative to the test in 12A.3.4.1 it may be demonstrated by

calculations to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority that the
vessel meets the requirements of 12A.3.4.1– 12A.3.4.3.

12A.3.5 Person Recovery Stability Test

12A.3.5.1 The person recovery stability test is designed to test the stability of the
vessel and is not a test of the person overboard recovery systems and
procedures for which there are more appropriate tests (see section 14.7).
During the person recovery stability test two persons shall recover a third
person or a mannequin of equivalent weight from the water into the
vessel under the following conditions:

85
 .1 the third person shall feign to be unconscious and have their
back towards the vessel or, the mannequin shall be positioned
such that the back is towards the vessel;

.2 each person involved shall wear an approved lifejacket;

.3 where the water temperature requires, the third person shall

wear suitable anti-exposure clothing (see 14.5); and

.4 the vessel shall remain stable and not capsize.

12A.4 Stability of Vessels Engaged in Towing where the displacement

of the towed object is less than or equal to twice the
displacement of the towing vessel

All vessels engaged in towing where the displacement of the towed object is less than
or equal to twice the displacement of the towing vessel shall comply with
requirements of 12A.4 in addition to applicable requirements of 12A.1- 12A.3 (see
Table 12A.2.5:).

12A.4.1 Open boat(s), other than those approved to carry over 1000 kg in cargo
under section 5.1.5, are unsuitable for towing other vessels or floating
objects other than by side by side towing in accordance with 26.1.1.2 or
by push/pull towing in accordance with 26.1.1.3.

Open boats may only tow vessels more than twice their displacement
side by side in harbour areas and in area categories of operation 5 and
6, in favourable weather.

12A.4.2 The stability of a vessel engaged in towing where the displacement of

the towed object is less than twice the displacement of the towing vessel
shall be considered satisfactory where the following conditions are met:

.1 in the normal working condition, the freeboard is such that the

deck edge is not immersed at an angle of less than 10º; and

.2 the heel test shall have the following result:

𝑤𝑑 0.076 𝐾
≥
𝐿𝐵𝑇𝑝𝑡𝑎𝑛 (∅) 𝑓

Where:

K= 1.524 + 0.08L - 0.45r

L = Length of vessel between perpendiculars (metres)

B = Beam of vessel

T = Draught of vessel in fully loaded condition

r = Length of radial arm of towing hook (metres) (distance

from towing hook to point of attachment on the towing vessel)

f = Freeboard (metres)

86
 ρ = Density of sea water

θ = Heel angle from heel test

w = Weight moved for heel test

d = transverse distance moved by weight for heel test.

.3 the heel test shall be carried out in small increments in both

directions. The average resultant heel angle shall be noted for the
average heeling moment wd.

12A.4.3 Where the calculation detailed in 12A.4.2 is not appropriate, a more

comprehensive stability analysis shall be completed using the
appropriate criteria from Section 12B to satisfy the vessel
owner/operator’s responsibility to provide a safe working environment.

87
12B Vessels required to be issued with an approved Stability
Information Booklet
12B.1 Damage Survivability

Section 12B.1 applies to all vessels carrying 16 or more persons regardless of the
certificated area category of operation, vessels operating in area category of operation 0
and 1 carrying 7 or more persons, subject to minimum safe manning levels being agreed by
the Certifying Authority, and Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels operating in area
category of operation 0 and 1.

For the purposes of section 12B, “vessel” means a vessel that is required to be issued with
an approved stability information booklet.

12B.1.1 General

12B.1.1.1 In assessing survivability, the following standard permeabilities shall be

applied:

Space Permeability %

Appropriated for stores 60

Appropriated for stores but not by a 95

substantial quantity thereof

Appropriated for accommodation 95

Appropriated for machinery 85

Appropriated for liquids 0 or 95 whichever results in the more

onerous requirements

12B.1.1.2 A vessel shall meet the damage stability criteria for one of two methods:

.1 Option 1 (see 12B.1.2) considers minor hull damage scenarios with

limited equilibrium trim and heel angles after damage; or

.2 Option 2 (see 12B.1.3) considers minimum length single compartment

damage scenarios with more onerous residual stability, combined with
increased allowable equilibrium angles after damage.

12B.1.1.3 A Certifying Authority may approve alternative methods of assessing

damage survivability that are at least as effective as the options set out in
12B.1.1.2.

88
12B.1.1.4 Multihull vessels shall be fitted with engine spaces that are separated by a
watertight bulkhead.

Existing vessels transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code, where the
requirement to have separation by a watertight bulkhead is impracticable, are
not required to meet 12B.1.1.4.

12B.1.2 Damaged Stability, Option 1

12B.1.2.1 A vessel shall satisfy the following residual stability criteria where minor hull
damage or failure of any one hull fitting in any one watertight compartment
has occurred:

.1 the angle of equilibrium does not exceed 7 degrees from the upright;

.2 the resulting righting lever curve has a range to the downflooding angle
of at least 15 degrees beyond the angle of equilibrium;

.3 the maximum righting lever within that range is not less than 100 mm;

.4 the area under the curve is not less than 0.015 metre radians; and

.5 the vessel shall not float at a waterline less than 75 mm from the
weather deck at any point.

12B.1.2.2 Residual stability criteria detailed in 12B.1.2.1 may be achieved by fitting water-
tight subdivision(s). A Certifying Authority may approve alternative methods
that are at least as effective as watertight sub-division(s). Any damage to a
watertight subdivision shall be assumed to be major.

12B.1.3 Damaged Stability, Option 2

Any weathertight doors or openings leading from undamaged accommodation or machinery

spaces to the weather deck shall be classed as downflooding points.

89
12B.1.3.1 Damaged Stability where one compartment is flooded

12B.1.3.1.1 Damaged stability shall be calculated assuming one compartment is flooded.

The extent of damage for the purpose of these calculations shall include the
following:

.1 A damage length not exceeding 10% length. The damage length need
not apply within the forepeak and aftpeak compartment(s). Where the
distance between two transverse watertight bulkheads is less than the
damage length, one or more bulkheads shall be disregarded in the
damage stability calculations so that the compartment length
considered is equal or above the damage length;

.2 The transverse extent of damage for monohulls shall be up to and

including the centre line of the vessel.

A catamaran shall be considered to have damaged the full extent of one

hull but does not include the watertight wet deck compartment
provided the two hulls are totally independent and do not have cross
connections.

A trimaran shall be considered to have damaged the wing and centre

compartments up to the centre line of the vessel;

.3 The vertical extent of damage shall be assumed to be the full vertical

extent of the vessel;

.4 The shape of the damage to the vessel shall be assumed to be a

rectangular block.

12B.1.3.1.2 Watertight compartments which meet the following criteria do not need to be
considered in the damaged stability calculations:

.1 located aft of the transom and does not form part of the hull length; and

.2 does not extend below the design waterline (such as overhangs and
appendages).

12B.1.3.1.3 Where damage of lesser extent than considered in 12B.1.3.1.1 could result in
equivalent or more severe impact on vessel’s stability this shall be included
within damaged stability calculations.

12B.1.3.2 Damaged Stability where all the forward compartments are flooded

Section 12B.1.3.2 only applies to multihull vessels.

12B.1.3.2.1 Damaged stability shall be calculated assuming damage to all forward

compartments of each hull that fall within 5% length from the forward
extremity of the watertight hull measured on the vessel’s centre line. In the
damaged condition, the residual stability and damaged waterline shall be such
that:

.1 the angle of equilibrium (combined heel and trim) does not exceed 15
degrees from the upright;

90
 .2 the resulting righting lever curve (GZ) shall have a range to the
downflooding angle of at least 20 degrees beyond the angle of
equilibrium;

.3 the maximum GZ within the range to the downflooding angle shall not
be less than 200 mm,

.4 the area under the GZ shall not be less than 0.045 metre radians;

.5 the final equilibrium waterline shall be below the lowest point of any
opening which is not closed by an approved watertight closure. This
includes air pipes, hatch covers, doors and any other weathertight
closure.

12B.1.3.2.2 The calculated damage conditions shall not cause the vessel to float at a
waterline less than 75 mm from the weather deck. This requirement may be
lessened provided that all of the following are met subject to approval by the
Administration:

.1 the immersed portion of the weather deck is not a storage area for life-
saving appliances; and

.2 the immersed portion of the weather deck is not part of an assembly

station, evacuation point or evacuation route; and

.3 no more than 10% of the length of the deck edge on the damaged side
is immersed; and

.4 the negative freeboard measured from the deck edge is limited to a

maximum of 300 mm.

12.B.2 Vessels Required to Have Approved Damage Stability Calculations

12.B.2.1 A vessel owner/operator shall ensure that the damage stability calculation(s):

.1 are prepared by a competent person(s);

.2 use appropriate methods and procedures for calculations;

.3 are included in the Stability Information Booklet; and

.4 are in accordance with the requirements of section 13.3.

12.B.2.2 A vessel owner/operator shall either submit two hard copies or one electronic
copy, as agreed, of the damage stability calculations to the Certifying Authority
for approval.

12.B.2.3 Where the Certifying Authority is satisfied that the damage stability methods
meet the requirements of section 12B.1, it shall:

.1 issue a formal letter to the vessel owner(s); and

.2 return a marked copy of the damage stability calculations to the vessel

owner(s) with which includes the name of the Certifying Authority, the
approval date and the words ‘RESULTS APPROVED’.

91
12B.3 Intact Stability

12B.3.1 The lightship weight, vertical centre of gravity (VCG) and longitudinal centre of
gravity (LCG) of a monohull vessel shall be determined from the results of an
inclining experiment. There shall be a minimum of 8 weight movements. The
use of an electronic inclinometer27 is an acceptable alternative to the second
pendulum provided it is calibrated and readings are recorded.

Guidelines for the procedure on carrying out of an inclining experiment can be

found in the Instructions for the Guidance of Surveyors on Load Line (MSIS 1),
Part 6. Where it is impracticable to adopt the procedures given in MSIS 1 any
deviations to the number of pendulums or repetitions of the inclining experiment
shall be agreed by the Certifying Authority.

12B.3.2 An inclining experiment may not produce satisfactory results for vessels where
the VCG is less than one third of the metacentric height (GM) over the range
of standard operating conditions (such as multihulls). In such cases the LCG
shall be obtained by a displacement check or by weighing with two gauges.
The lightship VCG may be obtained by an accurate weight estimate calculation
with a suitable margin added. In no case shall the lightship VCG be taken below
main deck level. Details of the estimated lightship weight, LCG and VCG shall
be submitted to the Certifying Authority at an early stage for verification.

12B.3.3 The lightship weight may include a margin for growth of up to 5% of the
lightship weight, positioned at the LCG and vertical centre of the weather deck
amidships or the lightship VCG, whichever is higher, where the Certifying
Authority is satisfied the margin of growth will not affect the safety of the
vessel. The margin for growth shall not be used in practice to increase
maximum cargo-deadweight.

12B.3.4 Curves of static stability (GZ curves) shall be produced for:

.1 Loaded departure, 100% consumables;

.2 Loaded arrival, 10% consumables;

.3 Anticipated service conditions;

.4 Conditions involving lifting appliances (where appropriate).

12B.3.5 Where a vessel is permitted to carry cargo exceeding 1,000 kg simplified stability
information in the form of maximum VCG data shall be provided including a
worked example.

12B.3.6 Maximum free surface moments shall be included within the loaded departure
condition, and as a minimum, factored according to tank percentage fill for all
other conditions.

12B.3.7 Buoyant structures which are fixed to superstructures, deckhouse, masts or

rigging shall not be included when calculating the range of positive stability.

27
Where an electronic device is used it shall be demonstrable that the output resolution and tolerance
is suitable for the application.

92
12B.3.8 The curves of static stability for the loaded conditions shall meet the following
criteria:

.1 the area under the righting lever curve (GZ curve) shall be not less than
0.055 metre-radians up to 30 degrees angle of heel and not less than
0.09 metre-radians up to 40 degrees angle of heel, or the angle of
downflooding if this angle is less;

.2 the area under the GZ curve between the angles of heel of 30 and 40
degrees or between 30 degrees and the angle of downflooding if this is
less than 40 degrees, shall be not less than 0.03 metre-radians;

.3 GZ shall be at least 0.20 metres at an angle of heel equal to or greater

than 30 degrees;

.4 the maximum GZ shall occur at an angle of heel of not less than 25

degrees;

.5 after correction for free surface effects the initial metacentric height
(GMo) shall not be less than 0.35 metres.

12B.3.9 Where a vessel with broad beam in relation to depth (such as a catamaran or
multihull) does not meet the stability criteria given in section 12B.3.8, it shall
meet the following criteria:

.1 the area under the righting lever curve (GZ curve) shall not be less than
0.085 metre-radians up to θGZmax when θGZmax = 15º and 0.055 metre-
radians up to GZmax when θGZmax = 30º.

θGZmax is the angle of heel in degrees at which the righting lever curve
reaches its maximum.

When the maximum GZ occurs between θ = 15º and θ = 30º the

required area under GZ up to θGZmax shall not be less than:

A = 0.055 + 0.002(30º - θGZmax) metre-radians.

.2 the area under the righting lever curve (GZ curve) between θ = 30º and
θ = 40º or between θ = 30º and the angle of downflooding (θf), if this
angle is less than 40º, shall not be less than 0.03 metre-radians;

.3 GZ shall not be less than 0.2 metre at an angle of heel of 30º;

.4 the maximum GZ shall occur at an angle of not less than 15º;

.5 GMo shall not be less than 0.35 metre.

12B.3.10 For any new vessel, built within 5 years of the original vessel, with known
differences from a sister ship28, a detailed weights and centres calculation to
adjust the lead vessel’s lightship properties shall be carried out.

28
A sister ship is defined as a vessel built under the survey of a Certifying Authority, by the same yard
from the same plans and within five years of the original vessel.

93
 The lightship properties for the new vessel may be assessed by carrying out a
lightweight check. The deviation in lightship displacement shall not exceed 2%
of the lightship displacement of the sister ship. In addition, the deviation in
lightship LCG shall not exceed 1% of the LBP of the sister ship LCG. Where
the deviation is within these limits the actual lightship weight and LCG derived
from the lightship check shall be used in conjunction with the higher of either
the ‘lead’ sister ship’s VCG or the calculated value. Where the deviation
exceeds either of these limits, an inclining test shall be carried out.

The requirement for an inclining test may be dispensed with in cases where the
margins on intact and damage stability are sufficient to permit minor changes
in VCG subject to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority.29 Where the
vessel’s inclining data are based on a lightship check the inclining report for
the ‘lead’ sister ship shall be included in the stability information.

12B.3.11 Barges or pontoons which:

.1 are non-self-propelled;

.2 are un-manned;

.3 carrying deck cargo only;

.4 have a block coefficient of 0.9 or greater;

.5 have a breadth to depth ratio of more than 3; and

.6 have no hatchways in the deck except small openings which are closed
with gasketed covers

may use the following stability criteria30 in lieu of either 12B.3.8 or 12B.3.9:

.1 the area under GZ up to the angle of maximum GZ shall not be

less than 0.08 metre-radians;

.2 the static angle of heel due to a uniformly distributed wind load

of 540 Pa (wind speed 30 m/s) shall not exceed an angle
corresponding to half the freeboard for the relevant loading
condition, where the lever of the wind heeling moment is
measured from the centroid of the windage area to half the
draught;

.3 the maximum range of stability shall be at least 20º.

12B.4 Stability of Vessels Fitted with a Lifting Device(s)

12B.4.1 Person retrieval system(s), anchor handling equipment, and davits for tenders
need not be included in the stability tests of 12B.4 if the Certifying Authority is

29
The vessels must be similar in all respects and the Certifying Authority must be satisfied with the
procedure and accuracy of the original inclining. Small modifications, for which an accurate assessment
by calculation may be taken into account, are acceptable.
30
IMO International Code of Intact Stability, 2008

94
 satisfied that the device does not have detrimental effect on the stability of the
vessel.

12B.4.2 A decked vessel fitted with a lifting device(s) shall meet the requirements of
sections 12B.1 and/or 12B.3 where appropriate.

12B.4.3 A vessel fitted with a lifting device(s) operating at its maximum load and heeling
moments31 shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority, by
practical test or calculation(s), compliance with one of the following:

.1 the angle of heel of the vessel shall not exceed 7º or an angle of heel
which results in a minimum freeboard to deck edge of 250 mm anywhere
on the periphery of the vessel, whichever is the lesser angle; or

.2 where the angle of heel is greater than 7º but does not exceed 10º the
following criteria shall be met:

.1 the range of stability from the angle of equilibrium to downflooding

or angle of vanishing stability, whichever is the lesser, is equal to
or greater than 20º; and

.2 the area under the righting lever curve (GZ curve), up to 40º from
the angle of equilibrium or the downflooding angle, if this is less
than 40º, is equal to or greater than 0.1 metre-radians;

.3 the minimum freeboard to deck edge at side, measured at Aft

perpendicular (A.P.) and Forward perpendicular (F.P.) throughout
the lifting operations shall not be less than half the assigned
freeboard to deck edge at side amidships. For vessels with less
than 1000 mm assigned freeboard to deck edge amidships the
freeboard at A.P. or F.P. at deck edge shall not be less than 500
mm; and

.4 the freeboard to deck edge anywhere on the periphery of the

vessel is at least 250 mm; or

.5 a vessel which is unable to comply with the requirements of

section 12B.4.2 or if fitted with a lifting system which incorporates
either counterbalance weight(s) or counter ballasting may be
permitted on a case-by-case basis. Where the Certifying
Authority considers the vessel to have adequate residual
stability application for special consideration shall be submitted to
the Administration.

12B.4.4 At a minimum the following shall be included in the Stability Information Booklet:

.1 the maximum permitted load and outreach which satisfy the requirements
of section 12B.4 or the Safe Working Load (SWL), whichever is the lesser;

.2 means provided to determine the radius of load lifting attachments and

SWL; and

31
Consideration should be given to the operating performance of variable load-radius type lifting
devices, and the load moment for lifting devices situated off the centre line of the vessel.

95
 .3 details of all accessways leading below the weather deck which shall be
securely closed prior to undertaking lifting operations.

12B.4.5 For vessels fitted with stern or bow gantry or fitted with a lifting device(s) over
the side of the vessel the following shall be demonstrated to the satisfaction of
the Certifying Authority:

.1 the lifting device is not of a variable load radius type;

.2 the SWL of the lifting device does not exceed 1% of the vessel’s
displacement, or 200 kg whichever is the greater.

Where the displacement of the vessel is not known it may be estimated

from the following formula:

Δ = CB x LOA x Moulded Beam x Load Draught x 1.025

The Certifying Authority shall approve the value of CB used; and

.3 A practical test shall be conducted with crew in their operational

positions and the gantry or lifting device at the maximum rated load
and radius. The test shall demonstrate the angle of heel of the vessel
does not exceed 4º and the freeboard to deck edge anywhere on the
periphery of the vessel is at least 250 mm.

12B.4.6 A vessel fitted with a stern or bow gantry or a lifting device located on the
centre line shall meet the following criteria:

.1 A lifting device or ‘A-frame’ shall operate at its maximum vertical

moment;

.2 the range of stability from the angle of equilibrium to downflooding or

angle of vanishing stability, whichever is the lesser, is equal to or
greater than 15º;

.3 the residual area under GZ, up to 40º or the downflooding angle, if this is
less than 40º, is equal to or greater than 0.10 metre-radians;

.4 GM shall be greater than or equal to 0.05 m; and

.5 the minimum freeboard to deck edge at bow, side or transom, measured

at A.P. and F.P. throughout the lifting operations shall not be less than half
the assigned freeboard to deck edge at side amidships or at the transom.
For vessels with less than 1000 mm assigned freeboard to deck edge
amidships the freeboard at A.P. or F.P. at deck edge shall not be less
than 500 mm; and

.6 the freeboard to deck edge anywhere on the periphery of the vessel is at

least 250 mm.

96
12B.5 Stability of Vessels Engaged in Towing where the displacement of the
towed vessel or floating object is more than twice the displacement of the
towing vessel

All vessels engaged in towing, where the displacement of the towed vessel or floating object
is more than twice the displacement of the towing vessel, shall comply with requirements of
section 12B.5 in addition to applicable requirements of 12B.1- 12B.4 (see Table 12A.2.5).

Section 12B.5 does not apply where:

.1 the vessel engaged in towing side by side with the towing vessel firmly attached
alongside the towed vessel or floating object, so as to be able to manoeuvre as if one
vessel; or

.2 the vessel engaged in towing fore and after with the bow of the towing vessel firmly
attached to the stern of the towed vessel or floating object, so as to be able to push,
pull or manoeuvre as if one vessel.

12B.5.1 A Stability Information Booklet shall include loading conditions for towing.

12B.5.2 It is the responsibility of a vessel owner/operator to ensure that an inclining

test(s) and calculation(s) of the lightship particulars are:

.1 undertaken by a competent person(s); and

.2 with an independent witness, approved by the Certifying Authority, who

can attest that the conditions and the manner in which the test(s) are
conducted are satisfactory.

12B.5.3 The stability of a vessel engaged in towing where the displacement of the towed
vessel or floating object is more than twice the displacement of the towing vessel
shall be considered satisfactory where the heeling lever does not exceed 0.5
times the maximum GZ for the critical loading condition.

Heeling Lever
(0.6 × Max. bollard pull × Vertical distance between hawser and centre of the propeller(s))
=
Displacement

The height of the hawser shall be measured as follows:

.1 where a fixed gog is always used the height of the hawser shall be
measured at the fixed gog or side rails if higher; and

.2 where a fixed gog is not always used the height of the hawser shall be
measured at the top of the winch drum (with no towline deployed) or the
side rails if higher.

Where the maximum GZ occurs at a greater than 30º angle of heel, the value of
GZ at 30º of heel shall be substituted.

12B.5.4 Vessels the keel of which is laid or which is at a similar stage of construction
on or after 1 January 2020 may comply with section 2.8 of Part B of the IMO’s

97
 amended Intact Stability Code32 (2008 IS Code) in lieu of compliance with
12B.5.3. (See MIN 698)

12B.6 Approval and Carriage of a Stability Information Booklet

12B.6.1 A vessel shall carry a copy of a Stability Information Booklet.33

12B.6.2 Where a vessel is considered by the Certifying Authority to be unable to carry

a Stability Information Booklet it shall be made available to crew on shore.

12B.6.3 A Stability Information Booklet shall:

.1 be produced by a competent person;

.2 match the form and content of the Administration’s model Stability

Information Booklet (see Appendix 3);

.3 meet the applicable requirements of section 12;

.4 use appropriate methods and procedures for calculations and the

vessel’s stability standard; and

.5 include, where appropriate, instructions to be given to the Master.

12B.6.4 A vessel owner/operator shall either submit three hard copies or one electronic
copy, as agreed, of the Stability Information Booklet to the Certifying Authority
for approval.

12B.6.5 Where the Certifying Authority is satisfied that the Stability Information Booklet
meets the requirements of 12B.6.3, it shall stamp the booklets with the following34:

.1 the name of the Certifying Authority;

.2 a file (or record) reference;

.3 number of pages in the booklet; and

.4 "APPROVED FORM AND CONTENT.

12B.6.6 Where the Certifying Authority has a concern(s) with regards to a vessel’s
stability they may request a full assessment in place of a form and content
check in 12B.6.5.4. (see Appendix 3).

12B.6.7 Following approval of the Stability Information Booklet:

.1 two copies shall be returned to the vessel owner/operator. One copy

shall be retained on board the vessel (or an electronic copy if agreed by

32
IMO International Code on Intact Stability, 2008, Resolution MSC.267(85), as amended.
33
For details of information to include within a Stability Information Booklet refer to the MCA’s Stability
Information Booklet: Load Line Vessel which is available free of charge from the Administration or
Certifying Authorities.
34
Guidance on minimum levels of checking for Certifying Authorities leading to approval are set out
in Appendix 3.

98
 the Certifying Authority) for the use of the Master. The second copy
shall be retained for the record of the vessel owner/operator; and

.2 one copy shall be retained by the Certifying Authority for the records
kept for the vessel.

12B.6.8 The vessel owner/operator shall be in possession of an approved Stability

Information Booklet before the issuance of the Certificate.

12B.6.9 The Master of the vessel shall have a knowledge and understanding of the
content of the vessel’s Stability Information Booklet and shall ensure that the
vessel is operated within the limiting conditions stated in the Stability
Information Booklet.

99
13 Freeboard and Freeboard Marking
The purpose of this section is to set out requirements for minimum freeboard and
freeboard markings.

13.1 Minimum Freeboard for vessels which carry 1000 kg or less of cargo

Section 13.1 applies to vessels which carry cargo, passengers, industrial

personnel, or any combination thereof, for which the cargo element does not exceed
1000 kg, and which are not rigid inflatable boats, inflatable boats or boats fitted
with a buoyant collar.

13.1.1 The minimum freeboard requirements shall be met by either:

.1 complying with ISO 1221735. A declaration of conformity must

be provided to the Certifying Authority for validation prior to
issuing of the Certificate; or

.2 complying with the requirements of Table 13.1.2 as appropriate;

or

.3 complying with the requirements of the Merchant Shipping (Load

Line) Regulations 1998 (SI 1998 No. 2241), as amended.

13.1.2 The freeboard for a vessel shall be calculated with the vessel in sea
water, upright, in its normal trim and fully loaded with weights to
compensate for both cargo and non-cargo deadweight items as
certificated to be carried (the weight of each person taken to be 82.5kg).

13.2 Minimum Freeboard for Vessels which carry greater than 1000 kg
of Cargo

Section 13.2 applies to vessels which carry cargo, passengers, industrial

personnel, or any combination thereof, for which the cargo element exceeds 1000kg,
and which are not rigid inflatable boats, inflatable boats or boats fitted with a
buoyant collar.

13.2.1 Vessels to which 13.2 applies must comply with the Merchant Shipping
(Load Line) Regulations 1998 (SI 1998 No. 2241), as amended36.

35
ISO 12217 ‘Small Craft – Stability and buoyancy assessment and categorisation’ Part 1
36
See MSN 1752 (M), as amended , Schedule 5 Table B and calculation for ships <24m and
noting the corrections for Type B ships “other than timber freeboards” that are required for
lack of superstructure, lack of sheer, block coefficient, depth and bow height shown in Schedule
4.

100
 Table 13.1.2 ─ The minimum freeboard requirements

The minimum freeboard requirements of vessels which do not carry cargo in excess of 1000
kilograms (kg)

Vessel with a continuous Vessel with a Open boats

Vessel watertight weather deck continuous watertight
type in accordance with weather deck in
section 5.5.1.1, which is accordance with
not stepped, recessed or section 5.5.1.2, which
raised may be stepped,
Vessel recessed, or raised
Length Overall

The freeboard, measured from the lowest point of the The clear height of
weather deck to the water surface, shall not be less side, measured
than: between the lowest
point of the gunwale37
and the water surface,
shall not be less than:

<7m 300 mm 200 mm 400 mm

≥7m and <18m as determined by linear interpolation.

≥18m 750mm 400mm 800mm

13.3 Freeboard Mark and Loading

13.3.1 Vessels which carry cargo, passengers, industrial personnel, or any

combination thereof, for which the cargo element does not exceed 1000
kg, and which are not rigid inflatable boats, inflatable boats or boats
fitted with a buoyant collar shall be marked with a freeboard mark
consisting of a bar of 300mm in length and 25mm in depth which shall:

.1 be permanent and painted black on a light background or in white

or yellow on a dark background,

.2 have no assigning letter marking placed on the bar marking, and

.3 be positioned such that the top of the line is positioned at the

waterline corresponding to the assigned freeboard to deck edge
amidships.

13.3.2 Vessels which carry cargo, passengers, industrial personnel, or any

combination thereof, for which the cargo element exceeds 1000 kg, and
which are not rigid inflatable boats, inflatable boats or boats fitted
with a buoyant collar shall be marked with a freeboard mark in
accordance with the Merchant Shipping (Load Line) Regulations 1998 (SI
1998 No. 2241), as amended, and have a scale of draught marks marked
clearly at the bow and stern, on both sides of the vessel. The longitudinal

37
The clear height of the side shall be measured to the top of the gunwale or capping or to
the top of the wash strake if one is fitted above the capping.

101
 position of the draught marks, relative to the longitudinal datum for the
hydrostatic data, shall be recorded in the Stability Information Booklet,
where provided. (See MIN 698).

13.3.2.1 Where the Certifying Authority considers that the addition of a scale
of draught marks is not practicable, an application for exemption from
this requirement shall be submitted to the Administration.

13.3.2.2 The freeboard mark shall:

.1 consist of a ring 300 mm in outside diameter and 25 mm wide,

intersected by a horizontal line 450 mm long and 25 mm wide the
upper edge of which passes through the centre of the ring;

.2 the top of the intersecting line shall be positioned at the waterline

corresponding to the assigned freeboard to deck edge
amidships;

.3 be painted black on a light background or in white or yellow on a

dark background; and

.4 have an assigning letter marking on the bar of the ring which shall
be D on the left and T on the right when the Administration is the
Certifying Authority. In the case of any other Certifying
Authority, as identified in MIN 538 (M) as amended, the
assigning letters shall be U on the left and K on the right.

13.3.3 Existing vessels transitioning from the Brown Code and MGN 280 shall
meet the requirements of 13.3.2.2.3 by the vessel’s next renewal
examination or three years after the date in entry into force of the Code,
whichever is later.

13.3.4 A vessel shall not operate in a condition which will result in its
freeboard marks being totally submerged when it is at rest and upright
in calm sea water.

13.3.5 A freeboard mark for Fresh Water Allowance is not required.

13.3.6 Where the line of the deck is not clearly discernible, a vessel shall be
provided with a deck line. The deck line shall be clearly marked amidships
on each side of the ship to indicate the position of the freeboard deck.

13.3.7 Where it is not possible to mark the deck line in its required position, the
Certifying Authority may approve the deck line to be marked in an
alternative location as near as possible to the required position.

13.3.8 Existing vessels transitioning from the Brown Code shall meet the
requirements of 13.3.6 and 13.3.7 by the vessel’s next renewal
examination or three years after the date in entry into force of the Code,
whichever is later.

102
13.4 Rigid Inflatable Boats, Inflatable Boats and Boats Fitted with a
Buoyant Collar

Section 13.4 defines the requirements for rigid inflatable boats, inflatable boats and
boats fitted with a buoyant collar.

13.4.1 The minimum freeboard of a rigid inflatable boat, inflatable boat or

boat fitted with a buoyant collar shall be:

.1 300 mm measured from the upper surface at the lowest point of

the buoyancy tubes;

.2 250 mm at the lowest part of the transom or if there is no transom

the vessel shall not be capable of being swamped and shall be
able to quickly clear any water from the weather deck which shall
be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority;
and

.3 measured with weights to compensate for all its equipment, fuel,

cargo, activity related equipment, the number of persons for
which it is certified to carry on board, with the boat re-trimmed as
necessary to represent a normal operating condition, and with the
drainage socks, if fitted, tied up (each person taken as 82.5 kg).

13.4.2 Vessels operating in area category of operation 4, 5 or 6, which do not

meet the freeboard requirement of section 13.4.1 at the transom, may
still be approved by the Certifying Authority provided it can be
demonstrated that the boat is self-draining when moving ahead, and has
a substantial reserve of buoyancy (>10%).

13.4.3 Where the vessel is certified to carry more than 1000 kg of cargo it shall:

.1 meet the minimum freeboard requirements for a vessel with a

continuous watertight weather deck in accordance with section
5.5.1.1, which is not stepped, recessed or raised (see Table
13.1.1;

.2 have a freeboard assigned in accordance with the Merchant

Shipping (Load Line) Regulations 1998 (SI 1998 No. 2241) as
amended ; and

.3 have a scale of draught marks marked clearly at the bow and

stern.

The minimum freeboards shall be recoded on the SWB2 and the

maximum permissible weight shall be recorded on both the SWB2 on
the Certificate for the vessel.

103
14 Life-Saving Appliances
The purpose of this section is to set out the minimum requirements for life-saving
appliances on board.

14.1 General

14.1.1 The following life-saving appliances shall be marked in accordance

with the guidelines in IMO Resolution A.658 (16), as amended38:

.1 liferafts;

.2 lifebuoys;

.3 lifejackets; and

.4 thermal protective aids (TPA).

14.1.2 The minimum required life-saving appliances are given in Table 14.1.2
below.

14.1.3 Existing vessels transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2, MGN 280
or the Brown Code may continue to use their current life-saving
appliances until the appliances reach end of life. All replaced life-saving
appliances shall comply with the requirements of Section 14.

14.2 Liferafts

14.2.1 General Requirements for Liferafts

14.2.1.1 All liferafts shall be serviced at a service station approved by the

manufacturer, and in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommended service schedule. The only exception are valise liferafts
which shall be serviced at a maximum of annual intervals.

For all liferafts, certification of servicing must be submitted to the

Certifying Authority at the compliance or renewal examination.

14.2.1.2 Vessel owners/operators shall frequently inspect the outside of the

liferaft storage container/valise for damage. If it is damaged it shall be
checked by an approved service station.

14.2.1.3 Hydrostatic Release Units (HRU) (other than the types which have a
date limited life and are test fired prior to disposal) shall be serviced at
a maximum of annual intervals at a service station approved by the
manufacturer.

38
IMO Resolution A.658(16) - Use and Fitting Of Retro-Reflective Materials On Life-Saving
Appliances"

104
 Table 14.1.2 ─ Carriage Requirements for Life-saving Appliances

Area category of 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
operation

Liferafts (see 14.2) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Total <16 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
number of
lifebuoys persons
(see 14.3)
≥ 16 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
persons

Lifebuoy <16 N/A 1 N/A 1 1 1 1

with light
(see 14.3) persons

≥ 16 N/A 2 N/A 2 2 2 2
persons

Lifebuoy <16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
with
buoyant line persons
(see 14.3)
≥ 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
persons

Lifebuoys <16 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
without
attachments persons
(see 14.3)
≥ 16 3 3 3 1 1 1 1
persons

Additional <16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
buoyant line
(see 14.3) persons

≥ 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
persons

Lifejacket (see 14.4) 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Note B

Inflatable lifejacket None None None None 100% 100% 100%

rearming kit (see
14.4.5) Note B

Thermal protective See 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

aids (TPA) (see 14.5) 14.5.2
Note B

Portable VHF 3940 (see 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

17.4)

39
SOLAS ‘A’ PACK requirements can be found in MSN 1676 (M+F) as amended.

105
 EPIRB 39 40 (see 17.5) None None None None 1 1 2

Personal Emergency None None None R Yes Yes Yes

Radio Devices 41(see
17.6)

SART 39 40 (see 14.12) None None None None 1 1 1

General Alarm ≥ None None None None Yes Yes Yes

16 persons (see 14.6)

General Alarm Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

> 750 kW installed

power (see 14.6)

Parachute flares (see None 4 None 4 4 6 12

Table 14.1.2 Note A)

Red hand flares (see 2 6 2 6 6 6 6

Table 14.1.2 Note A)

Smoke signals (see 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Table 14.1.2 Note A) buoyant buoyant buoyant buoyant buoyant buoyant buoyant
or hand or hand or hand or hand or hand held
held held held held held

Means of recovery of Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

persons from water
(see 14.7)

Training Manual (see Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
14.8)

Instruction Manual for Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
onboard maintenance
(see 14.9)

Table of International Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Life-Saving Signals
(see 14.10)

Lifejacket spray hoods R R R R Yes Yes Yes

(see 14.4.6)

R ─ Strongly recommended

Note A ─ Parachute flares, red hand flares, smoke signals, and other
pyrotechnics shall be MER approved (“Wheelmarked”) or shall comply

40
The carriage of Portable VHF, EPIRB and SART/AIS-SART in this section may also be used to
fulfil any carriage requirements detailed in section 17 Radiocommunication Equipment.
41
Strongly recommended for any Single Handed operations in Area Category of Operation
3, 4, 5 or 6.

106
 with MSN 1676 (M) as amended. Hand held smoke signals need not
be approved to the MER or MSN 1676 (M), as amended. 42

Note B – 100% means that one of this item shall be provided for each person on
board.

14.2.2 Stowage of liferafts

14.2.2.1 Liferafts shall:

.1 be stowed on or above the weather deck as appropriate to

vessel’s design and intended operation, to prevent loss of the
raft in a sea way, such that they float free43, inflate and break
free automatically, with the exception of valise liferafts which
shall be stored in a dedicated locker readily accessible from the
weather deck;

.2 be safely accessible by the crew in all weather conditions;

.3 be capable of being moved from its stowed position and stowed

state to being launched in the water in the shortest practicable
time44;

.4 have launching instructions displayed;

.5 clear any projections and belting when launched; and

.6 if fitted with a float free arrangement, be secured through an

approved and compatible HRU.

14.2.2.2 Other stowage and release mechanisms may be considered if they

provide an equivalent level of safety to the satisfaction of the
Administration.

14.2.2.3 Vessel owners/operators shall demonstrate physical deployment45 of

liferafts:

.1 at compliance or renewal examinations;

.2 where any changes are made to the liferaft type/capacity; and

.3 where modifications are made to the liferaft stowage

arrangements or location.

During the test the Certifying Authority need only witness the raft
being moved to the side of the vessel, adjacent to any guard wires e.g.

42
MSN 1676 (M+F) as amended. - Merchant shipping life-saving appliances regulations
43
The liferaft retaining strap must be capable of being released quickly and easy, e.g. by
senhouse slip.
44
For further details please see MGN 343 Hydrostatic release units: stowage and arrangements
for liferafts.
45
For further details please see MGN 343 Hydrostatic release units: stowage and arrangements
for liferafts.

107
 getting to a suitable launch site, or the appropriate procedures for
deployment of a gravity assisted deployment.

14.2.3 Float Free Arrangements for Liferafts

14.2.3.1 Re-useable HRUs shall be serviced annually or in accordance with the

manufacturer’s recommendations. Certification of servicing shall be
submitted to the Certifying Authority at the compliance or renewal
examination. Manufacturer’s recommendations, in respect of servicing
and working life, shall be followed for disposable HRUs.

14.2.3.2 Where a vessel carries non-SOLAS standard and UKCA or non-MER

approved liferafts that are stowed using HRU units, the vessel
owner/operator shall ensure the chosen HRU is compatible with the
size and standard of the liferaft.

14.2.4 Liferaft carriage and capacity requirements

14.2.4.1 Vessels certificated to operate in:

.1 area category of operation 0; or

.2 area category of operation 1 carrying 16 or more persons;

shall carry enough liferafts to ensure that in the event of any one liferaft
being lost or rendered unserviceable there is sufficient certified capacity
in the remaining liferafts to accommodate all persons on board.

14.2.4.2 Vessels certified to operate in area category of operation 1 and

carrying fewer than 16 persons or certified to operate in area category
of operation 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 shall be provided with sufficient liferaft
capacity to accommodate, at a minimum, the total number of persons
on board.

14.2.5 Liferaft requirements

14.2.5.1 The minimum liferaft requirements based on area category of operation

in which the vessel is operating are indicated in Table 14.2.5.1.

14.3 Lifebuoys

14.3.1 Lifebuoys shall:

.1 not be of an inflatable type;

.2 be marked with two means of identifying the vessel

(including vessel’s name);

.3 in respect of vessels operating in area categories of

operation 0, 1, 2, 3 and 5, be fitted with lights; and

.4 if of a light-weight type, be fitted with either a buoyant

line or a drogue.

108
14.3.2 Where fitted, buoyant lines shall be a minimum of 18 metres in length46.

14.4 Lifejackets

14.4.1 Lifejackets shall be constructed to:

.1 SOLAS standard and UKCA or MER approved, or MCA DfT

approved;

.2 BS EN 396 or BS EN ISO 12402, Part 3 for lifejackets of 150

Newtons;

.3 BS EN 399 or BS EN ISO 12402, Part 2 for lifejackets of 275

Newtons (see MIN 698); or

.4 any other equivalent standard approved by the

Administration.

14.4.2 All lifejackets shall be fitted with a whistle and retro-reflective materials.

14.4.3 For vessels operating in area categories of operation 0, 1, 2, 3 or 5,

all lifejackets shall also be fitted with a light.

14.4.4 A suitable lifejacket shall be provided for each person on board

(including a suitable lifejacket provided for each person on board under
32kg). If the lifejackets are of an inflatable type, an additional 2
lifejackets shall also be provided per vessel.

14.4.5 Inflatable lifejackets shall be of the compressed gas inflation type, with
either manual or automatic inflation, and fitted with oral top up valves.

14.4.6 Vessels operating in area categories of operation 0, 1, or 2, shall carry

an appropriate rearming kit for each lifejacket on board.

14.4.7 Vessels operating in area categories of operation 0,1 or 2 shall carry

an appropriate spray hood for each lifejacket on board.

Vessels operating in area categories of operation 3, 4, 5 or 6 may

carry an appropriate spray hood for each lifejacket on board.

14.4.8 Lifejackets which are only inflated orally are not permitted.

14.4.9 Inflatable jackets shall be serviced47 in accordance with the

manufacturer’s recommendations within a maximum of one month
either side of the compliance, renewal and intermediate
examinations.

In intervening years inflatable lifejackets shall be serviced at a

maximum of annual intervals in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.

46
Guidance on lifebuoy buoyant lines and grablines can be found in MGN 106 (M+F).
47
See either MGN 548 or MGN 553 for further guidance on the servicing of inflatable lifejackets

109
 Table 14.2.5.1 — Liferaft requirements

Requirements Vessels in area category of operation

for liferafts

0 1 2-3 4-5 6

Construction Constructed to Constructed to SOLAS standard and UKCA or MER approved, or MCA DfT Constructed to SOLAS standard and
SOLAS standard approved, UKCA or MER approved, or MCA DfT
and UKCA or approved; or
MER approved, or or be built to the ISO 9650Note E – Small Craft Inflatable Liferafts, Part 1, Type
MCA DfT 1, Group A standard and certified Note D to Part 3 of ISO 9650. be built to the ISO 9650 – Small Craft
approved Inflatable Liferafts, Part 1, Type 1, Group
A standard and certified to Part 3 of ISO
9650; or

may be the open reversible type,

constructed to IMO High Speed Craft
Code 2000 standard and MER approved
(“Wheelmarked”) or DfT approved.
Liferaft(s)

Insulation Have insulated Have insulated floor and For vessels Not required
floor and canopy canopy except where a operating outside
vessel operates the UK Search and
exclusively in waters Rescue region,
having a temperature of where the mean
10 degrees centigrade or sea temperature is
higher (see Notes A and less than 10
B) degrees
centigrade, liferafts
shall also have an
insulated floor and
canopy

110
Equipment Equipped with a Equipped with a "SOLAS Equipped with ‘’ Equipped to a level equivalent to a DfT “E” Pack. Note F
SOLAS “A” PACK A PACK” Note C, F SOLAS ‘’B’’
Note F PACK’

Stowage Be contained in fibre reinforced plastic (FRP) Be contained in fibre reinforced plastic (FRP) containers or a valise
containers

Note A ─ Sea temperature data may be found in sources such as the Admiralty Pilot for a given sea area and period.

Note B ─ The certification of the liferaft shall show this limitation.

Note C ─ This may, where necessary, include a grab bag to supplement the equipment integral to the liferaft. To facilitate rapid
abandonment in an emergency, where a liferaft grab bag is provided, it shall be in an accessible position known to all on
board. Equipment carried in the grab bag as required by these regulations this Code, does not count towards the equipment
the vessel itself must ordinarily carry, with the exception of TPAs described in 14.5.

Note D ─ The Administration has designated organisations listed in Paragraph 5 of MSN 1874 (M+F), as amended, as approved
bodies for the purpose of carrying out approvals of equipment to undertake the examination, testing and certification of the
equipment to ISO 9650 Part 3.

Note E ─ This standard currently provides for a maximum capacity of 16-man liferafts.

Note F ─ Requirements can be found in MSN 1676 (M+F) as amended.

111
14.4.10 Certification of servicing shall be submitted to the Certifying Authority
at the compliance or renewal examination.

14.4.11 Not more than two different types of lifejacket are permitted on any
vessel. Any two lifejackets of ‘32 kg or more’ or any two lifejackets of
‘under 32 kg’ respectively, may be regarded as being of the same type
provided that there are no differences between the donning instructions.

14.4.12 Donning instructions for the types of lifejackets carried shall be

displayed in a position(s) that is clearly visible or accessible to all
persons on board the vessel.

14.5 Thermal Protective Aids (TPAs)

14.5.1 For vessels operating in area categories of operation 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or

5, a TPA shall be provided for each person on board.

14.5.2 Vessels operating in area category of operation 6 shall have TPAs

provided for all persons on board where:

.1 the sea surface temperature is 10 degrees centigrade or less;

or

.2 the vessel has open reversible liferaft(s).

14.5.3 Vessels operating in area category of operation 6 which carry a

canopied liferaft are exempt from the requirement of 14.5.2.

14.5.4 TPAs shall be UKCA or MER approved.

14.5.5 TPAs should be stowed in the grab bag.

14.5.6 Where immersion suits are provided for all on board, as part of the
vessel’s equipment (see section 22), only 2 TPAs need to be provided
for the use of injured persons.

14.5.7 Where a vessel carries an immersion suit(s), they must be compatible

with the lifejackets provided. Immersion suit(s):

.1 may be of the non-insulated type.

.2 shall be compatible with the lifejackets provided.

.3 may be provided to satisfy the personnel clothing requirements

of section 22.2.6.

14.6 General Alarm

14.6.1 A vessel shall have a general alarm where it:

.1 is operating in area categories of operation 0, 1 or 2; and

.2 is carrying 16 or more persons on board; or

.3 has total installed power (propulsion and electrical generation)

greater than 750 kW.

112
14.6.2 A general alarm shall be audible in all parts of a vessel.

14.7 Recovery of Persons from the Water

14.7.1 An efficient means to enable the recovery of persons (whether

conscious or unconscious) from the water shall be physically
demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority at each
compliance and renewal examinations. See MIN 698.

14.8 Training Manual

14.8.1 A vessel’s training manual shall be stowed at a control position, and

shall as a minimum set out instructions from the manufacturers of the
life-saving appliances with the following items explained in detail:

.1 the need for warm clothing and awareness of risks associated

with exposure;

.2 the number and positions of stowage of the life-saving

equipment;

.3 the donning of lifejackets;

.4 the use of sea anchors;

.5 the recovery of persons from the water;

.6 the illumination in launching areas;

.7 the boarding, launching, and clearing the survival craft from the
vessel;

.8 the "Personal Survival at Sea" booklet, e.g. MCA Booklet

MCA/075;

.9 the best use of all survival equipment including equipment on

survival craft;

.10 the use of all aids to location;

.11 the instructions for emergency repair of the life-saving

appliances; and

.12 the methods of retrieval of persons.

14.8.2 For open boats, inflatable boats, rigid inflatable boats and boats
with a buoyant collar a vessel’s training manual may be stowed in an
alternative location on board the vessel to prevent damage due to
exposure.

14.9 Maintenance of life-saving appliances

14.9.1 A vessel’s instruction manual for on board maintenance of life-saving

appliances shall be stowed at a control position, and shall as a
minimum set out the following instructions as appropriate:

113
 .1 required criteria for inspection checklists;

.2 log of records of inspection;

.3 schedule of periodic maintenance;

.4 maintenance and repair instructions;

.5 list of replaceable parts; and

.6 list of sources for spare parts.

14.9.2 Where sufficient training and instruction on the maintenance of life-

saving appliances has been provided to the crew, the vessel
owner/operator of an open boat, inflatable boat, rigid inflatable
boat, or boat with a buoyant collar may keep the instruction manual
on shore.

14.9.3 Vessels operating on a bare-boat charter shall be provided with the

instruction manual required in 14.9.1 by the vessel owner/operator.

14.10 Table of International Life-Saving Signals

14.10.1 All vessels shall carry a Table of International Life-Saving Signals48.

This shall be in the form of either one SOLAS No. 1 poster, or two
SOLAS No. 2 posters.

14.11 Drills, Training and Recording of Drills

14.11.1 On board training including practice fire and abandon ship drills shall
be regularly routinely carried out by the crew. For vessels over 25 GT
this shall be recorded in the Official Log Book in accordance with the
requirements of SI 1999/2722 (see also MGN 71).

14.11.2 Means of recovery of persons and physical deployment of each liferaft

from water drills shall be regularly routinely carried out and recorded,
see MGN 54449.

14.11.3 All crew on vessels shall have familiarisation training on Life-Saving

Appliances and emergency procedures on board to ensure that they
are able to respond effectively in emergency situations.

14.12 Search and Rescue Locating Devices

14.12.1 Vessels certified to operate in area category of operation 0, 1, 2, 3

or 5 shall be provided with a waterproof and electric signalling lamp
and either:

48
Alternatively, MCA Leaflet “Life Saving Signals 2021” may be posted in the wheelhouse.
49
MOB drills shall be carried out in a range of daylight, low light e.g. dusk and weather
conditions, which shall be noted in the Official Log Book and reviewed to the satisfaction of the
Certifying Authority.

114
 .1 a waterproof and electric signalling lamp; and

.2 a searchlight; or

.3 a portable daylight signalling lamp with searchlight capability.

14.12.2 Vessels operating outside the areas covered by dedicated Search and
Rescue (SAR) assets shall carry one of the following in addition to the
EPIRB:

.1 a Radar SART (see MIN 698);

.2 an AIS-SART (see MIN 698); or

.3 an EPIRB-AIS beacon.

14.12.3 Vessels certified to operate in area categories of operation 0, 1 or

2 shall carry a Search and Rescue Transponder (SART) in line with
14.12.2.

14.12.4 A second SART shall also be carried unless:

.1 a vessel operates in areas covered by dedicated Search and

Rescue (SAR) assets; and

.2 the EPIRB provided has a 121.5 MHz locator beacon and is of

the non-float free type for placing in a liferaft.

115
15 Fire Safety
The purpose of this section, alongside the requirements of Section 16 Fire Appliances,
is to provide a level of fire safety for the vessel which is designed to extinguish minor
fires, prevent minor fires becoming major fires and in the event of the major fire permit
enough time for the evacuation of the vessel. This section provides minimum
requirements to maintain a level of structural integrity that ensures the vessel remains
habitable following a minor fire.

15.1 Machinery space

15.1.1 General

15.1.1.1 Existing vessels transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2, MGN 280
or the Brown Code may continue to use their current equipment until the
appliances reach end of life. All replaced appliances shall comply with the
standards of Section 15.

15.1.1.2 The machinery space shall be capable of being isolated to minimise

the risk of fire extinguishing medium escaping.

15.1.1.3 Where practicable, existing vessels transitioning from the Brown Code
shall meet the requirements of 15.1.1.2 by the vessel’s next renewal
examination or three years after the date of entry into force of the Code,
whichever is later.

15.1.1.4 The following shall be capable of being stopped from outside, or remotely
to, a machinery space in the event of a fire:

.1 fans within machinery space(s);

.2 fans feeding machinery space(s);

.3 pumps transferring fuel or oil;

.4 centrifuges; and

.5 any other equipment in areas identified to increase risk of fire

acceleration.

15.1.1.5 Where practicable, existing vessels transitioning from MGN 280 shall
meet the requirements of 15.1.1.2, 15.1.1.4 and 15.1.1.7 by the vessel’s
next renewal examination or three years after the date of entry into force
of the Code, whichever is later.

15.1.1.6 Where practicable, existing vessels transitioning from the Brown Code
shall meet the requirements of 15.1.1.4 by the vessel’s next renewal
examination or three years after the date of entry into force of the Code,
whichever is later.

15.1.1.7 Systems fitted with automatic fans which stop in the event of a fire shall
have a manual override.

15.1.1.8 Where practicable, existing vessels transitioning from the Brown Code
shall meet the requirements of 15.1.1.7 by the vessel’s next renewal

116
 examination or three years after the date of entry into force of the Code,
whichever is later.

15.1.1.9 Linkages forming part of the remote operation for flaps, cut-offs and
similar devices shall be of a fire-resistant construction and shall be
unlikely to fail in the event of fire.

15.1.1.10 Existing vessels transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code shall
meet the requirements of 15.1.1.9 by the vessel’s next renewal
examination or three years after the date of entry into force of the Code,
whichever is later.

15.1.1.11 Materials stowed in a machinery space(s) must be:

.1 required for the operation of maintenance in the machinery

space; and

.2 non-combustible.

15.1.1.12 Only non-combustible materials that are required for the operation and
maintenance of machinery may be stowed in machinery space(s).
Stowed materials in a machinery space(s) shall be adequately
secured and shall not obstruct access to or from the machinery
space(s).

15.1.1.13 In the machinery space windows shall only be fitted as an observation

port meeting the following requirements:

.1 fitted only in an internal boundary bulkhead or door;

.2 be non-opening;

.3 have a maximum diameter of 150 mm or equivalent rectangular

area;

.4 fitted in a steel frame or other equivalent material;

.5 fitted with a permanently attached fire retardant cover with

securing arrangements; and

.6 constructed of fire rated toughened safety glass, rated A-0 in

accordance with the FTP Code.

15.1.1.14 Where it is impracticable to have a machinery space, the engine may

be enclosed in an engine box. The engine box shall meet the
requirements of 15.1.1.3.2 – 15.1.1.3. 4.

15.1.2 Oily Wastes

15.1.2.1 A vessel shall have means to retain any oil leakage within the confines of
the machinery space.50

50
Where it is impracticable to fit a metal drip tray, engine bearers may be used as an alternative
if of sufficient height and have no limber-holes.

117
15.1.2.2 The machinery space(s) shall be kept clean and clear of any oily waste,
and all oily residues shall be collected and retained on board (e.g. in a
dedicated stowage tank) for discharge to on shore collection facilities.

15.1.3 Insulation

15.1.3.1 General

15.1.3.1.1 Any thermal or acoustic insulation fitted inside the machinery space
and shall be of a non-combustible material(s)51.

15.1.3.1.2 Non-solvent based intumescent materials may be used where the

insulation performance meets or exceeds the requirements for ‘A’ or ‘B’
Class Insulation.

15.1.3.1.3 Insulation shall be protected from damage and against impregnation by

flammable vapours and liquids. Where insulation is cut, the edges shall
be protected against such impregnation.

15.1.3.1.4 Vapour barriers and adhesives used in conjunction with insulation need
not be of non-combustible materials but shall be kept to the minimum
quantity practicable and their exposed surfaces shall have low flame-
spread characteristics.

15.1.3.1.5 For a vessel constructed of steel:

.1 machinery space boundaries contiguous with accommodation

space(s),

.2 stores; and/or

.3 other areas identified to increase risk of fire acceleration shall be

insulated as per the requirements of 15.1.3.1.1 – 15.1.3.1.4.

15.1.3.1.6 A vessel constructed of aluminium shall be assessed by the Certifying

Authority regarding additional insulation requirements (in accordance
with 15.1.3.1.1 – 15.1.3.1.4) where high heat items pass through hull,
decks or bulkheads.

15.1.3.2 Vessels Carrying 16 or More Persons or in Area Category of

Operation 0 or 1, or when the total installed Power Exceeds 750 kW
per machinery space52

51
The insulation will be considered as being a non-combustible material if it complies with BS
EN ISO 4589 Part 3, and the material has an Oxygen Index greater than 21, or if it fulfils the
requirements of the IMO International Code for application of Fire Test Procedures (FTP Code
2010), Part 1, Non Combustibility Test (see MIN 698).
52
For a vessel with separate machinery spaces, each space can be considered separately in
interpretation of total installed power provided that any common connecting service duct is
fitted with a structural fire barrier to prevent the passage of smoke and flame in either direction
for a period of 15 minutes.

118
 Table 15.1.3.2.1 ─ Machinery insulation requirements specific to the vessel construction material

Steel Aluminium Fibre Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Wooden

Requirements for No additional fire Shall be insulated The machinery space boundaries shall: Machinery space
internal surface protection to a minimum B- boundaries
of machinery required. 15 Note F standard 1. be constructed to meet the B-15 standard when tested in accordance constructed of
space when tested in with the procedure shown in the IMO International Code for application of wood shall have
boundaries and accordance with Fire Test Procedures54, FTP Code Annex 1 Part 3,) Note A; or an equivalent level
other areas the procedure of fire protection
identified as at shown in the IMO 2. be demonstrated to comply with the Fire Test for FRP in accordance compared to
risk from fire. International with IMO International Code for application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010, vessels
Code for Resolution MSC.307; or constructed of
application of Fire FRP. Note G
Test .3 comply with Annex 1 Part 11 of the FTP Code 2010 – Test for fire
Procedures53, resisting divisions for HSC Note B ; or For vessels
FTP Code Annex constructed of
1 Part 3. 4 have an insulation approved by the Administration as satisfying the wood measures
requirements of an “A” or “B” Class division for the construction material shall be taken to
Requirements for With the Insulation shall be and division scantlings fitted to the hull, bulkheads and decks in their prevent absorption
external surface exception of the fitted to the hull, entirety except on the hull sides lower than 300 mm below the waterline; or of oil into the
of machinery hull, shall be bulkheads and structure.
space coated with decks in their 5. have layers of woven roving glass or additives added to the resin to
boundaries and finishes which entirety except for improve and protect the structural integrity of bulkheads or structure(s) Note C
other areas have a Class 1 areas of the hull ;
identified as at surface spread positioned 300
risk from fire. of flame rating mm or more 6 have layers of intumescent polyester, epoxy, vinylester or phenolic resin
when tested in below the surface coatings used to improve and protect the structural integrity of
accordance with waterline. bulkheads or structure(s). Note D, E
MIN 698.

53
IMO International Code for application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010, Resolution MSC.307(88)
54
IMO International Code for application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010, Resolution MSC.307(88)

119
Note A ─ Except that in para. 3.3, for load bearing divisions, the structural core
temperature shall not exceed the heat deflection temperature (HDT) of the
resin in the laminate; and that in para. 3.5.1 this does not have to be a non-
combustible material.

Note B ─ Acceptable insulations shall have the notation of ‘Fire-resisting divisions’.

The approval shall state the orientation of the division and whether the
division is load bearing or non-load bearing.

Note C ─ Any addition of woven glass or additives shall meet manufacturer’s

recommendations.

Note D ─ A vessel owner shall provide a declaration attesting to the suitability of the
coatings from the manufacturer.

Note E ─ Solvent borne intumescent paints are not acceptable.

Note F ─ For vessels constructed of aluminium insulation approved to A-15 standard

(with steel) will be considered acceptable.

Note G ─ A metallic bulkhead conducts heat very well, and the main reason for the
fitting of structural fire protection is to stop the spread of fire from one
compartment to the next. It is worth remembering that (aluminium aside) the
survival of the structure is not of primary concern. However, where wood and
composites are concerned, the opposite is true. In this case, the structure is
an insulator. The downside of these materials is that they have relatively
poor structural response to heat. It is for this reason that insulation is required
to be fitted to these structures. So in effect, we are not concerned with spread
of fire through conduction, more with the collapse of the structure. In this
regard, assuming that the structure has been sufficiently protected to ensure
no collapse we are then interested to know what represents a ‘worst case’
thermally for the bulkhead.

15.1.3.2.1 Insulation shall be fitted inside the machinery space and shall be of a
non-combustible material(s) which meets the applicable requirements of
the Table 15.1.3.2.1.

15.2 Open Flame Appliances and Gas Installations

15.2.1 Open flame gas appliances shall be designed and constructed for marine
use, and where applicable shall comply with the requirements of
Regulation (EU) 2016/426 as amended.

15.2.2 Existing vessels transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2, MGN 280 or
the Brown Code may continue to use their current equipment until the open
flame appliances and gas installations reach end of life. All replaced
appliances shall comply with the standards of Section 15.2.

15.2.3 Installation of a gas appliance shall be in accordance with a standard

listed in MIN 698.

15.2.4 Liquid gas appliances must be installed, used and maintained in

accordance with Appendix 2A – Liquid Petroleum Gas Installation for
Domestic Marine Use.

120
15.2.5 Combustible materials, and other surfaces, which do not have a surface
spread of flame rating, shall not be left located within the following
distances of an open flame appliance:

.1 600 mm vertically above the appliance, for horizontal surfaces,

when the vessel is upright;

.2 600 mm horizontally from the appliance, for vertical surfaces.

15.2.6 Curtains, or any other suspended textile materials, shall not be within 600
mm of any open flame appliance.

15.2.7 Materials which are closer than as described in 15.2.4 and 15.2.5 to an
open flame appliance shall:

.1 be non-combustible, or

.2 have a surface finish with a Class 1 spread of flame rating which

has been tested in accordance with a recognised standard, see
MIN 698.

15.2.8 Open flame appliance(s) shall be inspected by a Gas Safe Registered

marine qualified technician (or equivalent recognized body if outside the
UK) and shall be issued with a safety certificate. Inspections shall be
carried out annually or following installation.

15.3 Liquid Fuel Appliances

15.3.1 Liquid fuel appliances shall only run on diesel.55

Where this is not practicable, alternative fuels which can be demonstrated

to provide an equivalent level of safety may be considered on a case-by-
case basis subject to the approval of the Administration.

15.3.2 Liquid fuel appliances shall be designed and constructed to meet the
following general requirements:

.1 be suitable for marine use;

.2 be able to operate at angles of 15 degrees in any direction;

.3 have overheat control devices; and

.4 have a flame failure device if the fuel supply is pressurised, unless

it is a wick type burner.

Appliances shall be installed in accordance with the appliance

manufacturer’s instructions. Any modifications to the appliance shall be
done in consultation with the appliance manufacturer.

55
Diesel is the only fuel with a flashpoint under 60◦C which is permitted for use in cookers or
heating appliances. The use of petrol is not permitted for cookers of heating appliances. See
MIN 698.

121
15.3.3 Fuel tanks, fuel pipes and their installation for appliances shall be fitted in
accordance with the requirements of sections 8.9 - 8.11.

15.3.4 Exhaust systems shall be installed in accordance with the appliance

manufacturer’s instructions. Exhaust systems and surrounding structures
shall be arranged to allow heat dissipation and shall be protected from
heat damage.

15.3.5 Appliances shall be installed so that the outgoing products of combustion

pass through sealed ductwork terminating outside the vessel.

15.3.6 Operating controls for appliances shall be easily accessible and in a safe
location to prevent the likelihood of injury.

15.3.7 In the event of fire, a space containing liquid fuel appliance(s) shall be
capable of being isolated by means of a valve(s) operated from outside of
the space.

15.3.8 Where user awareness for the safe operation of an appliance is required,
a permanently legible sign shall be provided in the immediate vicinity
covering:

.1 safe operation;

.2 refuelling procedure (if applicable); and

.3 any unique hazards involved with its use.

15.3.9 Liquid fuel appliances must be installed, used and maintained in

accordance with additional requirements for liquid fuel appliances are set
out in Appendix 2B.

15.4 Portable Petrol Fuelled Equipment

15.4.1 Portable equipment powered by a petrol engine unless fully drained of fuel
shall be stored on the weather deck, stowed in a deck locker or in a
protective enclosure.

15.4.2 Where stowed in a deck locker or protective enclosure portable equipment

powered by a petrol engine shall meet the following requirements to the
satisfaction of the Certifying Authority:

.1 be vapour tight to the vessel’s interior;

.2 be ventilated to atmosphere; and

.3 not openable from the vessel’s interior.

15.4.3 A suitable receptacle shall be provided to collect any spillage which occurs
during the filling and draining of a fuel tank for portable equipment
powered by a petrol engine.

15.4.4 A safety warning sign shall be displayed by the stowage location of

portable equipment powered by a petrol engine with details of any
precautions to be taken when filling the fuel tank.

122
15.5 Assessment of the ignitability of upholstered furniture

15.5.1 Upholstery covering fabrics shall satisfy the cigarette and butane flame
tests in force at the time of initial certification.

15.5.2 For upholstered furniture and mattresses only Combustion Modified High
Resilient (CMHR) foams shall be used. Existing vessels transitioning from
Workboat Code Edition 2, MGN 280 or the Brown Code may continue to use
their current upholstered furniture and mattresses until they reach end of life.
All replaced furniture and mattresses shall comply with the standards of
Section 15.5.

15.6 Detection

15.6.1 General

15.6.1.1 All fire and gas detectors shall at a minimum be maintained and tested in
accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

15.6.2 Fire detection

15.6.2.1 Fire detectors complying with EN 54 shall be fitted in the following

locations:

.1 machinery space(s);

.2 accommodation spaces;

.3 all spaces containing open flame, gas or liquid fuel appliances;

.4 all areas of concentrated electrical equipment; and

.5 all other areas as identified by the Certifying Authority as being

at risk from fire.

15.6.2.2 Fire detector(s) shall be of an appropriate type to respond to potential

hazard(s) e.g. smoke, flame.

15.6.2.3 Where a fire detector(s) is fitted it shall be audible from the space(s)
concerned, the accommodation space(s) and the control position(s),
and be capable of being heard with doors closed, machinery running and
in all anticipated weather and operational conditions.

15.6.2.4 Machinery spaces shall be fitted with fire detector(s) which detect smoke
and heat, or flame.

15.6.3 CO Detection

15.6.3.1 Where open flame, gas or liquid fuel appliances are installed in, or
adjacent to accommodation areas, a carbon monoxide (CO) detector(s)

123
 shall be fitted in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions for
detection56. See MIN 698.

15.6.3.2 Where a CO detector(s) is fitted it shall be audible from the space(s)

concerned, the accommodation space(s) and the control position(s)
be capable of being heard with doors closed, machinery running and in all
anticipated weather and operational conditions.

15.6.3.3 A CO detector(s) shall be provided in spaces where exhaust gases may

accumulate in the event of an exhaust leak.

15.6.4 Hydrocarbon Gas Detection

15.6.4.1 Any space which contains gas consuming appliances or into which
flammable gas may be leak or accumulate, shall be provided with a
hydrocarbon gas detector and alarm. The hydrocarbon gas detector and
alarm shall be designed to comply with a standard relating to electrical
equipment in hazardous areas. (See MIN 698)

15.7 Means of Escape

15.7.1 All vessels shall have means of escape.

15.7.2 All escape routes shall be located so that a single hazardous event is not
likely to cut-off all escape routes.

15.7.3 Any identified means of escape shall not endanger any person using it.

15.7.4 Any means of escape shall be clearly marked for its purpose on both
sides, and the function of each escape route shall be practically
demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority.

15.7.5 Two separate means of escape shall be provided in:

.1 accommodation spaces containing sleeping bunks;

.2 any spaces identified by the Certifying Authority as being at high

risk from fire; and

.3 machinery or battery spaces except where:

.1 usually unmanned during normal operation;

.2 any person entering and moving about the space is within

5 metres of the entrance at all times;

.3 the entrance gives ready escape, at all times, in the event

of fire.

15.7.6 Where a hatchway or companion hatch opening is used as part of an

escape route it shall be capable of being opened from both sides.

56
CO detection is not required when heating or cooking is undertaken using electrical cookers or
heaters.

124
15.7.7 The Certifying Authority may approve exceptions to 15.7.5 only where
compliance with 15.7.5 would diminish the overall safety of the vessel.
These shall be considered on a case by case basis, subject to approval of
the Certifying Authority.

15.8 Fire Control and Safety Plan

15.8.1 Vessels shall have a fire control and safety plan(s) which shall be
prominently displayed at the control position(s).

15.8.2 The fire control and safety plan(s)5758 shall detail the following:

.1 the type and position of all fire appliances;

.2 the location of fire detectors;

.3 locations and means of control of systems and openings which

shall be closed down in a case of a fire;

.4 a procedure for persons on board to follow prior to or in event of

activation of the fixed fire extinguishing system;

.5 means of escape and any additional access points;

.6 the location(s) of life-saving appliances; and

.7 the location(s) of embarkation stations and muster points.

15.8.3 The fire control and safety plan(s) shall be kept up to date.

57
Symbols used on the fire control and safety plan(s) shall comply with a recognised international
standard where applicable.
58
Vessel owners/operators shall be aware that some foreign flag administrations may also require
fire control and safety plan(s) to be verified by the Certifying Authority.

125
16 Fire Appliances
The purpose of this section, alongside the requirements of Section 15 Fire Safety, is to
provide a level of fire safety for the vessel which is designed to extinguish minor fires,
prevent minor fires becoming major fires and in the event of the major fire permit enough
time for the evacuation of the vessel. This section provides minimum requirements to
maintain a level of structural integrity that ensures the vessel remains habitable following
a minor fire.

16.1 Protection of machinery spaces and outboard engines

16.1.1 General

16.1.1.1 The owner/operator of a vessel must comply with the applicable

requirements in Table 16.1.1.1.

Table 16.1.1.1 — Protection of the machinery spaces and outboard engines

Engine position Criteria Minimum Protection

P ≤ 220 kW a) 1 portable fire extinguisher 34B

Outboard engine(s)d)
P > 220 kW Portable fire extinguisher(s) total B
capacity= 0,3P b)

P<120 kW 1 multi-purpose fire extinguisher 59

of appropriate size located
adjacent to the main entrance of
each machinery spacee)

Engine located in engine Portable fire extinguisher(s) to fire

Inboard Diesel engine(s) box above deck port c) or

Fixed fire extinguishing system

according to 16.4.

Engine compartments Fixed fire extinguishing system

below deck according to 16.4e).

a) P is the aggregate power rating in kW of the engine(s) in the space.

b)Example: For 1 × 220 kW outboard engine the required minimum rating is 220 × 0,3 = 66B which
corresponds to two 34B extinguishers.

c)The fire rating of the portable extinguisher shall not be less than the minimum recommended by its
supplier for use with the fire port and for the volume of the engine box or space.

d) All
open boats, inflatable boats, rigid inflatable boats or boats with a buoyant collar which are
up to 8 metres in length and are not fitted with a substantial enclosure or cooking appliance(s),
shall be fitted with a minimum of two 34B fire extinguishers.

e) A vessel fitted with inboard Diesel engine(s) where P<120 kW may comply with the requirements

59
Multi-purpose fire extinguishers have a capability to deal with both Category A fires involving
solid materials, and Category B fires involving liquids or liquefiable solids, and may be marked with
the multipurpose rating, e.g. 5A/34B.

126
 of Diesel engine located in engine box above deck or compartments below deck.

16.1.2 Fire ports in engine boxes

16.1.2.1 For vessels installed with fire port(s) in engine boxes as listed in Table
16.1.1.1, fire extinguishing mediums shall be able to be discharged into
the engine box without a person needing to enter the space.

16.1.2.2 Fire ports shall be:

.1 constructed of fire-resistant material;

.2 appropriately sized and positioned to accept the discharge nozzle;

.3 openable to provide access for discharge of the medium into the

engine box; and

.4 labelled with “fire port” or an appropriate graphical symbol60.

16.2 Protection of Accommodation Spaces

16.2.1 Accommodation Spaces not Containing Sleeping Bunks or Cooking

and Heating Appliances

16.2.1.2 A minimum of one 5A/34B rated portable fire extinguisher shall be located
in each accommodation space61, in accordance with the requirements
of 16.3.

16.2.2 Accommodation spaces containing sleeping bunks

16.2.2.1 Where an accommodation space(s) has both sleeping bunks and

cooking and heating appliances, it shall instead comply with the
requirements of 16.2.3.

16.2.3 Accommodation spaces containing cooking and heating appliances

16.2.3.1 Accommodation spaces containing cooking or heating appliances

shall be protected in accordance with the requirements of Table 16.2.3.1.
Where portable fire extinguishers are used they shall meet the
requirements of 16.3.

16.3 Portable Fire Extinguishers

16.3.1 General requirements

16.3.1.1 Portable fire extinguishers shall be marked in accordance with ISO 7165,
BS EN 3 or equivalent62.

60
If a graphical symbol is used, it must be explained in the owner’s manual.
61
Where accommodation spaces are protected by a fixed system according to 16.4, only one
portable fire extinguisher need be provided for that space.
62
If a graphical symbol is used, it must be explained in the owner’s manual.

127
16.3.1.2 Extinguishing media containing halons or per-fluorocarbons shall not be
used. For details on accepted extinguishing media types see ISO 7165.

Table 16.2.3.1 — Protection of accommodation spaces with cooking and heating

appliances

Type of cooking/heating appliance(s) Protection device(s)

Cooking and heating appliances without One 5A/34B rated portable fire
open flame extinguisher; or

a fixed fire extinguishing system in

accordance with the requirements of 16.4.

Cooking and heating appliances with One 5A/34B rated portable fire
open flame extinguisher; and either 8A/68B rated
portable fire extinguisher(s), or a fire
blanket in accordance with the
requirements of 16.5; or

a fixed fire extinguishing system according

to 16.4.

16.3.1.3 Portable fire extinguishers shall be located within:

.1 2 m from the main control position;

.2 2 m from any permanently installed open flame, gas or liquid fuel

appliances;

.3 3 m from fire ports for inboard engines;

.4 3 m from outboard engines.

16.3.1.4 All portable fire extinguishers shall be readily accessible.

16.3.1.5 Portable extinguishers may be stored in a locker or other protected or

enclosed space but shall remain readily accessible at all times. The locker
or the enclosed space door shall identify that it contains a portable
extinguisher.

16.3.1.6 Portable extinguishers not certified or listed for marine use which are
located where they may be exposed to water shall have the extinguisher
operating nozzle and triggering devices shielded.

16.3.1.7 Existing vessels transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2, MGN 280 or
the Brown Code shall meet the requirements of 16.3.1.3 by the vessel’s next
renewal examination or three years after the date of entry into force of the
Code, whichever is later.

16.3.1.8 All portable fire extinguishers shall be serviced by a competent person in

accordance with the servicing intervals listed in Table 1 of MGN 276
(M+F).

128
16.3.2 Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Fire Extinguishers

16.3.2.1 Portable carbon dioxide (CO2) fire extinguishers may only be located in
accommodation spaces63 where there is a risk of an electrical fire. The
owner/operator shall consider the volume of carbon dioxide that could be
released and the associated requirement for an appropriate means of
ventilation in the event of discharge.

16.3.2.2 Portable carbon dioxide (CO2) fire extinguishers shall not be located in
accommodation spaces containing sleeping bunks.

16.3.2.3 A maximum of one portable carbon dioxide fire extinguisher may be

located in an accommodation space.

16.3.2.4 Portable carbon dioxide fire extinguishers shall meet the requirements of
an appropriate standard. See MIN 698.

16.3.2.5 Portable carbon dioxide fire extinguishers shall each have a maximum
capacity of 2 kg. Portable carbon dioxide fire extinguishers with a capacity
exceeding 2 kg may be considered on a case-by-case basis subject to
submission to, and satisfactory acceptance by the Certifying Authority
of, a risk assessment.

16.4 Fixed Fire Extinguishing Systems

16.4.1 General Requirements

16.4.1.1 Where a fixed fire extinguishing system is installed in a machinery space

(as listed in Table 16.1.1.1) it shall be of the Administration, or equivalent,
approved type appropriate to the space to be protected.

16.4.1.2 Fixed fire extinguishing systems shall meet the manufacturer’s installation
and maintenance requirements and shall be serviced at minimum on an
annual interval or as per manufacturer’s recommendations, whichever is
more frequent.

16.4.1.3 Fixed fire extinguishing systems shall meet the:

.1 Merchant Shipping (Fire Protection – Small Ships) Regulations

1998 (SI 1998 No. 1011), as amended64 ; and

.2 MCA Fire protection arrangements (MSIS 12), as amended.

16.4.1.4 Fixed fire extinguishing media accepted by the Administration are as

follows:

.1 medium expansion foam;

.2 high expansion foam;

If a graphical symbol is used, it must be explained in the owner’s manual.

63

For further requirements for the installation of fixed firefighting systems see MSN 1666 (M), as
64

amended.

129
 .3 carbon dioxide (see MIN 698);

.4 pressure water spraying;

.5 water mist/water fog;

.6 vapourising fluids (hydrofluorocarbons - HFCs);

.7 aerosols (solid pyrotechnic type).

16.4.1.5 Existing vessels transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code fitted with
a fixed fire extinguishing system which uses low expansion foam may
continue to use their current system until the system reaches end of life. All
replaced fixed fire extinguishing systems shall comply with the standards of
Section 14.

16.4.1.6 Where activation of the fixed fire extinguishing system is automatic, or the
cylinders containing extinguishing media are located within the machinery
space, a visual alarm shall be displayed outside the machinery space
and at the control position(s) during discharge of fire extinguishing
media.

16.4.1.7 Existing vessels transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2, MGN 280 or
the Brown Code shall meet the requirements of 16.4.1.6 by the vessel’s next
renewal examination or three years after the date of entry into force of the
Code, whichever is later.

16.4.2 Fire Pumps

16.4.2.1 All vessels, unless meeting the provisions of 16.4.2.3 must be fitted with
either:

.1 a power driven self-priming fire pump(s) which ensures that the fire
main pressure and availability can be maintained following the loss
of a machinery space; or

.2 a hand fire pump(s) outside the machinery space (where fitting of

a power driven self-priming fire pump(s) is impracticable).

16.4.2.2 Existing vessels transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code shall meet
the requirements of 16.4.2.1 by the vessel’s next renewal examination or
three years after the date of entry into force of the Code, whichever is later.

16.4.2.3 Open boats, inflatable boats, rigid inflatable boats and boats with a
buoyant collar of less than 8 m length not fitted with a substantial
enclosure are exempt from the requirement of 16.4.2.1

16.4.2.4 A fire pump shall be fitted with sea and hose connections capable of
delivering one jet of water to any part of the ship through hose and nozzle,
one fire hose of adequate length with a 10 mm nozzle and a suitable spray
nozzle.

16.4.2.5 Where a vessel has two independent power bilge pumps fitted (see
11.2.1.1), one of these pumps may be used as a fire pump where an
accessible change-over arrangement is fitted. The ability to remove

130
 accumulated fire extinguishing water shall not be compromised, and
contaminated bilge water shall not be pumped onto a fire.

16.5 Fire Blanket

16.5.1 A fire blanket shall meet the requirements of an appropriate standard. See
MIN 698.

16.5.2 A fire blanket shall be located in any area identified by the Certifying
Authority to increase the risk of fire acceleration and shall be accessible for
immediate use.

16.6 Fire Buckets

16.6.1 Where practicable or deemed necessary65 all vessels shall carry at least
two fire buckets with lanyards long enough to reach the sea from the weather
deck. Buckets shall be of suitable material and size for their intended service.

65
Larger vessels carrying multiple fire extinguishers and/or fixed fire extinguishing system(s) are
considered to exceed the minimum required level of safety and are not required to carry fire
buckets.

131
17 Radiocommunications Equipment
The purpose of this section is to set out requirements for vessel radiocommunications,
including installation, operation, maintenance and testing.

17.1 The Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS)

17.1.1 For all vessels, the GMDSS Sea Area(s) that the vessel is permitted and
equipped to operate in (see Table 17.2.1) shall be stated on the Certificate.

17.1.2 All vessels shall be equipped with a continuously available

communication system for use in the GMDSS Sea Area, which shall
provide capabilities for at least the following maritime distress and safety
communications (see also MIN 698):

.1 Ship-to-shore distress alerts/calls by two independent means;

.2 Shore-to-ship distress relay alerts/calls;

.3 Ship-to-shore, shore-to-ship and ship-to-ship search and rescue

co--ordinating communications;

.4 Ship-to-shore transmission of Maritime Safety Information (MSI);

.5 Receipt of shore-to-ship broadcasting of Maritime Safety

Information; and

.6 Ship-to-shore, shore-to-ship and ship-to-ship general

communications.

17.1.3 Exceptions to 17.1.2 are:

.1 Vessels certificated to operate in area category of operation 4,

5 or 6, which can obtain up to date navigation and weather
information by other means, are not required to be able to receive
MSI by a communication system for use in the GMDSS.

.2 Vessels certificated to operate in area category of operation 6

only are not required to have a second means of transmitting ship
to shore distress alert if the vessel is equipped with an alternative
effective means of distress alerting (visual or non-GMDSS) that
is approved by the Certifying Authority.

17.2 Carriage Requirements by GMDSS Sea Areas

17.2.1 The minimum radiocommunication equipment carriage requirements

based on the GMDSS Sea Area(s) in which the vessel is operating are
indicated in Table 17.2.1.

17.2.2 If a vessel’s area category of operation changes the

radiocommunication equipment fitted and carriage requirements shall be
re-assessed and approved by the Certifying Authority for compliance
with 17.2.1.

132
17.2.3 Existing vessels transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2, MGN 280 or
the Brown Code shall meet the requirements of 17.2 by the vessel’s next
renewal examination or three years after the date of entry into force of the
Code, whichever is later.

17.3 Radio Installation

17.3.1 Where practicable, aerials shall be mounted on the highest point on the
vessel. A Certifying Authority may accept alternative locations that
provide at least equivalent levels of performance.

17.3.2 In UK areas where transmission quality may be reduced, vessel

owners/operators shall consider alternative radio communications such
as Medium Frequency (MF) or mobile satellite communications systems.
Vessel owners/operators shall consider Table 17.2.1 Note C and, if
required, seek advice from the Administration on whether such
equipment should be carried.

17.3.3 All radio installations shall be located to aid operational availability and
be protected against damage.

17.3.4 Fixed radio installation(s) shall be clearly marked with the vessel’s call sign,
any other codes applicable to the use of the radio, and a Maritime Mobile
Service Identity (MMSI).

17.3.5 Fixed radio installation(s) shall have a clear summary of the radio distress,
urgency and safety procedures displayed in full view of the radio operating
position(s).

17.3.6 Where batteries are used for the electrical supply to radio equipment, an
alternative power supply shall be provided by either charging facilities
which shall be capable of recharging batteries to required minimum
capacity within 10 hours, or a back-up battery of capacity sufficient for the
voyage.

17.3.7 The battery electrical supply to radio shall be located in a position not likely
to flood in normal operations or in the event of minor damage to the
vessel, and shall be arranged so that radio communications, as far as
practicable, are not interrupted in adverse conditions including extremes
of temperature and harmful effects of water.

17.3.8 When fully charged, the batteries shall provide at least the minimum
required hours of operation to ensure effective use of the GMDSS
installation.

17.4 Portable VHF Radio

17.4.1 A vessel shall carry at least one portable VHF radio fitted with a Digital
Selective Calling (DSC) facility. See MIN 698.

133
 Table 17.2.1 ─ Carriage Requirements by GMDSS Area

GMDSS Carriage Requirements

Area Category of Operation 0-4 5 6

GMDSS Areas A1+2

80
A1 A1+A2 A1+A2+A3 A1+A2+A3+A4 A1 A1+A2 A1+A2+A3 A1+A2+A3+A4 A1 A1+A2+A3
A1+A2+A3+A4

Fixed Very High Frequency

(VHF) Radio installation with 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Digital Select Calling (DSC) or or
Portable VHF DSC Radio (see 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
17.4)

VHF Channel 70 DSC watch

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
installation84
MF radio installation with DSC
(see MIN 698) 1Note C 1
A recognised mobile satellite or or
service for distress alerting and 1 1 C1
1 1
Enhanced Group Calls Note D
or or or or
MF/HF radio installation with
DSC with Narrow Band Direct 1 1 1 1 1 1
Printing (NBDP)
Personal Locator Beacons R 1 C2 1
1 1 1 1
(PLB)85, 86,87
or or or or
EPIRB83 1Note A 1 1 1 1 1
R 1 C2 1
NAVTEX receiver (see MIN 698) 1Note B 1 1 1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C3 C3

134
 1 Number required to be fitted.
Note A Vessels in Sea Area A1 in area category of operation 3 and 4 where visual or
other non-GMDSS means of alerting is ineffective, an EPIRB is recommended to
be carried.
Note B This is recommendatory only in Sea Area A1 for area category of operation 4, noting
that the vessel should be on a voyage of <12 hours, outside this duration a NAVTEX
shall be fitted.
Note C Within UK waters no listening watch is conducted on MF by HM Coastguard, therefore
alerting via MF DSC would be required.
Note D For guidance on iridium satellite distress system, see MIN 698.

R Recommended for area category of operation 5 where visual or other non-GMDSS

means of alerting is considered to be ineffective e.g. if a vessel is working in bays with
high cliffs that may impede the operation of the VHF.
C1 A carriage requirement where up to date navigation and weather information cannot
be reliably obtained by other means as noted in 17.1.3.1.
C2 Recommended where visual or other non-GMDSS means of alerting is considered to
be ineffective.
C3 Recommended where up to date navigation and weather information cannot be
reliably obtained by other means (see 17.1.3.1).

17.4.2 A portable VHF radio shall be capable of operation on Channel 16 and at

least one additional voice channel in the international VHF marine band.

17.4.3 A portable VHF radio shall have brief and clear operating procedures
provided if not already printed on the casing.

17.4.4 A portable VHF radio shall have means to attach to clothing or a lanyard
with a low breaking strain safety link.

17.4.5 A portable VHF radio and spare batteries shall be protected against water
damage, either by design or by a waterproof cover, to a depth of 1 metre
for a period of 5 minutes.

17.4.6 A portable VHF radio, batteries and any waterproof covers shall not have
any sharp projections that might damage a survival craft.

17.4.7 A vessel shall carry charging facilities or spare batteries able to provide at
all times at least 8 hours of portable VHF radio operation. Batteries or seals
shall be marked with an expiry date by the manufacturer and shall be in
date.

17.4.8 Where a vessel is equipped with more than one liferaft, it shall carry one
portable VHF per liferaft.

17.4.9 Existing vessels transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2, MGN 280 or
the Brown Code shall meet the requirements of 17.4.8 by the vessel’s next
renewal examination or three years after the date of entry into force of the
Code, whichever is later.

17.5 Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB)

17.5.1 Vessels required to carry a 406 MHz EPIRB (see Table 17.2.1) shall be
installed in a location so that it is capable of floating free and activating
automatically if the vessel sinks. This location shall also be easily
accessible so that it can be manually released and placed in a liferaft.

135
17.5.2 Manned vessels operating in area category of operation 0 shall carry a
second EPIRB stowed in an accessible place, where it is capable of being
placed in a liferaft and need not be capable of floating free.

17.5.3 All EPIRBs shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s

recommendations. Batteries shall be replaced as required by a
manufacturer approved service station.

17.5.4 All EPIRBs shall meet the mandatory registration requirements as detailed
in MGN 665 (M+F), as amended66. See MIN 698.

17.6 Personal Emergency Radio Devices

17.6.1 A vessel shall meet the 406 MHz Personal Locator Beacon (PLB67, 68)
carriage requirements of the Table 17.2.1. For guidance on PLBs see MIN
698.

17.6.2 A PLB equipped with GPS and a light shall be worn by at least one crew
member whilst on open deck. Any crew not wearing a PLB are strongly
recommended to wear a Class M VHF DSC MOB (Man Overboard) with
AIS69 and a light.

17.6.3 Existing vessels transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2, MGN 280 or
the Brown Code shall meet the requirements of 17.6 by the vessel’s next
renewal examination or three years after the date of entry into force of the
Code, whichever is later.

17.7 Test and Maintenance

17.7.1 A vessel owner/operator shall ensure that the radio equipment is tested
and operating effectively prior to departure. Equipment shall be maintained
regularly according to the manufacturer’s instructions. Additionally, for
Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels testing shall be carried out
following any power or communications outage either on the Remotely
Operated Unmanned Vessel or at the Remote Operation Centre.

17.8 Radio Watches

17.8.1 A vessel, while at sea, shall maintain a continuous radio watch:

66
MGN 665 (M+F) Registration of EPIRBs and 406 MHz PLBs used in the maritime environment.
67
This has a global range and alerts the nearest Coastguard Station to a Man Overboard situation.
It will typically take 5 minutes for the Coastguard to be aware of your position with an accuracy of
100 m.
68
406MHz PLBs and VHF DSC devices shall be registered with the EPIRB Registry, details of which
are given in MSN 1816 (M+F) 406 MHz Beacons: registration requirements MGN 665 (M+F)
Registration of EPIRBs and 406 MHz PLBs used in the maritime environment
69
The MMSI number can be programmed into this device so that the first alert is sent immediately
to the vessel, alerting crew to the Man Overboard situation and also potentially reducing the
possibility of false alerts. If the VHF/DSC is not responded to by someone on the vessel within a
designated time period, other vessels in the area will be alerted. The inbuilt AIS will enable other
vessels in the area equipped with AIS to locate any casualty in the water. A casualty can be located
to an accuracy of 100m

136
 .1 on VHF Digital Selective Calling (DSC), on Channel 70;

.2 for broadcasts of Maritime Safety Information (see MIN 698);

.3 where practicable, on VHF Channel 16;

.4 where practicable, on VHF Channel 13;

.5 on distress and safety DSC frequency 2187.5 kHz if fitted with a

MF/HF DSC radiotelephone;

.6 for satellite shore-to-ship distress alerts, if fitted with a terminal for

a recognised GMDSS satellite service.

17.9 Ships’ Radio Licence

17.9.1 A vessel shall be issued with a valid Ships’ Radio Licence by the relevant
authority70.

17.10 Ships’ Radio Survey

17.10.1 Where a vessel is fitted with GMDSS radio equipment, the vessel
owner/operator shall undertake a survey of the radio installation every 5
years. The survey shall be undertaken by an organisation authorised by
the Administration to perform a survey of code vessel radio equipment.
A Statement of Compliance may be issued by the authorised organisation
upon successful completion of the radio survey.

70
The issue and enforcement of these licences is the responsibility of OFCOM.

137
18 Navigation Lights, Shapes and Sound Signals
The purpose of this section is to set out requirements for navigation lights, shapes and
sound signalling appliances.

18.1 All vessels shall comply with the requirements of the Merchant Shipping
(Distress Signals and Prevention of Collisions) Regulations 1996 (SI 1996
No. 75), as amended.

18.2 Where full compliance with 18.1 is impracticable and this is demonstrated
to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority, an application to the
Administration shall be submitted by the Certifying Authority for
consideration of equivalent safety standard(s).71 This shall take account of
the nature of the operation of the vessel concerned.

18.3 As provided for in rule 33(b) of the COLREGS, a vessel of less than 12
metres in length shall not be obliged to carry the sound signalling
appliances required by SI 1996 No. 75, as amended but if not, the vessel
shall be provided with some other means of making an efficient sound
signal.

18.4 Table 18.4 is a summary table of common navigation lights, shapes and
sound signalling appliance requirements. This Table is not exhaustive,
does not cover all possible operations, and is for guidance only.

It is the responsibility of the vessel owner/operator to ensure that the

vessel fully complies with SI 1996 No. 75, as amended.

71
As provided for under Regulation 5 of The Merchant Shipping (Distress Signals and Prevention
of Collisions) Regulations 1996, as amended.

138
 Table 18.4 ─ Common navigation lights, shapes and sound signalling appliance
requirements

Overall Power driven vessels when At anchor3 Not under Aground Sound
length underway command6 signalling
appliances
Less All round white + sidelights1, 2 Required 4,5 Not Not Means to make
than 7m required 9 required an efficient
sound signal
required
7m – 12m All round white + sidelights1 Required5 Not Not Means to make
or Required 9 required an efficient
sound signal
required
Masthead + sidelights1
+
stern light or

(if lights have to be offset

from centreline) combined
lantern sidelights plus either
all round white or masthead
and stern light
12m – 20m Masthead + sidelights + Required5 Required5, 7 Required5,7,8 Whistle
stern light required
20m – 24m Masthead + sidelights + Required Required Required 8 Whistle and bell
stern light required approved
by UK nominated
bodies

1
Range of sidelight is 1 mile.
2
Vessels with a maximum speed of 7 knots shall, if practicable, show sidelights.
3
By night a round white light where most visible. By day one black ball (0.6 metres
in diameter) in the fore part.
4
Compliance with point 3 is only required when anchored in or near a narrow
channel, fairway, anchorage or where other vessels normally navigate.
5
Size of the daytime shapes may be reduced commensurate with vessel size.
6
A vessel not under command shall exhibit:
(i) two all-round red lights in a vertical line where they can best be seen;
(ii) two balls or similar shapes in a vertical line where they can best be seen;
(iii) when making way through the water, in addition to the lights prescribed in
this paragraph, sidelights and a stern light.
7
The distances for the lights may be reduced to one metre apart and two metres
above the hull (weather deck).
8
By night two round red lights in a vertical line two metres apart, plus a round white
light (see point 3). By day three black balls (0.6 metres diameter) in a vertical line,
1.5 metres apart.
9
Vessels of less than 12 metres in length which are engaged in diving operations
shall exhibit the lights and shapes prescribed in point 6.
Notes

a Sidelights and stern light shall have a range of 2 miles unless indicated
otherwise.

b All round white lights, lights used at anchor and where not under command shall
have a range of 2 miles

c Vessels of 7 to 12 metres shall have a masthead light range of at least 2 miles.

139
 Vessels of 12 up to 20 metres shall have a masthead light range of at least 3
miles. Vessels of 20 to 24 metres shall have a masthead light range of at least 5
miles.

d For open boats vertical height shall be measured from the gunwale. For rigid
inflatable boats, inflatable boats and boats fitted with a buoyant collar vertical
height shall be measured from the top of the collar or tubes.

140
19 Navigation
The purpose of this section is to set out requirements for the safe navigation of a vessel.

19.1 General

19.1.1 All navigational equipment shall be routinely tested and maintained in

accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

19.2 Compass

19.2.1 A vessel shall be fitted with a properly adjusted suitable magnetic marine
compass with consistent deviation72.

19.2.2 Any alternative arrangements to 19.2.1 (e.g. a Transmitting Magnetic Heading

Device) may be considered on a case-by-case basis and approved at the
discretion of the Certifying Authority. Alternative arrangements shall be of an
equivalent standard to a magnetic compass, and shall at a minimum:

.1 be independent of the vessel’s main power supply;

.2 have means of determining the ship’s heading;

.3 have means of displaying the ship’s heading at the control position(s);

and

.4 have means of correcting headings and bearings to true at all times

(e.g. a valid deviation card).

19.2.3 The compass, alternative device or a repeater:

.1 shall be clearly readable at all times at the main steering position; and

.2 means shall be provided for taking bearings as nearly as practicable

over an arc of the horizon of 360 degrees.73

19.2.4 Each magnetic compass shall be properly adjusted and its deviation card
available at all times. Magnetic compasses shall be adjusted when:

.1 they are first installed;

.2 they become unreliable;

.3 the vessel undergoes structural repairs or alterations that could affect

its permanent and induced magnetism;

.4 electrical or magnetic equipment close to the compass is added,

removed or altered; or

72
Consistent deviation is considered to be when there has been no appreciable change observed within
the two years preceding the date of inspection by the Master.
73
This requirement may be met by a pelorus or, in a vessel other than a steel vessel, a hand bearing
compass.

141
 .5 a period of two years has elapsed since the last adjustment and a
record of actual compass deviations has not been maintained, or the
recorded deviations are excessive or when the compass shows
physical defects.

19.2.5 In a steel vessel it shall be possible to correct a magnetic compass for

coefficients B, C and D and heeling error.

19.2.6 A record of a vessel’s compass deviations shall be maintained.

19.2.7 For vessels certified to operate in area category of operation 0, 1, 2 , 3 or 5,

a compass light shall be fitted.

19.3 Nautical Publications

19.3.1 Charts74 and nautical publications shall be kept up to date and accessible for
the entire duration of the voyage.

19.3.2 Vessels certified to operate in area category of operation 6 only are not
required to comply with 19.3.1.

19.3.3 Charts shall be of sufficient scale and detail to display:

.1 all relevant navigational marks;

.2 known navigational hazards; and

.3 where, appropriate, information concerning ship’s routing and ship

reporting schemes.

19.3.4 Electronic Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS) or an electronic chart
plotting system which complies with the requirements of MGN 319 (M+F) as
amended, may be accepted as an alternative to the requirements of 19.3.1.

19.4 Signalling Lamp

19.4.1 A vessel shall be equipped with a waterproof electric lamp suitable for
signalling.

19.5 Echo Sounder

19.5.1 All vessels shall be fitted with an echo sounder, or other effective means to
measure the available depth of water.

19.6 Radar Reflector

19.6.1 A vessel shall be provided with a radar reflector of an appropriate standard

(MIN 698). A radar reflector shall be fitted on the vessel in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions.

19.6.2 Vessels certified to operate in area category of operation 6 need not comply
with 19.6.1 if it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Certifying

74
See also MGN 293 (M+F) Alternative arrangement for paper chart requirements on MCA code vessels
under 24 metres in length and fishing vessels under 24 metres in length,. as amended.

142
 Authority that it is not practicable. They shall not put to sea in fog, and if
visibility starts to deteriorate, they shall return to shore.

19.6.3 If the radar cross sectional area of the boat is larger than the passive reflector
standard then the carriage of a reflector is not required.

19.7 Additional Navigational Equipment requirements for vessels certified to

operate in area category of operation 0, 1 or 2

19.7.1 A vessel which is certified to operate in area category of operation 0, 1 or 2

shall be equipped with:

.1 an electronic position fixing system GPS (global navigation satellite

system), or a terrestrial radio-navigation system, or other automatic
means suitable for use at all times throughout the intended voyage);

.2 a distance measuring log (except where the navigational equipment in

paragraph 19.7.1.1 provides reliable distance measurements in the
area of operation of the vessel);

.3 a 3 cm radar on an appropriate standard (MIN 698) shall be fitted.

Radars for vessels designed to operate at speeds over 30 knots shall
comply with the MER. Where radar is equipped with automatic target
tracking then a suitable transmitting heading device shall be fitted75; and

.4 a suitable Automatic Identification System (AIS) transceiver (see MIN

698 for installation and maintenance guidelines).

19.7.2 Existing vessels transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code shall meet the
requirements of 19.7.1 by the vessel’s next renewal examination or three years
after the date of entry into force of the Code, whichever is later.

75
Additionally, vessels that are operated at high speed are recommended to be provided with an
electronic chart system to satisfy chart carriage requirements as in 19.3, complying at least with the
specifications required by the SeaFish Industry Authority (SFIA), see also section 19.3.4 and MGN 319
as amended.

143
20 Anchors and Cables
A vessel shall be equipped with anchor(s) and cable(s) to grip the sea bottom and hold the
vessel at the desired position. The purpose of this section is to set minimum requirements for
mass, design and material of anchor(s) as well as the length, diameter and material of anchor
cable(s).

20.1 General

20.1.1 A vessel operating in area category of operation 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 shall be

equipped with at least two anchors (one main and one spare or two main) and
comply with the minimum anchors and cables requirements given in Tables
20.1 and 20.276.

20.1.2 A vessel operating in area category of operation 5 or 6 shall be equipped

with at least one anchor complying with the minimum anchors and cables
requirements given in Tables 20.1 and 20.277.

20.1.3 An existing vessel transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code which
cannot practicably meet the requirements of 20.1.1 or 20.1.2 may be
permitted to have alternate size anchors and cables, subject to the
satisfaction of the Certifying Authority.

20.1.4 A vessel which does not normally anchor as part of its operations, and which
finds the requirements of 20.1.1 or 20.1.2 impracticable or unreasonable, may
be permitted by the Certifying Authority to reduce their anchor and cable
carriage requirements if the Certifying Authority is satisfied through trials or
calculation that the proposed alternative(s) are at least as effective as the
requirements set out in Tables 20.1 and 20.2.

20.1.5 Provision shall be made for the secure storage of an anchor and its cable.

Table 20.1 ─ Anchors and cables for vessels up to and including 15 m

Mean Length Anchor Mass Anchor Cable Diameter

of vessel Note 3 Note 1, 3

Main Spare Main Rope Spare Rope

Chain Note 2 Chain Note 2
(metres) (kg) (kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
6 8 4 6 12 6 10
7 9 4 8 12 6 10
8 10 5 8 12 6 10
9 13 5 8 12 6 10
10 16 6 8 12 6 10
11 19 7 8 12 6 10
12 22 10 10 14 8 12
13 25 12 10 14 8 12
14 28 12 10 14 8 12
15 30 15 10 14 8 12

76
Anchors and cables are not designed to hold a vessel off of exposed coasts in rough weather nor
stop a vessel that is moving.
77
Anchors and cables are not designed to hold a vessel off of exposed coasts in rough weather nor
stop a vessel that is moving.

144
 Table 20.2 ─ Anchors and cables for vessels over 15 m
Loaded Anchor Anchor Anchor
Displacement Main Spare Chain diameter.
Note 3 Note 3 Note 1,3,5
(Tonnes) (kg) (kg) (mm)
25 30 30 10
50 40 40 12
75 50 50 12
100 75 75 13.5
125 90 90 13.5
150 100 100 13.5
175 125 125 16
200 130 130 17.5
225 150 150 17.5
250 180 180 17.5
275 225 225 17.5
300 230 230 17.5
350 240 240 17.5
400 245 245 17.5
450 250 250 19
500 255 255 19
550 260 260 19
600 265 265 19
650 270 270 20
700 300 300 20
750 360 360 20

Note 1 ─ Chain cable diameter given is for short link chain. Chain cable shall be sized in
accordance with BS 7160 or equivalent.

Note 2 ─ The rope diameter given is for nylon construction. Where rope of another
construction is proposed, the breaking load shall be at least equivalent to that
of the nylon rope specified in the table.

Note 3 ─ Where anchors and cables are manufactured to imperial sizes, the anchor
mass and the cable diameter shall be at least equivalent to the metric table
value.

Note 4 ─ For the purposes of this section, mean length is defined as:

(Length + Length on waterline) / 2

Note 5 ─ Where rope or wire is used instead of chain, the breaking strength shall be
equivalent to that of the chain specified in the Table.

20.2 Anchoring Systems

20.2.1 A strong securing point shall be located on the foredeck or equivalent structure,
and where appropriate a fairlead or roller shall be located at the stem head.

20.2.2 Mechanical means shall be provided for handling the anchor where an anchor
mass is more than 30 kg.

145
20.2.3 Anchors are to be rigged ready for use.

20.3 Anchors

20.3.1 The values for anchor masses required in Tables 20.1 and 20.2 refer to High
Holding Power anchors. The anchor design shall be approved by the
Certifying Authority.

20.3.2 Where a fisherman type of anchor is fitted, the mass required in Table 20.1 or
20.2 shall be increased by 33% but the diameter of the anchor cable need not be
increased.

20.3.3 The material strength and form of the anchor and its attachments to the anchor
cable shall be approved by the Certifying Authority.

20.3.4 Where a vessel has an unusually high windage (as a result of a high freeboard,
a large rig, large deckhouses or superstructures, or other factors) the mass of
the anchor and the anchor cable diameter shall be increased above that
required in Table 20.1 or 20.2 to account for the increased wind loading. The
increase in anchor mass and corresponding cable strength shall be approved
by the Certifying Authority.

20.3.5 Vessels of non-conventional ship form (including pontoon barges) or working

under specified restricted coastal or inshore operations shall either:

.1 comply with the anchor and cable requirements of Table 20.1 and 20.2;
or

.2 have anchor(s) and cable(s) of a size and material meeting an

appropriate standard recognised by one of the Load Line Assigning
Authorities, and to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority.

20.3.6 For vessels intended to be engaged in any towing, the vessel

owner/operator shall consider carrying an increased anchor mass and
corresponding cable size above that which is required in Table 20.1 or 20.2.
The increased anchor mass and cable size should be suitable for the additional
mass of the towed object, in case the vessel is required to anchor whilst towing.

20.4 Cables

20.4.1 The length of anchor cable attached to an anchor shall be appropriate to the
area of operation and not less than 4 x the vessel’s mean length or 30 metres,
whichever is the longer, for each of the main and spare anchors.

20.4.2 The strength and form of the anchor cable and its attachments to the anchor
and the vessel shall be approved by the Certifying Authority.

20.4.3 The material of the anchor cable and its attachments to the anchor and the
vessel shall be of an appropriate standard recognised by one of the Load
Line Assigning Authorities to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority.

20.4.4 Where the anchor cable is made of fibre rope or wire, 10 metres or 20% of the
minimum required cable length, whichever is the greater, shall be made of
chain connecting the rope, or wire, and the anchor.

146
 Where the anchor cable is wire, the chain part of the cable can be substituted
by an anchor and/or chain of enhanced mass, subject to satisfaction of the
Certifying Authority.

20.4.5 Anchor steel wire rope shall be fitted with thimbles at both ends.

20.4.6 The bitter end of the anchor cable shall be secured to the vessel’s structure
and shall be capable of being released in an emergency.

20.4.7 All vessels shall have a towline. The towline may be the warp for the
second/spare anchor.

147
21 Accommodation and Recreational Facilities
The purpose of sections 21, 21A and 21B is to set out the minimum requirements for
accommodation and recreational facilities. For the applicable requirements refer to the
headings below:

Vessels to which MLC does not apply – refer to 21.1 and 21A.
Vessels to which MLC does apply – refer to 21.1 and 21B.

21.1 All vessels

All vessels irrespective of compliance with the Maritime Labour Convention,

2006 (MLC), as amended shall meet the requirements of section 21.1.

21.1.1 Heavy items of equipment shall be secured firmly to avoid movement either
during normal conditions, or when the vessel is subjected to sudden
acceleration, deceleration, or a large angle of heel or trim.

21.1.2 Stowage lockers containing heavy items shall have lids or doors which can be
securely fastened.

21.1.3 Mechanical ventilation shall be provided to all accommodation spaces below

the weather deck:

.1 where an air conditioning system(s) is not fitted;

.2 where 9 or more persons are berthed below the weather deck; or

.3 for vessels engaged on long international voyages or operating in

tropical waters.

Such mechanical ventilation shall provide at least 6 changes of air per hour
when the access openings to the spaces are closed.

21.1.4 Where a vessel is fitted with a galley there shall be secure and hygienic storage
for food and garbage in the vicinity. See MIN 698.

21.1.5 All hot water supply systems shall be appropriately designed, installed and
maintained for the pressure and temperature at which they are intended to
operate.

21.1.6 All vessels fitted with marine toilet(s) shall have suitable receptacle(s) for the
safe disposal of non-flushable sanitary wastes.

148
21A Accommodation and Recreational Facilities for all
vessels to which the MLC does not apply
All vessels to which the MLC does not apply shall meet the requirements of section 21A.

21A.1 General requirements for all vessels

21A.1.1 Accommodation shall provide decent living conditions and recreational facilities
for all persons on board.

21A.1.2 All accommodation spaces shall be adequately ventilated.

21A.1.3 Accommodation spaces shall not be exposed to excessive vibration or noise.

See MIN 698.

21A.1.4 The materials used for construction of internal bulkheads, panelling and
sheeting, floors and joints shall be suitable for the purpose and conducive to
ensuring a healthy environment.

21A.2 All vessels at Sea for More Than 24 Hours

21A.2.1 An adequate supply of fresh drinking water shall be provided and easily
accessible in locations throughout the accommodation spaces.

21A.2.2 In addition to 21A.2.1 an emergency reserve supply of drinking water shall be

carried, sufficient to provide at least 2 litres per person. Installation of fresh
water making machines and disinfection arrangements may be accepted as
meeting this requirement on a case-by-case basis, subject to the approval of
the Certifying Authority.

21A.2.3 A vessel shall be fitted with a galley which shall be equipped with means for
cooking, a sink and adequate working surface for the preparation of food.

21A.2.4 Where a cooking appliance(s) is gimballed it shall be protected by a crash bar

or other means to prevent it being tilted when it is free to swing. A means shall
be provided to lock the gimbal mechanism to prevent movement.

21A.2.5 At least one flushing marine toilet and one wash hand basin which is separated
from the rest of an accommodation space which is used for cooking or
sleeping shall be provided for every 12 persons on board78.

21A.2.6 A separate bunk or cot shall be provided for each person on board and at least
50% of those provided shall be fitted with lee boards or lee cloths.

21A.2.7 A vessel shall have adequate stowage facilities for the clothing and personal
effects of each person on board.

21A.2.8 An electric lighting system shall be installed which is capable of supplying

adequate light to all enclosed accommodation spaces.

78
Due consideration shall be given to the requirements of section 30.2 Sewage.

149
21B Accommodation and Recreational Facilities for all
vessels to which the MLC applies
All vessels constructed on or after 7th August 2014 to which the Maritime Labour
Convention, 2006 (MLC) applies shall comply with the requirements of MLC. It is strongly
recommended that vessels constructed between 20th August 2013 and 6th August 2014 shall
comply with the requirements of the MLC.

It is the responsibility of the vessel owner/operator to be familiar and compliant with the
content of the MLC. This section sets out the minimum requirements for accommodation and
recreational facilities which are either:

• additional to those of the MLC; or

• alternatives to the requirements of the MLC which are specific for workboats less than
24 m in Load Line Length.

A model format for a Seafarer Employment Agreement can be found in MGN 477 (M)
Amendment 4, as amended.

21B.1 Additional requirements for all vessels to which the MLC applies

All vessels to which the MLC applies shall comply with section 21B.1 (which sets out
requirements additional to those of the MLC).

21B.1.1 An adequate supply of fresh drinking water shall be provided and piped to easily
accessible locations throughout the accommodation spaces.

21B.1.2 In addition to 21B.1.1 an emergency reserve supply of drinking water shall be

carried, sufficient to provide at least 2 litres per person. The installation of fresh
water making machines and disinfection arrangements may be accepted
subject to the approval of the Certifying Authority.

21B.1.3 Sleeping accommodation below the load line/freeboard mark (or the maximum
loaded displacement where no load line/freeboard mark is provided) may only
be permitted in exceptional cases79 to the approval of the Administration. Such
sleeping accommodation shall be fitted with an alarm to provide seafarers with
an early warning of flooding.

21B.2 Vessels less than 200 GT to which the MLC applies

All vessels less than 200 GT to which the MLC applies shall comply with the
requirements of the MLC. Section 21B.2 applies to all vessels less than 200GT
to which the MLC applies. Sections 21B.2.1 and 21B.2.2 detail specific
amendments and additions to the requirements of the MLC.

21B.2.1 Amended MLC requirements for vessels less than 200 GT to which the
MLC applies

21B.2.1.1 For spaces where seafarers are expected to stand for prolonged periods, the
minimum headroom shall be 190 centimetres. The Certifying Authority may

79
An exceptional case is where the size, type or intended operation of the vessel renders any other
location of sleeping accommodation impracticable.

150
 allow reduced height in some locations if it does not result in discomfort to
seafarers.

21B.2.1.2 All accommodation spaces shall be adequately heated and insulated for the
intended area of operation and anticipated weather conditions.

21B.2.1.3 Excessive noise and vibration shall be limited within accommodation spaces,
and as far as practicable in accordance with relevant international standards.
Where the seafarers’ exposure to noise and vibration in accommodation
spaces is very time limited, alternative arrangements may be accepted subject
to approval of the Certifying Authority.

21B.2.1.4 Where a sleeping room(s) is adjacent to a machinery space(s), galley(s),

storeroom(s), drying room(s), or communal sanitary space(s), there shall be a
bulkhead between spaces with a door that can be locked.

21B.2.1.5 In seafarer accommodation, wherever possible, the maximum number of

persons per sleeping room is to be two.

21B.2.1.6 Berths for seafarers shall have a minimum inside dimension of either:

.1 not less than 190 centimetres in length and not less than 70 centimetres
in width, with no tapering, where the Certifying Authority is satisfied
that that this is reasonable and will not result in discomfort to the
seafarer; or

.2 not less than 198 centimetres in length and not less than 80 centimetres
in width over half the length of the berth. A taper is permitted from half
the length of the berth towards the foot of the berth but under no
circumstances is the berth permitted to be narrower at any point than
50 centimetres.

The Certifying Authority may allow reduced berth dimensions in some

locations if it does not result in discomfort to seafarers.

21B.2.1.7 For each 6 seafarers on board there shall be at least one set of sanitary
facilities on board, such that the ratio of sanitary facilities does not exceed 6:1.

21B.2.1.8 Designated areas on open deck for recreational use shall, where appropriate,
be shared with the passengers and industrial personnel on board.

21B.2.1.9 Each seafarer shall be provided with a minimum of 125 litres of an adequate
stowage space for personal effects.

21B.2.2 Additional requirements for vessels less than 200 GT to which the MLC
applies

21B.2.2.1 Recirculation of air supply is permitted provided that mechanical exhaust

ventilation is installed and that the fresh air content of the supply to the
accommodation is not less than:

.1 25 cubic metres per hour for each person for whom accommodation is
provided; or

151
 .2 the total capacity of all other accommodation exhaust fans (excluding
the galley) in cubic metres per hour, whichever is the greater.

21B.2.2.2 Where air conditioning is not fitted in an enclosed galley(s) a minimum

mechanical supply of 20 fresh air changes per hour and a mechanical exhaust
supply of 30 air changes per hour shall be provided.

21B.2.2.3 In spaces where sanitary or galley facilities are provided there shall be
ventilation that draws from the accommodation and extracts to the open air.

21B.2.2.4 The galley floor shall have a non-slip surface and provide a good foothold.

21B.2.2.5 All furniture and fittings in the galley shall be made of a material which is
impervious to dirt and moisture. All metal parts of furniture and fittings shall be
rust resistant.

21B.2.2.6 Where a cooking appliance(s) is gimballed it shall be protected by a crash bar

or other means to prevent it being tilted when it is free to swing. A means shall
be provided to lock the gimbal mechanism to prevent movement.

21B.2.2.7 A means for preventing seafarers from falling out of their bunk shall be
provided where appropriate.

21B.2.2.8 Each set of sanitary facilities shall be provided with a door that is lockable.

21B.2.2.9 Where a sanitary system is fitted with a holding tank it shall be designed to
ensure that any fumes from the holding tank are not released into the sanitary
space if the water seal of the toilet is broken.

21B.2.2.10 There shall be weekly inspections carried out on board vessel, by or under the
authority of the Master, and shall as a minimum include the following:

.1 supplies of food and drinking water;

.2 all spaces and equipment used for the storage and handling of food and
drinking water; and

.3 galley and other equipment used for the preparation and service of
meals.

The results of each inspection shall be recorded and available for review.

21B.2.2.11 Existing vessels transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code shall meet the
requirements of 21B.2.2.1, 21B.2.2.2 and 21B.2.2.3 by the vessel’s next renewal
examination or three years after the date of entry into force of the Code,
whichever is later.

21B.3 Vessels of between 200 GT and less than 500 GT to which the MLC
applies

All vessels of between 200 GT and less than 500 GT to which the MLC applies
shall comply with the requirements of the MLC.

21B.3.1 All vessels of between 200 GT and less than 500 GT to which the MLC applies
may comply with substantially equivalent arrangements for crew
accommodation as set out in MGN 602 (M), as amended.

152
22 Protection of Personnel
The purpose of this section is to set a minimum required level of safety to ensure protection
of all personnel on board. There are a number of additional regulations which set out
requirements for protection of personnel and it remains the responsibility of the vessel
owner/operator to comply with the requirements of these regulations (see MIN 698).

22.1 Health and Safety at Work

22.1.1 All vessels shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Merchant
Shipping and Fishing Vessels (Health and Safety at Work) Regulations 1997 (SI
1997 No. 2962), as amended. For further guidance see MIN 698.

22.2 Structural Requirements and the Carriage of Equipment

22.2.1 Deckhouses

22.2.1.1 A deckhouse’s construction shall be of an appropriate strength to withstand

the sea and weather conditions likely to be encountered in the intended area
category of operation.

22.2.2 Bulwarks, Guardrails and Handrails

22.2.2.1 There shall be sufficient hand holds and grab rails within accommodation
spaces to allow safe movement when the vessel is underway.

22.2.2.2 Where persons may be on board the deck of a vessel, the vessel shall meet
the following requirements unless otherwise permitted by 22.2.2.6 and
22.2.2.8:

.1 be fitted with either bulwarks, three courses of guardrails or three

courses of taut guard wires;

.2 the bulwark top, top course of guardrails or top course of taut guard
wires shall be not less than 1000 mm above the deck;

.3 where fitted, the distance between the lowest course of guardrails or taut
guard wires and the deck shall not exceed 230 mm;

.4 where fitted, the distance between other courses of guardrails or taut

guard wires shall not exceed 380 mm; and

.5 where fitted, guardrails and guard wires shall be supported by stays or

stanchions.

22.2.2.3 Where guardrails or guard wires are not fitted, or do not meet the requirements
of paragraphs 22.2.2.2.1 – 22.2.2.2.4, portable or fixed jackstays secured to
strong points shall be provided on each side of the vessel.

22.2.2.4 Vessels with guardrails of a height less than that required by section 22.2.2.2
may be accepted provided the areas of the vessel where the guardrails do not
meet the required height are restricted to crew use only. The Certifying
Authority shall be satisfied that any alternative arrangements for the protection
of the crew, provide an equivalent level of safety. A notice shall be prominently

153
 displayed that clearly indicates that passengers are not permitted in the
restricted area.

22.2.2.5 Where a vessel is fitted with a cockpit which has an aft facing opening,
additional guardrails shall be fitted so that there is no unprotected vertical
opening greater than 500 mm in width.

22.2.2.6 Alternative arrangements to requirements of 22.2.2.2 and 22.2.2.4 may be

accepted for the following, subject to approval by the Certifying Authority:

.1 for vessels certified to operate in area category of operation 6 only,

where the fitting of guardrails, guard wires, or bulwarks is impractical or
unnecessary; or

.2 where the fitting of guardrails, guard wires, or bulwarks impedes the safe
operation of a vessel (except where a vessel is certificated to operate
single handedly), see MIN 698.

22.2.2.7 Additional handrails shall be fitted for:

.1 decks without bulwarks or guardrails;

.2 access stairways;

.3 ladders;

.4 passageways;

.5 side and ends of the deckhouse; and

.6 other locations where handrails would mitigate any identified risk.

22.2.2.8 For an open boat, boat with a buoyant collar, inflatable boat or rigid
inflatable boat where it is not possible to fit bulwarks, handrails or guardrails
there shall be handgrips and toeholds provided to ensure safety of all persons
on board in the range of the sea and weather conditions likely to be
encountered in the intended area category of operation.

22.2.3 Safety Harness

Section 22.2.3 does not apply open boats, boats with a buoyant collar, inflatable boats and
rigid inflatable boats.

22.2.3.1 Each person who may be required to work on deck shall be provided with a safety
harness. A minimum of 2 safety harnesses shall be provided on board of all
decked vessels regardless of the number of persons who may be required to
work on deck.

22.2.3.2 Fastening points for the attachment of safety harness lifelines shall be provided
at the following positions:

.1 close to a companionway;

.2 on both sides of a cockpit;

.3 on exposed decks;

154
 .4 the perimeter of a deckhouse; and

.5 other locations where a fastening point(s) would mitigate the risk of

falling overboard.

22.2.3.2 Existing vessels transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2, MGN 280 or the
Brown Code shall meet the requirements of 22.2.3.2 by the vessel’s next
renewal examination or three years after the date of entry into force of the Code,
whichever is later.

22.2.4 Safe location aboard open boats, boats with a buoyant collar, inflatable
boats and rigid inflatable boats

22.2.4.1 It is the responsibility of owners/operators of open boats, boats with a

buoyant collar, inflatable boats and rigid inflatable boats to ensure that a
safe location is provided on board the vessel for all persons.

22.2.5 Slip Resistant Surfaces

22.2.5.1 The surface of a working deck including any hatch coverings shall be finished
in; slip resistant deck paint, chequered plate, unpainted wood, a non-skid
pattern moulded into FRP, or an efficient non-slip covering.

22.2.5.2 In an inflatable boat or rigid inflatable boat the upper surface of the inflatable
buoyancy tube shall be provided with a slip resistant finish.

22.2.6 Personal Clothing

22.2.6.1 Each person on board a vessel shall have:

.1 protective clothing appropriate to the prevailing air and sea

temperatures that provides protection from precipitation and spray from
the sea; and

.2 footwear with slip resistant soles.

22.2.6.2 Vessels80 operating in area category of operation 0, 1 or 2 and in waters of

sea surface temperature of 10 degrees Celsius or less shall provide an
immersion suit (see 14.5.6), a dry suit or other efficient garment (such as a
floatation suit meeting EN ISO 15027-1) for each person on board.

22.3 Safety and Transfer of Personnel

22.3.1 All persons shall have a safe, clear access to the embarkation station.

22.3.2 A designated embarkation area shall have sufficient hand holds, foot holds and/or
grab rails to allow safe access.

22.3.3 A safety briefing shall be provided prior to departure to all persons engaged in
transfer operations. See section 31 SMS.

80
Sea temperature data may be found in sources such as the Admiralty Pilot for a given sea area and
period.

155
22.3.4 Ambient sea conditions and whole body vibration shall be continually assessed
throughout the voyage.

22.3.5 Individual ergonomic seating shall be provided for all persons on board vessels
operating at high speed or in a planing mode (see section 25.4). A
comprehensive risk assessment shall be carried out to identify and implement
appropriate mitigation measures to reduce the effects and impacts of vibration
including but not limited to: seat belts, headrests, footrests, movable armrests
and shock absorbent seating.

22.3.6 Existing vessels transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code shall either:

.1 meet the requirements of 22.3.5 by the vessel’s next renewal

examination or three years after the date of entry into force of the Code,
whichever is later; or

.2 provide a risk assessment to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority

which details the justification for not needing to meet the requirements of
22.3.5.

22.4 Industrial Personnel Requirements

22.4.1 Before commencing any voyage, the Master shall ensure that any industrial
personnel:

.1 are engaged and on board for transport for the purposes of offshore
industrial activities;

.2 are able bodied and meet appropriate medical standards;

.3 have received basic safety training, according to relevant industry

standards;

.4 have an understanding of the layout of the ship and the handling of the
vessel’s safety equipment before departure from port (e.g., through a
safety briefing);

.5 are equipped with appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

suitable for the risks to safety such personnel are likely to experience
on the forthcoming voyage (e.g., immersion suits);

.6 declare any quantities of dangerous goods carried onboard as

personal effects, and stow these as appropriate.

22.4.2 Industrial personnel that do not meet all of the requirements of 22.4.1 may be
transported as passengers, subject to an overall limit of 12 passengers being
carried within the total number of persons on board.

22.5 The Code of Safe Working Practices for Merchant Seafarers

22.5.1 An updated copy of the MCA’s publication The Code of Safe Working Practices
for Merchant Seafarers, as amended shall be available at the control position
at all times.

156
22.5.2 Where it is not practical to carry the publication on board the vessel due to its
design, The Code of Safe Working Practices for Merchant Seafarers, as
amended may be kept ashore. In such cases it shall be available for use by all
members of the crew.

157
23 Medical Care
The purpose of this section is to set out the minimum requirements for medical stores to be
carried on board a vessel and to define the liability of a vessel owner for medical care.

23.1 Medical Stores

23.1.1 The requirements for medical stores are as follows:

.1 vessels certified to operate in area category of operation 0 shall meet

the requirements for Category of Medicines and Medical Stores A;

.2 vessels certified to operate in area category of operation 1 shall meet

the requirements for Category of Medicines and Medical Stores B;

.3 vessels certified to operate in area categories of operation 2, 3, 4, 5

and 6 shall meet the requirements for Category of Medicines and
Medical Stores C.

A vessel owner/operator shall ensure that medical stores are carried in

accordance with the latest requirements (see MIN 698).

23.1.2 A vessel owner/operator is responsible for the cost of any medicine and
medical equipment, including periodic replacements in order to keep stocks of
any required medicines in date and immediately useable.

23.1.3 The Master shall manage the medical store and ensure it is kept in a good
condition. Alternatively, the Master may designate a competent person to
manage the medical store.81

23.1.4 A vessel certificated for operation in area category of operation 0 or 1 shall

carry an annually reviewed checklist of the medical stores kept on board.

23.1.5 A vessel which meets the requirements of 23.1.1.3 shall carry medical stores
stored in a sealed kit, which shall be reviewed as part of the vessel’s annual
examination.

23.1.6 Where carrying a specific item(s) is impractical or unsafe, this may be omitted
subject to satisfactory risk assessment and medical advice from a qualified
medical practitioner or pharmacist. Where any item(s) is omitted, this shall be
stated on the checklist required in 23.1.4.

23.1.7 If the vessel carries dangerous goods, the vessel’s owner/operator shall
ensure that the additional requirements in section 29.9 are met.

23.2 Medical Care on Board a Vessel

23.2.1 The vessel owner/operator shall ensure the crew of the vessel comply with
the first aid training requirements set out in Appendix 5 of this Code, Table
A5.3. See also MIN 698.

81
It is good practice for this to be someone other than the ship’s officer who has responsibility for the
medical stores. The Administration does not specify who may be competent to carry out the annual
inspection of the stores.

158
23.3 Vessel Owner’s Liability for Medical Care

23.3.1 A vessel owner has liability to meet the following:

.1 Where a passenger requires medical care beyond the scope of first aid
trained crew, the vessel’s owner/operator shall as soon as
reasonably practicable provide onshore access to medical care;

.2 Where a member of the crew requires prompt and adequate medical,

surgical, optical or dental treatment which cannot be provided on board,
the vessel’s owner shall as soon as reasonably practicable provide
onshore access to medical care at no cost to a crew member. See MIN
698; and

.3 For crew members who are ill or injured during, or as a result of,
employment on the vessel, the owner shall pay for the medical care
and any related expenses for accommodation or upkeep for up to 16
weeks, or until repatriation whichever is shorter.

159
24 Tenders and Daughter Craft
The purpose of this section is to define permitted use and requirements for vessels to operate
as mother vessels, Type 1, Type 2 or Type 3 tenders which may otherwise referred to as a
daughter craft, and ensure a level of safety for tenders which are launched and recovered
from mother vessel(s) or shore/platform based facilities.

24.1 Mother Vessels

24.1.1 A mother vessel is any vessel which leads, serves, or carries tenders, and may
provide a safe haven for a Type 1 Tender.

24.1.2 Where a mother vessel or shore/platform-based facility carries its tender(s)

onboard, it shall have lifting equipment capable of safely launching and
recovering the tender in any sea or weather conditions anticipated in the mother
vessel's intended area of operation or in the location of the shore/platform
based facility.

24.1.3 Where a mother vessel is a vessel certificated under the Code, it shall comply
with The Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations (LOLER) and
Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations (PUWER) as amended.
See also section 25.2.

24.2 Tenders

24.2.1 Type 1 Tenders

For the purpose of this Code, Type 1 Tenders are vessels which are towed or carried on
board specifically for off-ship working on the business or support of the mother vessel.

24.2.1.1 For a vessel to operate as a Type 1 Tender it shall:

.1 be issued with a certificate independently of the mother vessel with the

endorsement "suitable for use as a Type 1 Tender’” listed on the
Workboat Certificate;

.2 be separately named from the mother vessel;

.3 be limited to operations no more than 10 miles from the mother vessel

regardless of a tender’s certified area category of operation;

.4 be limited to daylight hours in favourable weather regardless of a

tender’s certified area category of operation;

.5 have a risk assessment of the operation and equipment carried as per

requirements of section 3.14; and

.6 follow The Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations

(LOLER) 82 and Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations
(PUWER)83 as amended where applicable.

82
MGN 332 (M+F) Lifting operations and lifting equipment (LOLER) regulations 2006, as amended.
83
MGN 331 (M+F) Provision and use of work equipment (PUWER) regulations 2006, as amended.

160
24.2.2 Type 2 Tenders

For the purpose of this Code, Type 2 Tenders are vessels towed or carried solely for tendering
persons or stores directly to and from the mother vessel and not for workboat duties. Such
transits shall be restricted to nearby shore facilities or vessels, within harbour limits, or no
more than 0.5 miles from the mother vessel whilst the mother vessel is at sea.

24.2.2.1 A Type 2 tender is not required to be certified under a code of practice and shall
be considered as work equipment under Provision and Use of Work Equipment
Regulations (PUWER) as amended.

24.2.2.2 For a vessel to operate as a Type 2 Tender it shall:

.1 be clearly marked “Tender to [mother vessel name]”;

.2 be clearly marked with the permissible maximum weight which can be

safely carried;

.3 have a minimum of one handheld VHF which shall be carried at all

times; and

.4 if the Type 2 Tender is an open boat, boat with a buoyant collar, an

inflatable boat or rigid inflatable boat, shall meet the kill cord
requirements as per section 8.8.

24.2.3 Type 3 Tenders

For the purpose of this Code, Type 3 Tenders are independent vessels which support the
main working business of the mother vessel and may be carried on board.

24.2.3.1 For a vessel to operate as a Type 3 Tender it shall:

.1 be issued with a certificate independently of the mother vessel with the

endorsement "suitable for use as a Type 3 Tender’” listed on the
Workboat Certificate;

.2 not use the mother vessel as a safe haven;

.3 be separately named from the mother vessel;

.4 be limited to the certified area category of operation;

.5 have risk assessments and documented procedures for all foreseeable

operations;

.6 have its equipment carried as per the requirements of section 3.14;

.7 follow The Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations

(LOLER) 84 and Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations
(PUWER)85 as amended where applicable;

84
MGN 332 (M+F) Lifting operations and lifting equipment (LOLER) regulations 2006, as amended.
85
MGN 331 (M+F) Provision and use of work equipment (PUWER) regulations 2006, as amended.

161
 .8 be designed and constructed in such a way to allow the crew to access
and operated the release/lifting equipment in a safe way without risk of
falling overboard or crushing; and

.9 ensure all external equipment on board type 3 tenders shall be suitably

situated, or otherwise protected, to prevent damage via lifting
equipment or launching facilities.

24.3 Tenders Launched and Recovered from Mother Vessels or

Shore/Platform Based Facilities

24.3.1 Where a tender is required to be launched and recovered by lifting or via a

ramp, its hull structure shall be designed and constructed to withstand the
expected range of static and dynamic loads.

24.3.2 Where a tender is required to be launched or recovered by lifting, it shall be

fitted with lifting points that correspond with the construction of the vessel.
Additional factors of safety and operational limitations shall be considered if
personnel will be on board the tender during lifting.

24.3.3 Where a tender is required to be launched or recovered by lifting, proof load

tests and inspections shall be carried out to verify that:

.1 the lifting structures of the tender, and

.2 the safe operation of the lifting device, its foundation and supporting
structures,

are to the satisfaction of the competent person in accordance with LOLER

Regulations. Tests shall be conducted in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations for the installation. Such tests shall be repeated after any
modifications (including any structural modifications).

162
25 Cargo Carrying, Lifting, High Speed and Bow Push Up
Operations
The purpose of this section is to set out the minimum additional requirements for vessels which
intend to undertake any of the following operations:

• Cargo Carrying;
• Lifting (including diver lifts);
• High Speed or Planing Mode;
• Bow Push Up.

25.1 Cargo86 Carrying Operations

25.1.1 All cargo shall be stowed and secured in a manner which will not adversely
affect the safe operation of the vessel.

25.1.2 A vessel shall have adequate cargo support and securing arrangements
appropriate for all intended modes of operation.

25.1.3 Stowed cargo shall not obstruct accessways or walkways, drainage of water
from the deck or restrict visibility from the wheelhouse.

25.1.4 Cargo hatchways shall:

.1 be of weathertight construction;

.2 have a coaming with a minimum height of 760 mm;

.3 be fitted with a means of closure which shall be secured to the coaming;

and either

.4 have a hatch cover and coaming designed to withstand (without

permanent deformation) a hydrostatic load of not less than 1.5
tonnes/metre2 overall and associated buckling stress; or

.5 have a hatch cover and coaming of sufficient strength to withstand the

additional weight of cargo stowed on the hatch cover. The hatch cover
and coaming shall be able to withstand, at a minimum, the hydrostatic
load as specified in 25.1.4.4.

25.2 Lifting Operations

25.2.1 Vessels Fitted with Lifting Devices

25.2.1.1 A vessel intending to operate lifting equipment shall comply with the following
applicable safety requirements87:

.1 The Merchant Shipping (Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment)

Regulations 2006 (SI 2006 No. 2184), as amended; and

86
For scope of operation please see also 1.5.
87
Additional information on maintenance and lifting operations is available in Code of safe working
practices for merchant seafarers (COSWP) amendment 6 2021Code of safe working practices for
merchant seafarers (COSWP), as amended

163
 .2 The Merchant Shipping (Provision and Use of Work Equipment)
Regulations 2006 (SI 2006 No. 2183), as amended.

A vessel fitted with a crane intending to carry out lifting operations shall also
comply with the following safety requirements:

.3 MGN 332, as amended; and

.4 BS 7121-2-4:2013 Code of practice for the safe use of cranes.

25.2.1.2 Lifting operations shall be undertaken only where the manufacturer’s operating
manual and instructions on safety procedures to be followed have been
provided by the vessel owner/operator to the master and crew, and the
Certifying Authority is satisfied that any lifting operations88 do not endanger
the vessel or any persons on board.

25.2.1.3 Means shall be provided for the efficient securing of cargo and any loose
equipment on board during lifting operations.

25.2.1.4 A lifting device which incorporates counterbalance weight(s) may be permitted

upon application by the Certifying Authority to the Administration.

25.2.1.5 A non-decked vessel shall not be fitted with a crane or other lifting device(s).
Upon submission from the vessel owner/operator via the Certifying Authority,
the Administration may approve exceptions to this requirement where the
Administration is satisfied that the vessel meets the requirement of paragraph
5.1.7.

25.2.2 Safety of Lifting Operations

25.2.2.1 The vessel owner/operator shall conduct a risk assessment before any lifting
operation or examination or testing of lifting equipment is carried out.

25.2.2.2 An inclinometer or other on-board device to display heel angle to the crane or
lifting device operator shall be used when controlling the lifting items of unknown
weight. The heel angle shall not exceed the maximum permitted by the vessel’s
stability information booklet.

25.2.2.3 A prominent clear notice shall be displayed on or near the crane or lifting device
and contain the following information and instructions89:

.1 the maximum permitted load and outreach which satisfy the requirements
of section 12B.4.3 or the Safe Working Load (SWL), whichever is the
lesser; and

.2 details of all accessways leading below the weather deck which shall be
securely closed prior to undertaking lifting operations.

25.2.2.4 A crane or lifting device with a working load which varies with its operating
radius shall have visible means provided to the operator at all times to
determine the radius of load lifting attachments and safe working load.

88
Special consideration shall be given to the risks associated with mobile cranes.
89
A load radius performance chart for the crane or lifting device should be included as appropriate.

164
25.2.2.5 A hydraulic loader crane may be fitted with a pressure gauge to monitor the
pressure in the load bearing cylinder, with a relief valve to prevent overload.

25.2.2.6 Where a saturated load is required to be lifted, prior to the lifting operation
taking place, the Master shall give due consideration to the additional weight
due to the item being saturated. Where a load is being lifted from the seabed
consideration shall be given to suction and snagging.

25.2.2.7 Vessels fitted with more than one crane and/or lifting device(s) shall:

.1 have documented procedure(s) in place for safe operation where

crane(s) and/or lifting device(s) are operated simultaneously;

.2 have stability calculations for safe operation of multiple cranes and/or

lifting device(s) included in the stability information booklet (see also
section 12).

25.2.2.8 Existing vessels transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2, MGN 280 or the
Brown Code shall either:

.1 ensure that all personnel are located above deck prior to commencement
of lifting operations; or

.2 have a risk assessment carried out by the vessel owner/operator to

determine whether risks to persons located below deck during lifting
operations have been acceptably reduced and mitigated. The risk
assessment shall be to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority and
shall be available to the Administration upon request.

25.2.2.9 Existing vessels transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2, MGN 280 or the
Brown Code shall meet the requirements of 25.2.2.7 by the vessel’s next
renewal examination or three years after the date of entry into force of the Code,
whichever is later.

25.2.2.10 Existing vessels transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code shall meet the
requirements of 25.2.2.1 by the vessel’s next renewal examination or three
years after the date of entry into force of the Code, whichever is later.

25.2.2.11 Existing vessels transitioning from the Brown Code shall meet the requirements
of 25.2.2.4 by the vessel’s next renewal examination or three years after the
date of entry into force of the Code, whichever is later.

25.2.3 Testing and Maintenance of Lifting Devices

25.2.3.1 Load tests and inspections to verify the safe operation of the lifting device, its
foundation and supporting structures shall be carried out to the satisfaction of
the competent person in accordance with LOLER Regulations. Tests shall be
conducted in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for the
installation. Such tests shall be repeated after any modifications (including
any structural modifications).

25.2.3.2 A thorough examination of the lifting device, including functional tests, shall
be carried out annually.

165
25.2.3.3 Where a marinised90 loader crane has been installed, it shall meet the
requirements of BS 7121, BS EN 1385291, and EN 1299992.

25.2.3.4 Where a land-based hydraulic crane that is not supplied with marine
environment features is installed, it shall be subject to an enhanced inspection
and maintenance schedule suitable for the environment and usage, as per BS
7121, BS EN 13852, EN 12999 and the PUWER Regulations. The enhanced
inspection regime shall include inspection of electrical connectors and
components, drive train, structural components, fasteners and wire ropes.

25.2.3.5 Existing vessels transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code may continue
to use their current crane(s) until they reach end of life. All replaced cranes shall
comply with the standards of Section 25.2.3.

25.3 Vessels Fitted with Diver Lifts

25.3.1 Vessels fitted with a diver lift shall comply with the requirements of 25.2.1.1 in
addition to the requirements laid in this section.

25.3.2 When conducting a heel test, a vessel shall be tested in the fully loaded
condition with the lift system deployed in the air, with the maximum intended
number of fully equipped divers and shall comply with stability requirements of
Section 12B.3 of this Code.

25.3.3 A Safe Working Load (SWL) shall be assigned based on the specific diving
operations and calculated using a minimum weight of 150 kg per diver. The
overload test shall be carried out at 2 x SWL.

25.3.4 Where a vessel is fitted with a lift system on a transom, it shall not cause a
reduction in freeboard at the aft end of more than 50% of the minimum
permitted freeboard when deployed in air with the maximum intended number
of fully equipped divers.

25.3.5 Precautions shall be taken to ensure safe means of access from the water and
that the diver and/or equipment is protected from damage/injury or
endangerment93, and that the lift is controlled when in motion.

25.3.6 All practicable precautions shall be taken during diving operations to minimise
the risk of persons in the water receiving injury from rotating equipment. See
MIN 698.

90
Marinsed should be understood to mean it is a type originally designed for use ashore, typically lorry
mounted, that has been modified to better withstand the rigours of the marine environment. It will have
been subject to a marine paint scheme and the hydraulic cylinder rams will either be manufactured of
stainless steel, or of mild steel with multiple chrome coatings to reduce the risk of corrosion. In addition
the crane will either have been de-rated by a significant amount, typically 30% to take account of the
dynamic loading effect of being vessel mounted, or the vessel will be supplied with load charts, based
on harbour conditions.
91
BS EN 13852-1 Cranes – Offshore Cranes – General Purpose Offshore Cranes, BS EN 13852-2 Cranes
– Offshore Cranes – Loader Cranes
92
EN 12999 Cranes - Loader cranes
93
The risk of injury or endangerment is greater where means of access to and from the water is from
the stern.

166
25.3.7 Where a diver lift is installed or modified, the Certifying Authority shall assess
the following against the applicable requirements of Section 5 and the
appropriate standards listed in MIN 698:

.1 the strength of the vessel’s construction;

.2 the stability of the vessel;

.3 the integrity of the bulwarks.

25.4 High Speed or Planing Mode Operations

25.4.1 A vessel intending to operate at high speed or in a planing mode shall meet
the requirements of the Merchant Shipping and Fishing Vessels (Control of
Vibration at Work) Regulations 2007 and MGN 436 (M+F) as amended94.

25.4.2 A vessel owner/operator shall carry out a risk assessment for all high speed
or planing mode operations.

25.4.3 The vessel owner/operator shall ensure that vessels have individual inboard
seating for all persons on board that allow them to effectively brace themselves
and provide lateral support, which shall be located so that persons avoid the
greatest shock loads.

25.4.4 All persons on board shall remain seated (or stood over jockey seats, as
appropriate) during high speed or planing operations unless moving about the
vessel for a specific purpose.95

25.4.5 On a rigid inflatable boat, boat with a buoyant collar, inflatable boat or
open boat persons shall only be seated in designated inboard seats (this
excludes the gunwale or the tubes of a boat fitted with a buoyant collar).

25.4.6 Existing vessels transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code shall either:

.1 meet the requirements of 25.4 by the vessel’s next renewal examination

or three years after the date of entry into force of the Code, whichever is
later; or

.2 provide a risk assessment to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority

which details the justification for not needing to meet the requirements of
25.4.

25.5 Bow Push Up Operations

25.5.1 Where a vessel is intended for operations to transfer any persons or cargo
over the bow, the bow structure shall be suitably arranged and strengthened
for this purpose.

94
The Administration has also published the Code of Practice for Controlling Risks due to Whole body
Vibration on Ships (ISBN No. 9780115530760) which is the official guide to complying with the Merchant
Shipping and Fishing Vessels (Control of Vibration at Work) Regulations 2007.
95
Further guidance can be found in the publication “Passenger Safety on Small Commercial High
Speed Craft & Experience Rides, issue 3 - 2019.”

167
25.5.2 Where a vessel is intended for the transfer of persons over the bow, it shall be
equipped with suitable foredeck and bow fendering arrangements, including
but not limited to, handrails, ‘step-across’ arrangements and flush deck fittings
positioned within walkways.

25.5.3 Bow structures supporting fenders for bow push up operations shall be of
suitable strength. The Certifying Authority shall be satisfied by calculation that
the proposed arrangement(s) will not yield or buckle under the design loads
defined in 25.5.4.

25.5.4 The minimum quasi-static design loads on the bow structures shall be:

.1 0.4 x displacement along the axis of the vessel;

.2 0.2 x displacement vertically;

.3 0.2 x displacement transversely.

These loads are to be applied as independent loading conditions.

25.5.5 Bow structures shall be designed for contact with a single 350 mm diameter
vertical bar.

25.5.6 Main propulsion machinery, shaft bearings, A and P brackets, propellers and
rudders shall be suitably arranged and strengthened to take into account
contact shock loading and to minimise vibrations.96

25.5.7 Existing vessels transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code are not required
to meet the requirements of 25.5.5.

96
Vessels often operate at high engine power with no boat speed during push up operations. Operating
this way can lead to high local vibrations from the propeller at zero speed, maximum thrust. This may
affect propulsion performance, shorten component life and may expose crew to excess vibration.

168
26 Towing and Non-Self-Propelled Vessels
The purpose of this section is to set the minimum additional requirements for vessels engaged in
towing or the requirements for non-self-propelled vessels, it is not intended to serve as
comprehensive guide to towing for vessels primarily designed for towing operations (e.g. tugs).
Tugs and other such vessels under this Code shall at all times operate in accordance with this
Code in as far as the requirements permit and shall seek alternative guidance when performing
operations over and above the intentions of the minimum requirements of this section.

26.1 General

26.1.1 The definition of towing includes three specific towing methods as outlined
below:

.1 by a towline about which the towing vessel is free to manoeuvre such

that there is a risk of girting, particularly where the towline is attached
towards amidships, it could adopt an angle to the towing vessel and
provide a capsizing moment;

.2 side by side with the towing vessel firmly attached alongside the towed
vessel or floating object, so as to be able to manoeuvre as if one vessel;

.3 fore and aft with the bow of the towing vessel firmly attached to the stern
of the towed vessel or floating object, so as to be able to push, pull or
manoeuvre as if one vessel.

26.1.2 Vessels with a Stability Information Booklet towing another vessel or floating
object may use any of the towing methods outlined in 26.1.1.

26.1.3 Vessels without a Stability Information Booklet:

.1 towing another vessel or floating object up to and including twice its

displacement may use any of the specific towing methods outlined in
26.1.1.

.2 towing another vessel or floating object more than twice its displacement
may only use the specific towing methods outlined in 26.1.1.2 and
26.1.1.3.

26.1.4 A vessel engaged in towing shall be of a design to ensure safe and effective
towing operation.

26.1.5 A vessel engaged in towing shall be issued with a Workboat Certificate with a
towing endorsement.

26.1.6 The requirements of this section do not apply to vessels towing in an emergency
situation (force majeure).

26.1.7 A vessel’s towing equipment shall be serviced in accordance with the

manufacturer’s recommended service schedule but with no more than 12 months
between services. Certification of servicing shall be made available for review by
the Certifying Authority at each annual examination.

26.1.8 A vessel owner/operator shall carry out a regular detailed examination of the
towing gear, including but not limited to the winch/posts structure welds and/or

169
 retaining bolts. This shall form part of a documented procedure for the
inspection, maintenance and routine testing of all towing equipment which
shall also be made available for review by the Certifying Authority.

26.1.9 A vessel owner/operator shall have a documented procedure for the

inspection, maintenance and routine testing of all towing equipment.

26.1.10 A Towage Survey shall be carried out by a competent person prior to the
vessel undertaking towing operations. For the purposes of this section, a
competent person may be a warranty surveyor, a Certifying Authority
examiner or another person engaged or employed by the owner/operator
having the necessary experience and training to carry out such a survey.

26.1.11 Where a vessel is intended to be engaged in towing the safety of the towing
operation shall be assessed prior to departure.

26.2 Towing Arrangements

26.2.1 A vessel intending to engage in towing shall comply with the requirements of
table 26.2.1.

26.3 Risk Assessment of Towing Operations

26.3.1 The owner/operator of a vessel engaged in towing operations shall have a

risk assessment and plan of towing operations for every voyage where towing
is undertaken and shall include the following risk mitigating actions:

.1 weather, sea state and environmental conditions likely to be

encountered during the planned voyage;

.2 any restrictions applicable to the towed object that may limit the safe
speed;

.3 limitations of towing equipment in use at the time of the planned

voyage;

.4 adequate towline length and control systems;

.5 effectiveness of communications between vessel undertaking towing

and a towed vessel or floating object;

.6 Safety of personnel during towing operations (see MIN 698);

.7 The means of safe access to a vessel undertaking towing, a towed

vessel or floating object;

.8 The availability of safe havens on the planned route; and

.9 Adequate accommodation, emergency escape provisions and

equipment including life-saving appliances and fire appliances where a
towed vessel or floating object is intended to be manned at sea.

26.3.2 Where area(s) of risk not covered by paragraph 26.3.1 is identified, mitigating
action(s) shall be included and implemented as part of the risk assessment.

170
 Table 26.2.1 – Towing Arrangements Requirements

Vessels towing up to and including Vessels towing more than twice its
twice its displacement displacement
Design of towing The design of towing arrangements shall minimise the overturning moment due to the
arrangements lead of the towline.
Towing preparation Whilst undertaking towing a vessel engaged in towing and a towed vessel shall
ensure that the following are secured in closed position, blanked or sealed:

.1 accessways (see section 6.2 of this Code); and

.2 windows (see section 6.3 of this Code); and

.3 external appliances (see section 6.4 of this Code).

All accessways shall be marked ‘Not to be opened during towing operations’ on both sides.

Towing equipment A vessel shall be provided with a towline of minimum breaking strain of 2.5 x bollard pull,
and of not less than the length and diameter of the spare anchor cable. Where practicable,
the towline shall be buoyant. Towing at sea by towline shall only be done using a towing
hook, towing winch or towline.

Release mechanism A vessel engaged in towing shall have a positive means of safe and rapid release in all
anticipated operating conditions.

Emergency release A vessel shall have a documented and drilled procedure and means to release the tow
mechanism which shall be demonstrated to the approval of the Certifying Authority.97

The release mechanism shall be

controlled and tested from all control
positions including the winch and hook
itself where practicable.

Where the release mechanism is able to

be operated at the tow hook or winch it
shall be:

.1 of the direct mechanical type; and

.2 capable of independent operation

from the release mechanism system; and

.3 independent of normal powered

operation.
Towing The towing arrangements (including any item and equipment of the vessel used for the
arrangements load purpose of towing and any supporting structure) shall be strong enough to withstand the
loads imposed during towing operations.
Towing winch A towing winch shall be able to withstand a force equal to the breaking load of the tow line
acting at its maximum height above the deck, without over-stressing either the winch or the
deck connections.

97
Additional guidance for tug owners/operators can be found in IACS Unified Requirement UR M79:
https://iacs.org.uk/resolutions/unified-requirements/ur-m/ur-m79-rev1-cln

171
Towing winch break The towing winch brake shall be capable of preventing the towline from paying out when
the towing vessel is towing at its maximum continuous static bollard pull and shall not
release automatically in case of power failure (but shall be capable of release).
Towing on a line The winch line shall be secured to the winch drum by methods which allow the tow to be
fully released under loads only. The towline shall be connected by a weak link to the drum
to allow it to run free in an emergency

26.4 The Towed Vessel or Floating Object

26.4.1 A vessel may only tow another vessel or floating object to sea from a point of
departure in the UK which has been surveyed and issued with an appropriate
conditional Load Line or Load Line Exemption Certificate for the towed voyage
by the Administration, which shall be displayed on board the vessel. The
certificate shall be displayed on board the towing vessel and the Tow Master
shall be provided with a copy.

26.4.2 Where due to the nature of the vessel displaying the certificate is impracticable,
this certificate shall be made available on shore for inspection by a relevant
authority and by users of the vessel. A floating object being towed may require
a condition survey.

26.4.3 A vessel may only tow an object where that object is not manned, unless that
object has accommodation designed to be occupied at sea, appropriate life-
saving appliances, fire safety and emergency escape provisions.

The towed object may be boarded at sea for the purpose of inspection or
maintaining safe navigation where a means of safe access from the vessel
engaged in towing or a support vessel is provided to the tow. The location and
means of boarding should be suitable for both for daylight and night-time
operations. Where transfer of crew is necessary, appropriate personal protective
equipment shall be worn.

26.4.4 A towed vessel or floating object shall be equipped with:

.1 two lifebuoys and lines;

.2 an anchor and cable suitable for holding the tow in an emergency; and

.3 a pre-rigged emergency towline suitable for continuing the tow in an

emergency.

26.4.5 Where a towed vessel in a “dead ship” condition is required to be manned,

then proposals shall be submitted to the Administration stating the reason,
proposed manning, provision of lifejackets, survival suits and direct
communication methods with the vessel engaged in towing.

26.4.6 A towed vessel or floating object shall be assessed to establish a suitable margin
of safety on the (positive) stability and freeboard for the towed voyage.

26.4.7 Where any quantities of oil and pollutants are carried on board these shall be
restricted to the minimum required for safe operation of the voyage.

26.5 Non-Self-Propelled Vessels

26.5.1 General

172
26.5.1.1 It is permissible for a Workboat Certificate to be issued to cover the safety of
an unmanned, non-self-propelled vessel of defined rigid form98 which is a
working platform for equipment and/or power producing plant. The vessel shall
be assessed for compliance with the parts of the Code which are appropriate
to its commercial operation.

26.5.1.2 A non-self-propelled vessel which is not covered by section 25.5.1.1 may be

approved by the Administration following referral from the Certifying Authority
for consideration of the safety standards and certification to be applied99.

26.5.1.3 A jack-up vessel falls under the jurisdiction of the Health and Safety Executive
when it is jacked up (operating clear of the surface of the water), and shall be
equipped and certificated to meet the appropriate requirements.

26.5.2 Freeboard

26.5.2.1 An existing vessel that is a non-self-propelled vessel with a valid United

Kingdom Load Line Exemption Certificate but having an assigned freeboard less
than that required by the Merchant Shipping (Load Line) Regulations 1998 (SI
1998 No. 2241), as amended shall be accepted for a Workboat Certificate
under the same conditions given on the Exemption Certificate.

26.5.2.2 A non-self propelled vessel shall have Load Line marking in accordance with
section 13.3, with the exception of scale of draught marks which are not required.

26.5.2.3 A non-self propelled vessel shall be marked at the forward end with one or more
white bars 2000 mm in length and 150 mm high (or alternative marking which is
clearly visible from the towing vessel).

26.5.2.4 An unmanned pontoon barge on which the freeboard deck is penetrated only by
small access openings which are closed by gasketed watertight covers should
have freeboard determined in accordance with the Merchant Shipping (Load
Line) Regulations 1998 (SI 1998 No. 2241), as amended, as if it was a Type "A"
ship and omitting any correction for minimum bow height. Where the Certifying
Authority is satisfied in regards of the safe voyages of the unmanned barge, and
the conditions for which are explicitly stated on the certificate, the Certifying
Authority may accept a reduction in the barge’s freeboard by up to 25%.

98
A vessel of defined rigid form includes a vessel which comprises an assembly of separate units held
together by an efficient engineered joining system appropriate to the mode of operation of the vessel.
99
When the stability standards of section 12, or the IMO Intact Stability Code, are not appropriate for
assessment of a particular small non-self-propelled vessel, the case should be referred to the
Administration for consideration of stability standards to be applied.

173
27 Dedicated Pilot Boats and Workboats with a Pilot Boat
Endorsement
The purpose of this section is to set out the minimum additional or alternative requirements for
dedicated pilot boats and workboats with a pilot boat endorsement.

27.1 General

27.1.1 A vessel engaged in pilotage services can be recognised either as:

.1 a dedicated pilot boat issued with a Pilot Boat Certificate; or

.2 a workboat issued with Workboat Certificate with Pilot Boat

Endorsement.

27.1.2 The Administration on behalf of the Secretary of State may exempt any
vessel engaged as a pilot boat from any or all of the requirements for pilot
boats. Applications for exemption shall be submitted through the Certifying
Authority to the Administration for consideration.

27.2 Requirements for all pilot boats

27.2.1 All dedicated pilot boats shall be certificated even if they do not operate at
sea.

27.2.2 Non-seagoing dedicated pilot boats operating:

.1 in daylight only shall meet the minimum requirements for a workboat

issued with a Pilot Boat Endorsement operating in area category of
operation 6;

.2 at night shall meet the requirements of a vessel operating in area

category of operation 3.

27.2.3 All dedicated pilot boats and workboats with a pilot boat endorsement shall
meet the applicable requirements of the Code and the alternative requirements
set out in Table 27.2.3.

27.2.4 Existing vessels transitioning from Workboat Code Edition 2 shall meet the
requirements of Table 27.2.3 by the vessel’s next renewal examination or three
years after the date of entry into force of the Code, whichever is later.

27.2.5 Existing vessels transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code shall meet the
requirements of 27.2.2 and Table 27.2.3 by the vessel’s next renewal
examination or three years after the date of entry into force of the Code,
whichever is later.

174
 Table 27.2.3 ─ Alternative requirements for all pilot boats

Paragraph Workboats with Pilot Seagoing dedicated Non-seagoing dedicated

of this Boat Endorsement Pilot Boats Pilot Boats
Code
6.2.1.1 An accessway which gives access to any compartment
shall not be forward facing
6.3 Where a pilot boat is required to have storm shutters for all front and side facing
wheelhouse windows, this can be moderated on the basis of recorded safe operating
experience of pilot boats in their particular area of operation.
8.6 A pilot boat shall not be fitted with a petrol engine.

10.1.2 Pilot boarding activities shall be visible from the control position on the pilot boat.

12B.6 A pilot boat shall carry an approved Stability Information

Booklet which meets the requirements of section 12B.6.
13.3 A dedicated pilot boat is not required to be marked with
a freeboard mark.
14.1 4 parachute white illuminating flares shall be provided
for emergency use in rescues at night.
6 red rocket parachute flares shall be provided.
2 line throwing appliances (half a set) shall be provided.
Note A

14.5 Pilot boats shall be provided with immersion suits for all persons on board. See
requirements of section 14.5.
14.7 Rescue retrieval equipment shall be provided as follows:
.1 Transom steps and/or ladder or equivalent side ladder or scrambling net;
.2 At least 2 buoyant lifelines of not less than 18 metres in length, with a quoit
secured to one end;
.3 A guard to the propeller(s). Where it is impracticable, alternative arrangements
for protection of person(s) in the water from injury by the propeller(s) shall be
fitted, subject to approval by the Certifying Authority.
14.12 A searchlight shall be provided which is permanently mounted so as to be capable
of illuminating the pilot boat’s side in way of the pilot ladder or the sea area around
the boat.
20.3, When the Code requirements for anchors and cables are considered inappropriate, the
20.4 competent harbour authority shall seek the approval of the Certifying Authority for
alternative provisions appropriate to the size of the pilot boat and its area of operation.
22.2 For the safe access of personnel, the minimum width of side deck inboard of the
bulwark or rails or toe-rail shall be 400 mm on pilot boats, the keels of which are laid,
or are at a similar stage of construction, on or after 31 December 2018.
22.2.3 A pilot boat shall be fitted with suitable fall prevention equipment to prevent MOB where
bulwarks or guardrails are not fitted in compliance with 22.2.3 of this Code Note B
23.1 A compact stretcher shall be carried on a pilot boat.

25.4 Individual shock absorbent seating with headrests, Seating, including seat
footrests and movable armrests shall be provided for all belts, commensurate with
members of the crew and the pilots to be carried. Seat the pilot boat’s expected
belts shall be provided for the safety of seated operating conditions, shall
passengers, industrial personnel and crew. be provided for all
passengers, industrial
personnel and crew.
26.2 The towline may be the spare anchor rope.

28.1 A pilot boat shall be manned in accordance with requirements of MGN 50 (M) –
Manning of Pilot Boats, as amended.

175
Note A ─ This requirement may be waived for pilot boats operating in categorised waters
only, subject to a satisfactory risk assessment by the operator.

Note B ─ Where the safety rail system required by 22.2.3 of Table 22.2.3 is considered to
be inappropriate because of other measures provided to prevent persons on deck
from falling overboard (e.g. extent and heigh of bulwarks or rails), the Certifying
Authority shall be satisfied that the provisions for the safe movement of pilots
and other persons on deck during transfers are adequate.

176
28 Manning
The purpose of this section is to set out the minimum safe manning requirements for crew
members and the qualifications necessary to ensure the safe operation of a vessel.

28.1 Minimum Manning and Qualifications Requirements

28.1.1 A vessel shall be safely manned, as a minimum, in accordance with the

manning and qualifications requirements indicated in Tables A5.1 and A5.2 of
Appendix 5.

28.1.2 All licences, certificates of competence and Certificates of Competency

(CoC) shall be appropriate to the vessel’s area category of operation and
type of operation. Qualifications differing from those listed in Tables A5.1 and
A5.2 which are of equal standing or specialist application may be considered
by the Administration.

28.1.3 Where a vessel is operating exclusively in an area category of operation

lower than that for which it is certificated, the vessel owner/operator may meet
the manning and seafarer certification requirements of the lower area category
of operation.

28.1.4 Anyone employed or engaged in any capacity onboard a vessel shall complete
the required Administration-approved mandatory training courses listed in
Table A5.3.

If completion of the relevant mandatory courses cannot be demonstrated to the

satisfaction of the Administration, then the vessel may be detained.

28.1.5 Anyone employed or engaged in any capacity onboard a vessel shall hold a
valid medical fitness certificate. See MIN 698.

28.1.6 A licence, certificate of competence, Certificate of Competency, or certificate

of service shall not, on its own, be regarded as evidence of the ability to serve
in a particular rank on a specific vessel. The vessel owner/operator shall
ensure that there are sufficient trained personnel on board to work the vessel
having due regard for the type of vessel, type of operation, and duration of the
voyage.

28.1.7 All Certificates of Competency shall be revalidated every five years.

28.1.8 A vessel shall carry at least one person qualified for distress and safety radio
communication. The qualified person shall hold a valid license or Certificate of
Competency appropriate to the area category of operation and issued by the
relevant authority100.

28.2 Single Handed Operations

The Administration does not recommend single handed operations.

28.2.1 Single handed operations are not permitted where:

100
The issue and enforcement of these certificates of competency is the responsibility of OFCOM for UK
vessels.

177
 .1 a vessel is operating in area category of operation 0, 1 or 2;

.2 the duration of the voyage exceeds 8 hours;

.3 a watch system is necessary to maintain the safe navigation of the

vessel;

.4 a vessel is operating in conditions of restricted visibility;

.5 a vessel is engaged in towing;

.6 a vessel is a Dedicated Pilot Boat or holds a Pilot Boat Endorsement,

and is undertaking Pilot Boat duties;

.7 a vessel is involved in the transfer of personnel at sea;

.8 a vessel is used as a diving platform; or

.9 the Certifying Authority deems the vessel to not be suitable for single
handed operations due to the size and arrangement of the vessel.

28.2.2 A vessel shall not undertake single handed operations unless permitted by
the Certifying Authority. The Certifying Authority may permit a vessel to
undertake single handed operations where the following criteria are met:

.1 the Certifying Authority is satisfied it is necessary for the vessel to

undertake single handed operations;

.2 the Certifying Authority is satisfied that the vessel is suitable for

single handed operations due to the size and arrangements of the
vessel;

.3 the vessel is restricted to area category of operation 3, 4, 5 or 6; and

.4 the vessel does not meet any of the following criteria:

.1 the vessel requires a watch system to maintain safe navigation;

.2 the vessel engages in towing;

.3 the vessel is a Dedicated Pilot Boat or holds a Pilot Boat

Endorsement and undertakes Pilot Boat duties;

.4 the vessel is involved in the transfer of personnel at sea;

.5 the vessel is used as a diving platform

A vessel that has been permitted by a Certifying Authority to undertake

single handed operations shall not undertake a single handed operation
in conditions of restricted visibility and a single handed operation shall not
exceed 8 hours in duration.

28.2.3 Where a vessel is permitted to undertake single handed operations, a

vessel’s Workboat Certificate shall be endorsed with the following: "Suitable
for single handed operation”.

178
28.2.4 Where a workboat with a Pilot Boat Endorsement is permitted to undertake
single handed operations, the conditions on the Certificate shall be endorsed
so that it is clear that the vessel shall not be used for single handed
operations when undertaking pilot boat duties.

28.2.5 In all cases where single handed operations take place the vessel
owner/operator and the Master shall be satisfied that it is safe to do so and
shall at a minimum meet the following requirements:

.1 a lifejacket which meets the requirements of 14.4 shall be worn at all

times by the Master;

.2 a 406 MHz personal locator beacons (PLB)101,102 with GPS and a light
shall be worn by the Master whilst on the open deck at sea;

.3 no overside working shall take place whilst the vessel is being operated
single handed;

.4 details of the time and point of departure, voyage plan and the Expected
Time of Arrival (ETA) of every single-handed voyage shall be left with a
person ashore who shall be notified of the safe arrival on completion of
each voyage;

.5 communication shall be made with the person ashore or with a vessel

in company at agreed regular intervals; and

.6 all inflatable boats, boats fitted with a buoyant collar, rigid

inflatable boats and open boats that achieve planing speed (including
tenders) shall meet the requirements of 8.8.

28.3 Keeping a Safe Navigational Watch

28.3.1 The Master of a vessel certificated under this Code shall ensure that the
watchkeeping arrangements are adequate for maintaining a safe watch or
watches, taking into account the type of vessel, the type of operation, the
duration of the voyage, and any prevailing weather or sea state conditions likely
to be encountered.

28.3.2 The Master and every person in charge of a navigational watch serving on a
vessel certificated under this Code shall hold an appropriate licence, certificate
of competence, or Certificate of Competency.

28.3.3 Requirements for qualifications and experience of any person(s) assisting the
Master in navigational watchkeeping are listed in Table A5.1.

101
This has a global range and alerts the nearest Coastguard Station to a Man Overboard situation. It
will typically take 5 minutes for the Coastguard to be aware of your position and they can then locate a
casualty in the water to an accuracy of 100m.
102
Registration of Devices. 406MHz PLBs should be registered with the EPIRB Registry, details of which
are given in MGN 665 (M+F) Registration of EPIRBs and 406 MHz PLBs used in the maritime
environment.

179
29 Carriage and Transfer of Dangerous Goods
The purpose of this section is to set out requirements for vessels which are engaged in the
carriage of dangerous goods and transfer arrangements for Marine Gas Oil (MGO).

29.1 General

For the purposes of the section 29 all goods carried on board which are not included as part
of ship’s stores are considered to be cargo.

29.1.1 A vessel which is engaged in the carriage of dangerous goods shall comply
with the following:

.1 the Merchant Shipping (Dangerous Goods and Marine Pollutants)

Regulations 1997 (SI 1997 No. 2367);
.2 the Merchant Shipping (Carriage of Cargo) Regulations (SI 1999 No
336); and
.3 the International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Code.

29.1.2 A vessel may carry the following United Nations (UN) Hazard Classes of
dangerous goods103 in gross total quantities not exceeding 30 kg or 30 litres,
or less if stated by IMDG Code, without being issued with a Document of
Compliance for the Carriage of Dangerous Goods (DoC DG) by the
Administration:

.1 Class 1.4 compatibility group S (explosives);

.2 Classes 2.1 and 2.2;
.3 Class 3;
.4 Class 6.1 and 6.2;
.5 Class 8;
.6 Class 9.

29.1.3 The details of the DoC DG shall be recorded on the Certificate.

29.1.4 For the current list of dangerous goods see the latest version of IMDG Code
and MIN 698.

29.1.5 A vessel where bulk cargo is loaded into and carried in the vessel’s hold or
tanks is considered to be a small tanker or a bulk carrier and shall not be
certified under the provisions of this Code.

29.1.6 A vessel is only permitted by the Administration to carry Class 1 explosives

as an exemption on a case-by-case basis where the following criteria are met:

.1 no other dangerous goods are carried; and

.2 a qualified military or explosive expert is present when explosives are

being loaded, carried, unloaded or handled on board the vessel.

103
Guidance including segregation requirements on the stowage and use of dangerous goods can be
found in MGN 497 Storage and use of dangerous goods onboard ship.

180
29.2 Document of Compliance for the Carriage of Dangerous Goods

29.2.1 A vessel may only carry dangerous goods in excess of limited quantities
permitted to be carried in IMDG Code when it has been issued with a DoC
DG by the Administration.104

29.9.2 Before applying to the Administration for a DoC DG examination (see

Section 29.1.3), a vessel owner/operator shall undertake a safety
examination. This examination must include at least the following:

.1 the carriage of additional safety equipment;

.2 number of persons on board;
.3 structural fire protection;
.4 fire suppression;
.5 separation between dangerous goods and accommodation;
.6 stability; and
.7 positioning of life saving appliances, assembly stations and emergency
exit routes.

29.2.3 Upon satisfactory completion of the examination, the DoC DG shall be issued
by the Administration to be valid for a maximum of 5 years and shall be
harmonised with expiry date of the Certificate or Load Line Exemption
Certificate, as appropriate.

29.2.4 A Vessel is not required to be issued with DoC DG to undertake transfer of

Marine Gas Oil (MGO) operations as set out in Section 29.10.

29.2.5 The Certifying Authority shall confirm that the vessel is compliant with the
conditions listed in Schedule 2 of the DoC DG as part of the annual
examination.105

29.2.6 The DoC DG shall detail the Class(es) of dangerous goods permitted to be
carried and required safety equipment.

29.2.7 Passengers and dangerous goods may not be carried aboard a vessel at
the same time, unless the Administration permits the vessel to carry
dangerous goods and passengers at the same time.

29.3 Documentation

29.3.1 When a vessel is carrying dangerous goods, a designated person on shore

shall be aware of details of the voyage, have a list of contact numbers for the
emergency services and hold sufficient details of all the dangerous goods
being carried on board so to assist the emergency services in being able to
respond to any incident involving the vessel.

104
The owner/operator of a vessel which is permitted by the Administration to carry dangerous
goods or be engaged in oil fuel transfer, and which is engaged on a voyage outside the United Kingdom
continental shelf shall contact the relevant Coastal/Port State(s) to confirm whether the DoC DG will be
accepted.
105
The annual examination shall include but not be limited to fire hoses, sprinkler systems and
structural arrangements.

181
29.3.2 The designated person shall be employed by the vessel owner/operator.

29.3.3 Prior to accepting any cargoes, the designated person shall ensure that their
carriage will be in compliance with this Code.

29.3.4 A vessel owner or designated person shall retain on shore a manifest of the
dangerous cargo being carried, and shall at a minimum include:

.1 the UN Number;

.2 the Proper Shipping Name;

.3 the Packing Group; and

.4 the quantity of each dangerous good being carried.

29.4 Stowage and Segregation Requirements

29.4.1 Dangerous goods, with the exception of fuel stored in vessel’s tank(s) for the
purpose of fuel transfer, shall be carried on the weather deck only. Stowage
and segregation requirements are detailed in Table 29.4 and shall be read in
conjunction with the IMDG Code.

29.4.2 Dangerous goods shall be secured firmly to avoid movement either during
normal conditions, or when the vessel is subjected to sudden acceleration,
deceleration, or a large angles of heel or trim.

29.4.3 Where a vessel carrying dangerous goods is subject to additional stowage

and segregation requirements set out in the IMDG Code, the IMDG code
requirement shall overrule requirements of the table On Deck Space listed in
Schedule 1 of DoC DG.

29.4.4 Dangerous goods shall be packed in accordance with the IMDG Code.

29.4.5 When an application is received by the Administration to renew the DoC DG

for an existing vessel transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code the
limitations on the type and amount of dangerous goods that the vessel may
carry shall be as per MGN 280. If the vessel has previously been authorised
and certificated to carry more than MGN 280 requirements, this will be dropped
down to the carriage requirements of MGN 280 levels.

29.4.6 For an existing MGN 280 vessel applying for a DoC DG for the first time, they
will be permitted to carry dangerous goods in accordance with MGN 280.

29.4.7 For an existing Brown Code Vessel applying for a DoC DG for the first time,
they will not be permitted to carry dangerous goods unless they choose to
upgrade to the Code in full.

29.4.8 At any point, a vessel can voluntarily choose to comply with a different standard
if they wish to carry dangerous goods or carry more dangerous goods in
accordance with the Code. If they choose to do so they much comply in full with
the standard.

182
 Table 29.4 ─ Stowage Segregation Requirements

1.1
1.3
CLASS 1.2 1.4 2.1 2.2 2.3 3 4.1 4.2 4.3 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 7 8 9
1.6
1.5
Explosives 1.1, 1.2, 1.5 * * * 4 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 4 2 4 X
Explosives 1.3, 1.6 * * * 4 2 2 4 3 3 4 4 4 2 4 2 2 X
Explosives 1.4 * * * 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 X 4 2 2 X
Flammable gases 2.1 4 4 2 X X X 2 1 2 2 2 2 X 4 2 1 X
Non-toxic, non-flammable gases 2.2 2 2 1 X X X 1 X 1 X X 1 X 2 1 X X
Toxic gases 2.3 2 2 1 X X X 2 X 2 X X 2 X 2 1 X X
Flammable liquids 3 4 4 2 2 1 2 X X 2 2 2 2 X 3 2 X X
Flammable solids (including self-reactive substances and solid
4.1 4 3 2 1 X X X X 1 X 1 2 X 3 2 1 X
desensitized explosives)
Substances liable to spontaneous combustion 4.2 4 3 2 2 1 2 2 1 X 1 2 2 1 3 2 1 X

Substances which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases 4.3 4 4 2 2 X X 2 X 1 X 2 2 X 2 2 1 X

Oxidizing substances (agents) 5.1 4 4 2 2 X X 2 1 2 2 X 2 1 3 1 2 X

Organic peroxides 5.2 4 4 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 X 1 3 2 2 X
Toxic substances 6.1 2 2 X X X X X X 1 X 1 1 X 1 X X X
Infectious substances 6.2 4 4 4 4 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 X 3 3 X
Radioactive material 7 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 X 3 X 2 X
Corrosive substances 8 4 2 2 1 X X X 1 1 1 2 2 X 3 2 X X
Miscellaneous dangerous substances and articles 9 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

183
The numbers and symbols in the Table 29.4 have the following meanings106:

1 "away from" means “Effectively segregated so that the incompatible goods cannot interact
dangerously in the event of an accident but may be transported in the same compartment or
hold or on deck, provided a minimum horizontal separation of 3 m, projected vertically, is
obtained.”
2 "separated from" means “In different compartments or holds when stowed under deck.
Provided the intervening deck is resistant to fire and liquid, a vertical separation, i.e. in different
compartments, may be accepted as equivalent to this segregation. For on deck stowage, this
segregation means a separation by a distance of at least 6 m horizontally.”
3 "separated by a complete compartment or hold from" means “Either a vertical or a
horizontal separation. If the intervening decks are not resistant to fire and liquid, then only a
longitudinal separation, i.e. by an intervening complete compartment or hold,
is acceptable. For on deck stowage, this segregation means a separation by a distance of at
least 12 m horizontally. The same distance has to be applied if one package is stowed on deck,
and the other one in an upper compartment.”
4 "separated longitudinally by an intervening complete compartment or hold from" means
“Vertical separation alone does not meet this requirement. Between a package under deck and
one on deck, a minimum distance of 24 m, including a complete compartment, must be
maintained longitudinally. For on deck stowage, this segregation
means a separation by a distance of at least 24 m longitudinally.”
X - the Dangerous Goods List has to be consulted to verify whether there are specific
segregation provisions
* - see 7.2.7.1 of IMDG Code for the segregation provisions between class 1 substances or
articles

29.5 Scuppers and Drains

29.5.1 Scupper and drainage arrangements shall drain overboard and shall have no
connections to internal spaces.

29.6 Electrical Equipment

29.6.1 Electrical equipment and the associated installation located in the area(s) of the
vessel where dangerous goods are carried shall be either certified to an
appropriate standard for the dangerous goods being carried, or shall be
securely isolated during the carriage of dangerous goods.

29.7 Structural Fire Protection

29.7.1 Where dangerous goods are stowed within 3 metres of a bulkhead or a deck
which forms a boundary to a space containing fuel tanks, machinery and
accommodation spaces, the bulkhead or deck shall be insulated to A-60
standard.

29.7.2 Where a vessel constructed of aluminium is required to be fitted with A-60

insulation under 29.7.1, the insulation shall be of an approved ‘A’ Class type
tested under Part 3 of the FTP Code and be fitted in accordance with the
conditions stated in the approval certificate.

29.7.3 Where a vessel constructed of fibre reinforced plastic (FRP) is required to be

fitted with A-60 insulation under 29.7.1, the insulation shall meet the
performance standard detailed in MGN 407, as amended.

IMDG Code 7.6.3.2 Segregation of packages containing dangerous goods and stowed in the
106

conventional way

184
29.7.4 Alternatively to the insulation requirements of 29.7.2 and 29.7.3 the insulation
and structure shall be type approved to Annex 1 Part 11 of the FTP Code 2010
– Test for fire resisting divisions for HSC (see MIN 698). Acceptable insulations
will have the notation of ‘Fire-resisting divisions 60’. The approval shall state
the orientation of the division and whether the division is load bearing or non-
load bearing.

29.8 Fire Fighting Equipment

29.8.1 A vessel shall be fitted with an engine driven fire pump or a power driven self-
priming fire pump. A second powered fire pump shall be provided. Existing
vessels transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code are only required to
meet the requirements of 19.8.1 when carry Class 1 dangerous goods.

29.8.2 Each fire pump shall be capable of supplying two hoses and two nozzles. One
of the nozzles shall be of a spray or jet type.

29.8.3 A minimum of two portable dry powder extinguishers with a minimum fire rating
of 34B (in addition to the requirements of section 16) shall be provided and be
readily accessible for the dangerous cargo area.

29.9 First Aid Kit Requirements

29.9.1 A vessel carrying dangerous goods or their residues shall comply with the
IMDG Code and the guidance in the IMO Medical First Aid Guide for use in
accidents involving Dangerous Goods (MFAG) (Current Edition) and the
guidance in Annex 4 of MSN 1905 (M+F) as amended.

29.9.2 On a vessel carrying dangerous goods or their residues in quantities

exceeding those defined in column 7 of the Dangerous Goods list of the IMDG
Code, as whole or part of the cargo, the Master shall ensure the correct
antidote to the substance (plus the necessary ancillary equipment e.g.
syringes) is carried. The correct antidote can be found in the IMO Medical First
Aid Guide for use in accidents involving Dangerous Goods (MFAG), as
amended.

29.10 Transfer Arrangements of Marine Gas Oil (MGO)

For the purpose of this section Marine Gas Oil is defined as:

.1 UN1202 gas oil or diesel fuel or heating oil;

.2 Light oil fuel as defined in Regulation 12A.3.1 of MARPOL Annex I.

Where light oil fuel is being transferred it is considered to be dangerous
goods under the IMDG Code.

29.10.1 Oil Spillage Prevention

29.10.1.1 A vessel shall carry on board an up to date plan of mechanisms to deal with
oil spillage during the transfer of oil within the vessel and from the vessel to
the receiving facilities.107 The plan shall be approved by the Certifying

107
IMO Resolution MEPC.54(32) as amended by Resolution MEPC.86(44) and MEPC.85 (44) may be
used in developing the plan.

185
 Authority where the Certifying Authority is satisfied the plan complies with
MEPC 54(32).

29.10.1.2 A vessel owner/operator shall carry out a risk assessment for transfer of oil
operations. The risk assessment shall include but not be limited to:

.1 the hose not breaking free;

.2 pollution;

.3 fire safety; and

.4 training.

29.10.1.3 A vessel owner/operator shall have documented procedures which detail the
loading, discharging, handling and transferring of fuel. The documented
procedures shall be kept on board at all times.

29.10.1.4 All fuel, and products posing a risk to the environment shall be documented in
a record book or log book.

29.10.1.5 A vessel shall carry suitable clean up equipment which shall be readily
available when transferring fuel. Drains and scuppers shall be plugged during
fuel transfer operation(s) to prevent oil entering the water.

29.10.1.6 Fuel pump(s) for the transfer of oil shall have an emergency shut-down button
which is easily accessible from a permanently manned position during fuel
transfer operation(s).

29.10.1.7 A vessel shall have suitable stowage provided for fuel transfer hoses.

29.10.1.8 Fuel transfer hose(s) shall meet the following requirements:

.1 they shall have a dry break coupling fitted

.2 they shall comply with a suitable standard (see MIN 698);

.3 they shall be bonded; and

.4 they shall be of a suitable type for the product being transferred, system
pressure and height of usage.

29.10.1.9 Fuel transfer hose(s) shall be maintained to a good condition and shall be
inspected at minimum on an annual interval or as per the manufacturer’s
recommendations, whichever is more frequent. Worn or damaged hoses shall
be replaced.

29.10.2 Vessels Engaged in MGO Transfer

This section applies to vessels engaged in the MGO transfer from the vessel’s own fuel tank,
or transfer of more than 1000 litres of MGO from portable tank(s) or Intermediate Bulk
Containers.

29.10.2.1. A vessel may only be permitted to engage in MGO transfer operations where
the following requirements are met:

186
 .1 the vessel meets the relevant requirements of this section and shall be
subject to satisfactory examination by the Certifying Authority;

.2 the Certificate shall be endorsed to permit this operation; and

.3 the suitability of the vessel to be used for MGO transfer operations shall
be reported by the Certifying Authority to the Administration.

29.10.2.2 A vessel which is engaged in MGO transfer from the vessel’s own fuel tank(s)
shall comply with MARPOL requirements. See Appendix 7.

29.10.2.3 A vessel’s owner/operator shall keep a record of MGO transfers including

times, start and finish, quantities on board and quantities transferred.

29.10.2.4 A vessel which is engaged in MGO transfer from the vessel’s own fuel tank(s)
shall have metering or equivalent arrangements and documented procedure(s)
in place to ensure that sufficient fuel remains on board for all normal and
emergency operations.

29.10.2.5 All crew on vessels engaged in MGO transfer operation(s) shall be trained in
bunkering and transferring operations. The training shall at the minimum
include the following:

.1 safe use of the equipment to minimise fire risks and pollution;

.2 identifying the appropriate weather conditions in which to use the

equipment required to undertake the operation; and

.3 use of an up to date Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provided by

the fuel supplier, and which is specific to the fuel carried on board the
vessel.

29.10.3 Vessels Engaged in Transfer of MGO and Other Products Posing a Risk
to the Environment from a Portable Tank(s) or Portable and Fixed
Intermediate Bulk Container(s) (IBC)

For the purpose of this Code, a portable tank is one that is not permanently attached to the
vessel and which is not used as the vessel’s own fuel tank(s). Portable tanks and IBCs shall
be considered as cargo and meet the relevant requirements of section 25.1.

This section applies to vessels engaged in the transfer of MGO and other products posing a
risk to the environment in a portable tank(s) or IBCs of less than 1000 litres.

Vessels engaged in transfer of more than 1000 litres shall meet the requirements of 29.10.2.

For the purpose of this section products other than MGO posing a risk to the environment are
defined as:

.1 other oils (UN 3038);

.2 any other product identified to cause or have the potential to cause

harm to the environment" (e.g. lubricating oils).

29.10.3.1 A portable tank or IBC shall meet the constructional requirements of the IMDG
Code for the carriage of MGO, UN1202, oils classified as dangerous goods
or products other than MGO posing a risk to the environment.

187
29.10.3.2 A portable tank or IBC which is intended to be lifted shall meet the requirements
of MSC.1/Circ.860 - Guidelines for the Approval of Offshore Containers
Handled in Open Seas.

29.10.3.3 The Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that the vessel’s structure in the
proposed stowage locations for portable tanks or IBC are suitable for the
carriage of cargo and will not fail under the anticipated loading conditions and
expected dynamic forces imposed whilst operating in the vessel’s certified
area category of operation, and during landing of the tank units on board.

29.10.3.4 Where a filling operation of any portable tank(s) is carried out on board, the
filling and transfer equipment must meet the following requirements:

.1 fuel transfer hoses used for filling tanks shall meet the requirements of
29.10.1.7 – 29.10.1.9;

.2 filling and transfer equipment shall be fitted with an automatic shut off
function to prevent overfilling. The tank filling and venting arrangements
shall be compatible with the automatic shut off function, and shall
prevent water ingress;

.3 a portable tank shall be fitted with continuous level gauging of a type,

which if damaged, will not result in leakage;

.4 powered pumps shall be provided with a remote stop in a suitable

location;

.5 portable tank shall be provided with a suitable receptacle to prevent

spillage of MGO over board.

29.10.3.5 If not considered within a vessel’s stability assessment, the vessel’s

owner/operator shall carry out a separate stability assessment on the impact
of the tanks on the vessel’s stability (including free surface effect).

29.11 Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Industrial Personnel or Passengers

29.11.1 The vessel owner/operator shall ensure that any dangerous goods carried
by industrial personnel or passengers shall be declared to a member of the
crew at the point of embarkation.

29.11.2 Any dangerous goods carried by industrial personnel or passengers shall

be included in the quantities permitted under 29.1.2. Dangerous goods must
be stowed in accordance with the requirements of 29.4.

A vessel owner/operator shall bring this requirement to the attention of all

persons on board i.e. by providing relevant signage posted at the point of
embarkation.

188
30 Prevention of Pollution
The purpose of this section is to set out the minimum requirements to satisfy appropriate
national and international regulations and standards to ensure prevention of marine pollution
from vessels.

30.1 Port Waste Reception Facilities

30.1.1 All vessels operating in UK or EU ports and harbours shall comply with The
Merchant Shipping (Port Waste Reception Facilities Regulations) 2003 (SI
2003/1809), as amended. See MIN 698.

30.2 Sewage

30.2.1 The Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Pollution by Sewage from Ships)

Regulations 2020 (MARPOL Annex IV), (SI 2020/620) (see MIN 698) applies
to the following vessels:

.1 all vessels over 400 GT which are engaged on an international

voyage; or,

.2 all vessels of less than 400 GT which are certified to carry more than
15 persons and which are engaged on an international voyage.

30.2.2 A vessel which is not required to comply with 30.2.1 and operates in an area(s)
where the direct overboard discharge from a water closet is prohibited shall be
fitted with a ‘holding tank’ of sufficient capacity to store waste for discharge to
shore facilities.

30.3 Garbage

30.3.1 All vessels shall comply with The Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Pollution
by Garbage from Ships) Regulations 2020 (MARPOL Annex V), (SI 2020/621).
See MIN 698.

30.3.2 All vessels are prohibited from discharging garbage into the sea, with limited
exceptions. Under certain conditions discharge into the sea of food wastes,
animal carcasses, cleaning agents and additives contained in hold washwater,
deck and external surface washwater and cargo residues which are not
considered to be harmful to the marine environment is permitted. The
conditions are summarised in Table 30.3.2.

Table 30.3.2 ─ Summary of restrictions to the discharge of garbage into the sea under
MARPOL Annex V

(Note: Table 30.3.2 is intended as a summary reference. The provisions in MARPOL Annex
V and the Polar Code, not table 30.3.2, prevail.)

Garbage type1 All ships except platforms4 Offshore platforms

Outside special Within special areas located more than
areas and Arctic and Arctic waters 12 nm from nearest
waters Regulation 4 Regulation 6 land and ships
(Distances are from (Distances are from when alongside or
the nearest land) nearest land,

189
 nearest ice-shelf or within 500 m of
nearest fast ice) such
platforms4
Regulation 5
Food waste ≥3 nm, en route and ≥12 nm, en route and Discharge permitted
comminuted or as far as practicable as far as practicable3
ground2
Food waste not ≥12 nm, en route and Discharge prohibited Discharge prohibited
comminuted or as far as practicable
ground
Cargo residues5,6 Discharge prohibited
not contained in
washwater
Cargo residues5,6 ≥12 nm, en route and
contained in ≥12 nm, en route and as far as practicable Discharge prohibited
washwater as far as practicable (subject to conditions
in regulation 6.1.2
and paragraph 5.2.1.5
of part II-A of the Polar
Code)
Cleaning agents ≥12 nm, en route and
and additives6 as far as practicable
contained in cargo (subject to conditions
hold washwater in regulation 6.1.2
and paragraph 5.2.1.5
Discharge permitted of part II-A of the Polar Discharge prohibited
Code)
Cleaning agents Discharge permitted
and additives6
in deck and external
surfaces washwater
Animal Carcasses Must be en route and Discharge prohibited Discharge prohibited
(should be split or as far from the nearest
otherwise treated to land as possible.
ensure the carcasses Should be >100 nm
will sink immediately) and maximum water
depth
All other garbage Discharge prohibited Discharge prohibited Discharge prohibited
including plastics,
synthetic ropes,
fishing gear, plastic
garbage bags,
incinerator ashes,
clinkers, cooking oil,
floating dunnage,
lining and packing
materials, paper,
rags, glass, metal,
bottles, crockery
and similar refuse
1 When garbage is mixed with or contaminated by other harmful substances
prohibited from discharge or having different discharge requirements, the more
stringent requirements shall apply.
2
Comminuted or ground food wastes must be able to pass through a screen with
mesh no larger than 25 mm.
3
The discharge of introduced avian products in the Antarctic area is not permitted
unless incinerated, autoclaved or otherwise treated to be made sterile. In polar waters,

190
 discharge shall be made as far as practicable from areas of ice concentration
exceeding 1/10; in any case food wastes shall not be discharged onto the ice.
4
Offshore platforms located 12 nm from nearest land and associated ships include all
fixed or floating platforms engaged in exploration or exploitation or associated
processing of seabed mineral resources, and all ships alongside or within 500 m of
such platforms.
5
Cargo residues means only those cargo residues that cannot be recovered using
commonly available methods for unloading.
6
These substances must not be harmful to the marine environment.

30.3.3 Table 30.3.3 details vessel requirements for placards, garbage management
plans and garbage record keeping.

Table 30.3.3 ─ Vessel requirements for placards, garbage management plans and garbage
record keeping

Requirements Applicability

Placards All vessels >12 m LOA (see the Guidelines for the
implementation of MARPOL Annex V Resolution
MEPC.295(71), as amended)

See The Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Pollution by

Sewage and Garbage from Ships) Regulations 2008, as
amended (SI 2008 No. 3257)
Garbage Management Plan All vessels of 100GT or more; or

All vessels carrying 15 persons or more

See The Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Pollution by
Sewage and Garbage from Ships) Regulations 2008, as
amended (SI 2008 No. 3257)
Garbage Record Book All vessels over 100 GT and engaged on an international
voyage; or

All vessels certified to carry 15 or more persons.

See The Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Pollution by
Sewage and Garbage from Ships) Regulations 2008, as
amended (SI 2008 No. 3257)

30.4 Anti Foul Systems

30.4.1 All vessels shall comply with The Merchant Shipping (Anti-fouling Systems)
Regulations 2009 (SI 2009 No. 2796) as amended. See MIN 698.

30.5 Air Pollution

30.5.1 All vessels installed with marine diesel engines constructed after 1st January
2000 with a power output greater than 130 kW shall be issued with an Engine
International Air Pollution Prevention (EIAPP) Certificate and a Technical File,
a copy of which shall be presented to the Certifying Authority and shall
remain on the vessel’s file. See MIN 698.

30.5.2 All vessels with diesel and hybrid propulsion systems installed on or after
1st January 2021 operating in the Baltic and North Sea NOx emission control

191
 areas shall comply with The Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Air Pollution
from Ships) Regulations 2008 (SI 2008/2924), as amended.

30.5.3 All vessels with diesel and hybrid propulsion systems installed on or after
1st January 2021 which do not meet the requirements of The Merchant
Shipping (Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships) Regulations 2008 (SI
2008/2924), as amended, shall not operate in the Baltic and North Sea NOx
emission control area108. The inability to operate in the Baltic and North Sea
NOx emission control area due to non-compliance with The Merchant Shipping
(Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships) Regulations 2008 shall be noted on the
vessel’s certificate.

30.6 Oil Pollution Prevention

30.6.1 All vessels shall comply with The Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Oil
Pollution) Regulations 2019 (SI 2019 No. 42), as amended109.

30.6.2 All vessels shall meet the requirements for oil pollution prevention as set out
in Appendix 7 of this Code.

30.6.3 A Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (SOPEP) shall be carried on board
all vessels of 400 gross tonnage and above110. A SOPEP shall be developed
and implemented by the vessel owner/operator.

30.7 Oil Filtering Equipment111

30.7.1 Oil and all oily mixtures shall either be retained on board for subsequent
discharge to reception facilities or discharged into the sea under the following
conditions:

.1 the vessel is proceeding en route; and

.2 the vessel has in operation equipment approved by that

Administration that ensures that the oil content of the oil or oily mixture
without dilution does not exceed 15 parts per million (ppm)112.

30.7.2 The Administration may consider accepting equipment approved in

accordance with the IMO’s relevant Resolutions for type approval of the filter,
the 15-ppm alarm and the automatic stopping device in meeting the
requirement of 30.8.2.2.

30.7.3 No discharge into the sea shall contain chemicals or other substances in
quantities or concentrations which are hazardous to the marine environment

108
MARPOL Annex VI, Regulation 13.6
109
The Annex to the International Maritime Organisation (IMO) MEPC.1/Circ 642 provides
“Revised Guidelines For Systems For Handling Oily Wastes In Machinery Spaces Of Ships Incorporating
Guidance Notes For An Integrated Bilge Water Treatment System (IBTS)”.
110
MARPOL Annex 1, Regulation 37.1
111
MARPOL Annex I, Regulation 14.4.
112
MARPOL Annex I, Regulation 15.6

192
 (harmful substances) or chemicals or other substances introduced for the
purpose of circumventing the conditions of the allowed discharge113.

30.7.4 The oil residues which cannot be discharged into the sea in compliance with
Section 30.8 shall be retained on board for subsequent discharge to reception
facilities114.

30.7.5 Compliance with 30.8.1, 30.8.2 and 30.8.4 shall be documented, kept on board
and made available for inspection by the Certifying Authority. The Certifying
Authority shall verify that the vessel complies with these requirements by, at
a minimum, making a record of the following:

.1 the size of the vessel’s holding tank;

.2 documentation attesting to the approval of equipment;

.3 all related operations, maintenance and repair.

30.8 Control of Discharge of Oil115

30.8.1 A vessel is prohibited from discharging oil or oily mixtures in the Antarctic
area.

113
MARPOL Annex I, Regulation 15.8
114
MARPOL Annex I, Regulation 15.9
115
MARPOL Annex I, Regulation 15.3

193
31 Safety Management
The purpose of this section is to outline the Safety Management System requirements which
are appropriate and applicable for workboats.

31.1 General

31.1.1 All vessels, excluding Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels, certificated

under this Code shall, 3 years after the Code comes into force, comply with
the requirements of sections 31.2 and 31.3.

31.1.2 All Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels certificated under this Code
shall, from the date this Code enters into force, meet the requirements of
sections 31.2 and 31.3 of the Code.

31.2 Safety Management System

31.2.1 All vessel owner(s)/operator(s) operating under this Code shall implement a
Safety Management System (SMS) which is proportionate with the size and
complexity of the vessels and the company or owner/operator’s operations.
The SMS shall consider both terrestrial and marine aspects as appropriate to
the vessels and company’s operations. See Appendix 8 for details of the areas
which must be addressed by a SMS.

31.3 Cyber Security

31.3.1 A vessel’s owner/operator shall implement cyber security measures to protect

the vessel and crew from risks associated with cyber-attacks.

31.3.2 The required extent of cyber security measures shall be commensurate with
the size, complexity and type of operation of the vessel, and shall be
determined by the vessel owner/operator and shall be made available for
review by the Certifying Authority.

Cyber security measures shall include at a minimum the following116, 117:

.1 identification of the systems, assets, data and capabilities which would

impact vessel operations if disrupted;

.2 established roles and responsibilities of those managing cyber-risks;

.3 measures to minimise risks and defend against cyber-attacks;

.4 means to successfully detect a cyber-attack in a timely manner;

.5 resilient means to restore key systems;

116
MSC.428(98) Maritime Cyber Risk Management in Safety Management Systems.
117
Cyber-secure connectivity, interface methods and management are detailed in IEC 61162-420
Maritime navigation and radiocommunication equipment and systems – digital interfaces. Part 420:
Multiple talkers and multiple listeners – ship systems interconnection – companion standard
requirements and basic companion standards; and IEC 63154 Maritime navigation and
radiocommunications equipment and systems – cybersecurity – general requirements, methods of
testing and required test results.

194
 .6 means to ensure that critical back-up systems maintain functionality
during a cyber-attack;

.7 measures to successfully back-up and restore critical systems following

a cyber-attack.

31.3.3 A vessel owner/operator shall carry out a cyber-security risk assessment

which shall at a minimum include the following:

.1 IT (information technology) systems;

.2 OT (operation and control technology) systems;

.3 remotely operable equipment;

.4 communication systems; and

.5 crew responsibilities in the event of a cyber-attack.

This risk assessment shall be carried out where alterations are made to any of
the above, or at least every five years.

31.3.4 Where a cyber security system identifies an attack or potential risk(s) it shall be
alerted at the control position(s).

31.3.5 An electronic log shall be kept by the vessel owner/operator of:

.1 systems which are permitted to be remotely accessed; and

.2 all occurrences of remote access.

31.3.6 A vessel owner/operator shall have a back-up plan which will allow the vessel
to reach a safe haven in a safe and responsible manner or enter a safe state
following a cyber-attack. Back-up files required to resume safe operations
following a cyber-attack shall be located on board the vessel.

195
APPENDIX 1
ALTERNATIVE COMPLIANCE STANDARDS FOR MANNED RIGID
INFLATABLE BOATS AND OPEN BOATS WISHING TO OPERATE
OUTSIDE THE HOURS OF DAYLIGHT WITHIN AREA CATEGORY 3
OR 5
For the purposes of this Appendix the following definitions are provided:

‘full risk assessment’ means a written risk assessment that fully considers all risks that the
vessel and persons on board could reasonably expect to encounter during operation outside
of the hours of daylight. Where risks are identified in the risk assessment, mitigation to reduce
any identified risk must be taken where possible.

‘wearing of a lifejacket’ means that all persons on board wear an approved lifejacket in
accordance with the requirements of the Code. Where additional personal exposure
protection clothing is worn, the lifejacket shall be suitable to be worn with that clothing. The
lifejacket shall be fitted with a light.

‘carrying of personal exposure protection clothing’ means each person on board has the
following:

1 A dry suit, a floatation suit meeting EN ISO 15027-1, or other suitable foul
weather clothing;
2 Warm head wear; and
3 Where the dry suit, flotation suit meeting EN ISO 15027-1, or other foul weather
clothing is not insulated, warm clothing worn beneath the dry suit, floatation suit
meeting EN ISO 15027-1, or other suitable foul weather.
An immersion suit is not suitable foul weather clothing.

1. Certification

1.1 “Area Category 3 Restricted” is an endorsement to a vessel already certificated

to an existing area category of operation and not an area category of
operation in its own right.

1.2 The vessel shall meet all the requirements of, and be certificated to, an area
category of operation. This Certificate shall then be endorsed with “Area
Category 3 Restricted”. The additional operational limitations and requirements
as per Figure A1.1, shall be included within the ‘conditions’ section of the
Certificate.

2. Manning

2.1 The minimum Master qualification for operation outside the hours of daylight
or where the vessel is used in a high speed or planing mode operation, is a
commercially endorsed RYA/DfT Advanced Powerboat Certificate with suitable
experience of relevant operation. Minimum manning requirements shall be
endorsed within the ‘conditions’ section of the Certificate for clarity to the
vessel owner/operator.

196
 Figure A1.1 Acceptance Matrix for Restricted Area Category 3 Rigid Inflatable Boats and Open Boats without a Permanent
Substantial Enclosure

Daylight & RESTRICTED CATEGORY 3

Favourable Weather 24/7 (without a Permanent Substantial Enclosure)
(Lower Area Distance
Category of from a safe Favourable Weather & Favourable Weather & NO Weather Restriction &
Operation) haven Seasonal Restrictions118 NO Seasonal Restrictions NO Seasonal Restrictions

Up to 20nm NOT PERMITTED NOT PERMITTED NOT PERMITTED

From a Safe Haven
CATEGORY 4

1. All vessels to have a secondary means of

1. Carrying of personal exposure propulsion with totally independent
Up to 10nm

protection clothing. To be worn at systems.

the discretion of the Master. 2. Full Risk Assessment.
2. Wearing of lifejackets. 3. Carrying of personal exposure protection NOT PERMITTED
clothing. To be worn at the discretion of the
Master.
4. Wearing of lifejackets.

1. All vessels to have a secondary means of

From a Point of

From a Point of

CATEGORY 5
CATEGORY 6

1. Carrying of waterproof and 1. Carrying of waterproof and warm propulsion with totally independent systems.
Up to 3nm
Departure

Departure

warm clothing. To be worn at the clothing. To be worn at the discretion of the 2. Full Risk Assessment.
discretion of the Master. Master. 3. Carrying of personal exposure protection
2. Wearing of lifejackets. 2. Wearing of lifejackets. clothing. To be worn at the discretion of the
Master.
4. Wearing of lifejackets.

118
Seasonal Restrictions – Restricted to operation between 1st April and 31st October.

197
APPENDIX 2A
LIQUID PETROLEUM GAS INSTALLATION FOR DOMESTIC MARINE
USE
1. General

1.1 A liquid petroleum gas system shall be constructed to ISO 10239. Alternatively, an
equivalent standard will be acceptable where suitable gas detection equipment is
fitted.

1.2 Existing vessels transitioning from MGN 280 or the Brown Code may continue to use
their current liquid petroleum gas installation until the system reaches end of life. All
replaced life-saving appliances shall comply with the standards of this Appendix.

2. Stowage of Gas Cylinders

2.1 LPG cylinders, regulators and safety devices shall be stowed on the open deck
(where leakage will not accumulate) or in a compartment that is vapour-tight to the
vessels interior and fitted with a vent and drain, so that gas which may leak can
disperse overboard.

2.2 The vent shall be installed near the top of the gas cylinder storage locker.

2.3 The drain shall:

.1 be located at the bottom of the gas cylinder storage locker;

.2 run to the outside of the craft and terminate 75 mm or more above the 'at rest'
waterline; and

.3 be not less than 19 mm in diameter.

The drain and locker ventilation shall be 500 mm or more from any opening to the
vessel’s interior.

2.4 The cylinders and associated fittings shall be secured against movement and
protected from damage in any foreseeable event.

2.5 Any electrical equipment located in cylinder lockers shall be certified to a recognised
standard for use in a potentially explosive atmosphere (See MIN 698).

3. Cylinders and Attachments

3.1 The supply pressure part of a liquid petroleum gas system shall be fitted with a
readily accessible, manually operated isolation valve.

3.2 Where a liquid petroleum gas system utilises multiple cylinder installations, each
cylinder shall be fitted with a shutoff valve and non-return valves located near the
stop valves. Where there is a changeover device (automatic or manual) it shall be
provided with non-return valves to isolate any empty cylinder.

3.3 Where multiple cylinders can supply a liquid petroleum gas system, the system shall
not be used with a cylinder removed unless the unattached pipe is fitted with a
suitable gas tight plug arrangement.

198
3.4 Cylinders not in use or not being fitted into an installation shall have the protecting
cap in place over the cylinder valve.

3.5 A bubble leak detector shall be fitted in the gas outlet pipe as close to the cylinder as
possible.

4. Fittings and Pipework

4.1 Systems shall comprise of rigid pipes made from solid drawn copper alloy or
stainless-steel tubing. Steel tubing (other than stainless-steel), aluminium or any
materials having a low melting point shall not be used.

4.2 Connections between rigid pipe sections shall be made with hard solder (minimum
melting point 450 degrees centigrade).

4.3 Compression or screwed fittings of an appropriate standard shall be used in LPG

pipework installations.

4.4 Where a flexible hose is used it shall:

.1 meet the requirement of EN 1763 class 2, 3 or 4 or equivalent;

.2 not exceed 1m in length;

.3 be installed in a manner that gives access for inspection along its whole
length; and

.4 be protected from inadvertent damage where appropriate.

4.5 Pipework which passes through the following areas shall be solid and shall not have
joints:

.1 dedicated accommodation sleeping areas;

.2 machinery spaces; and

.3 high fire risk spaces.

An exception to 4.5.2 is permitted where the sleeping accommodation is adjacent to

the wheelhouse or galley. In such cases joints are permitted, provided the number of
joints are minimised to only those which are necessary to the function of the pipework
system.

4.6 Pipework which passes through bulkhead(s) shall not compromise bulkhead integrity
and shall be fitted with a gas tight gland(s).

5. Appliances

5.1 All appliances shall be secured to avoid movement.

5.2 An appliance must be attended at all times unless it is an unattended appliance. All
unattended appliances shall be of the room sealed type.

5.3 For the purpose of the Code, cookers and hobs are not classed to be unattended
appliances.

199
5.4 All gas burners and pilot flames shall be fitted with a flame supervision device which
will shut off the gas supply to the burner or pilot flame in the event of flame failure.

5.5 Catalytic-type heaters shall not be used.

6. Ventilation

6.1 Spaces containing gas consuming appliances and storage containers shall be
adequately ventilated.

6.2 The ventilation requirements of a space containing an LPG appliance shall be

assessed against an appropriate standard (e.g. Annex B of ISO 10239).

6.3 LPG appliances which are used intermittently and have ventilators that can be closed
shall have appropriate signage warning of the need for ventilators to be opened before
the appliance is used.

7. Gas Detection

7.1 Any compartment containing, or space adjoining, a gas-consuming appliance shall be

equipped with means for detecting any leakage of gas.

7.2 Means for detecting an accumulation of gas shall be fitted in areas where an explosive
atmosphere can form.

7.3 Gas detectors’ heads shall be securely fixed in the lowest practicable part of the
compartment in which the gas-consuming appliance is located, and other space(s)
into which gas may seep. In areas where the detector head is susceptible to damage
in the lowest part of the compartment (e.g. machinery space bilge) the detector head
shall be fitted below the lowest point of ignition.

7.4 A gas detector system shall be activated promptly and automatically by the presence
of a gas concentration in the air of not greater than 0.5 per cent (representing
approximately 25 per cent of the Lower Explosive Limit). The gas detector system
shall incorporate a visible and audible alarm, which can be heard in the compartment
concerned and at the control position(s).

7.5 Gas detection system components likely to be in an explosive atmosphere shall not be
capable of igniting that atmosphere.

7.6 The gas detection system shall be tested frequently and maintained in accordance with
the manufacturer’s instructions.

7.7 Persons must not sleep in spaces where gas-consuming open-flame appliances are
left burning, due to the risk of carbon monoxide poisoning.

7.8 Existing vessels transitioning from the Brown Code shall meet the requirements of this
section by the vessel’s next renewal examination or three years after the date of entry
into force of the Code, whichever is later.

200
8. Response to suspected or detected gas leakage

8.1 A notice(s) detailing the action to be taken when an alarm is given by the gas detection
system shall be displayed prominently in the vessel, and shall as a minimum set out
the following instructions:

.1 Where gas leakage is detected or suspected, all gas-consuming appliances

shall be shut off at the main supply from the cylinder(s);

.2 No smoking or naked lights shall be permitted until the gas leakage has been
eliminated and the spaces have been fully ventilated;

.3 The use of switches or other potential means of generating a spark shall not be
permitted until the gas leakage has been eliminated and the spaces have been
fully ventilated; and

.4 Naked lights shall never be used as a means of locating gas leakage.

9. Testing and Maintenance

9.1 LPG systems shall be tested regularly for leakage. See also Section 15.2.7.

9.2 Personnel involved in the installation, maintenance, servicing or repairing of gas

systems on vessels must be Gas Safe Registered and hold a marine technician
qualification, or equivalent if outside the UK.

9.3 All LPG system connections shall be checked by using the following procedure:

.1 routine observation of the bubble leak detector (if fitted);

.2 visual inspection;

.3 observation of the pressure gauge for pressure drop with the appliance valves
closed and cylinder valve opened then closed (if fitted with gauge on supply
pressure side);

.4 manual leak testing (without breaking into the system); and

.5 testing with soapy water or non-ammonia based detergent solution (with

appliance-burner valves closed, and cylinder and system valves open).

9.4 Where gas leakage is present, cylinder valves shall be closed and the system repaired
before any further use.

201
APPENDIX 2B
ON BOARD INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION FOR HEATING
APPLIANCES WHICH ARE FIRED
1. Instructions and information for a vessel’s heating appliances, where of a
fired type, shall be stowed on board, and shall as a minimum set out and include
the following:

.1 heating appliance manual;

.2 instructions for turning off heating appliance fuel supply if a manual

valve is fitted;

.3 instructions to ensure the heating appliance's cool down cycle is not

interrupted;

.4 instructions for refueling and type of fuel used;

.5 specify required service intervals; and

.6 instructions on action to be taken in the event of a carbon monoxide

alarm being initiated.

2. As a minimum the following information shall be clearly displayed in the

immediate vicinity of the appliance(s):

.1 heating appliance exhaust components may be hot during and directly

after heating appliance operation;

.2 information stating that all exhaust outlets are not obstructed while
heating appliance is in operation;

.3 the air temperature at heating appliance outlet may be hot;

.4 ensure all heating appliance outlets or intakes are kept clear during
heating appliance operation.

202
APPENDIX 3
STABILITY INFORMATION BOOKLET CONTENTS
Further information on Stability Information Booklets is available in MIN 698.

The Certifying Authority may accept a Stability information Booklet that does not include a
GZ curve and GZ-based stability analysis for each example loading condition in the following
circumstances:

.1 where limiting KG curves or data is provided, including instructions on

their use; and

.2 where the vessel is of an acceptable type (e.g. pontoon barges with no

below deck tankage or loadable spaces; propelled vessels with limited
loading options; or dedicated pilot boat).

In such cases it shall be acceptable to provide data on all deadweight items, locations and
free surface moments etc. used in the loading condition to:

.1 calculate the final draught trim and heel;

.2 demonstrate the condition is compliant with the limiting KG

requirements;

.3 demonstrate the size of margin required; and

.4 ensure crane conditions shall be compliant with KG requirements

(upright) and the resulting heel angle and minimum freeboard.

Section Schedule of General Notes

Contents
Front Cover
Name of vessel It shall cover all
Intact Stability Information Booklet (or essential items to
intact and damaged, if applicable) assess the
Date of issue provenance and
Version number applicability of the
Name and address of Naval Architect SIB
Contents
Contents with page numbers Reports without
page numbers
shall not be
accepted
General Particulars
Vessel’s name General
Official number particulars to
Port of registry confirm
Certifying Authority applicability of the
Number of persons carried book to the
Maximum weight of cargo vessel, assess

203
Area category of operation the operational
Name and address of owners envelope and
Class identify
Material of construction responsible
Yard number persons in the
Builder’s name and address build and
Fitted out by (if different) operation.
Date of build
Date of commissioning
Dimensions
Length overall
Length BP
Moulded beam
Depth
Rake of keel
Displacements: fully laden, lightship
Draughts: fully laden, lightship
Minimum freeboard: lightship freeboard
Gross and net tonnage
Nomenclature/abbreviations/glossary Desirable but not
essential if
definitions are
included
General arrangement
Profile drawing – including definition of FP, Datums used
AP, midships, base line (when not included throughout shall
above), protocol for positive and negative be clearly
trims indicated
Plan drawing. Downflooding openings can
be included here or in another section
Arrangement of tanks and ballast
Plan and profile views showing tank
positions and position of any permanent
ballast. May be included in general
arrangement or tank usage sections
Arrangement of sections
An explanation of how the booklet is Booklet arranged
arranged in sections so that
Section 1 – operational/stability the most essential
information matters are
Section 2 – technical data and loading brought to the
conditions user’s attention
Section 3 – reference information including first. The criteria
lightship and VCG derivation against which
Basic information: name and version stability is
number of stability software used;

204
 responsible agent/agency for carrying out assessed shall be
the inclining experiment (or VCG weight referenced
estimate in the case of some multihulls)
and supplying the dimensions/drawings for
modelling
Section 1 – Stability information
1.1 Notes regarding the stability of the ship,
including the intact (and damaged, if
applicable) standard code reference
criteria i.e. 12B.3.8 or 12B.3.9
Example of static stability curve with
details of Area A, Area B, Area C, Point of
X, Maximum GZ and Initial GM
Pass or fail status of the vessel and where
12B.3.9 is used as an alternative criteria
1.2 General instructions for the Master: Any
Keeping a copy of the SIB on board and in modifications,
date; loading conditions not to be minor or
exceeded; freeboard marks not to be otherwise, shall
immersed; records of minor modifications be advised to the
Certifying
Authority. If
necessary a SIB
addendum to the
approved SIB can
be issued
1.3 Tank usage and free surface moments and
effect on stability (where not included
above)
1.4 General precautions against capsizing and
downflooding: area category of
operation, stability criteria, weather,
reference to location of downflooding
openings
1.5 Cargo condition summary, maximum load,
height and position. Reference to limiting
KG data for non-standard conditions
1.6 Sample load condition table and
instructions for use
1.7 Maximum VCG (KG) curve/table with Blank calculation
appropriate range of displacement and page(s) are
trim and instructions for use. Example recommended.
showing the use of the maximum KG curve Other copies can
and trim calculation be made
1.8 Statement on maximum crane load (kg)
and maximum outreach (m), if applicable,
and any other relevant advice regarding

205
 crane operation, such as the provision and
use of an inclinometer
1.9 GZ curve – condition 1, fully laden GZ curve may be
departure including critical downflooding omitted from load
angle. Data including DISP, draft FP, draft the condition
AP where KG
curves/data and
instructions for
their use. It is
desirable but not
essential to
include WSA,
WPA, LCB, VCB,
GZ, LCF, TCF
TCP against heel
angle 0 to 90
degrees
GZ data and assessment against criteria –
condition 1
Stability summary detailing required Or as modified by
criteria, achieved criteria, margin and the alternative
pass/fail for following criteria followed
(e.g. 11.6.7 of
MGN 280)
Area 0° to 30°
Area 0° to 40° or downflooding angle
Area 30° to 40° or downflooding angle
GZ at 30° or greater
Angle at GZ max
GM
Downflooding angle
1.10 GZ curve – condition 2 – arrival 10% GZ curve may be
consumables including critical omitted from
downflooding angle. Data including loading condition
DISP, draft FP, draft AP where KG
curves/data and
instructions for
their use is
included. It is
desirable but not
essential to
include WSA,
WPA, LCB, VCB,
GZ, LCF, TCF,
TCP against heel
angle 0 to 90°

206
 Stability summary, detailing required Or as modified by
criteria, achieved criteria, margin and the alternative
pass/fail for following criteria followed
(e.g. 11.6.7 of
MGN 280)
Area 0° to 30°
Area 0° to 40° or downflooding angle
Area 30° to 40° or downflooding angle
GZ at 30° or greater
Angle at GZ max
GM
Downflooding angle
1.11 GZ curve, GZ data and assessments
against criteria for any other relevant load
condition, for instance different
load/passenger combinations. Limiting
conditions which define the operational
envelope shall be included. Operational
conditions including any crane usage and
a condition showing the maximum deck
cargo
Summary of pass/fail margins and stability
category for each load condition
1.12 Freeboard and draught marks
Depth from baseline to top of deck at
midships (m)
Maximum fully laden draught at midships
(m)
Minimum freeboard at midships (m)
Position of midships (metres aft of foreside
of stem at deck level)
Diagram showing location and dimensions
of freeboard mark
Where freeboard must be calculated by
reference to the Merchant Shipping (Load
Line) Regulations 1998 (SI 1998 No.
2241), as amended, the calculation
summary shall be either included here or
in an appendix and referenced here
Section 2 – Technical data and loading conditions
2.1 Draught marks and hydrostatic datum
Drawing identifying draught marks and
datum
Determination of draughts at AP and FP
relative to baseline from draughts read at
marks

207
2.2 Angles of deck edge immersion and
downflooding
Drawing identifying downflooding
openings
Table listing each downflooding point, the
area of each opening, the angle of
immersion in each loadcase
2.3 Arrangement of tanks and ballast
Drawing showing tanks and ballast fitted
Table listing tank capacities, soundings,
fluid, location, weight, LCG, VCG, TCG
and maximum FSM
Notes on the use of free surface moments
Include calculation of maximum free
surface moment
Details of ballast weight and location
Reference to baseline, forward
perpendicular, transverse origins and
positive and negative trim
2.4 Loading condition – departure 100%
consumables
Weights and centres table of lightship and
deadweight items, referenced to LCG,
VCG, TCG and free surface
Include draught at AP, draught at FP,
mean draught, trim, GM solid, free surface
correction GM fluid
2.5 Loading condition – arrival 10%
consumables
Weights and centres table of lightship and
deadweight items, referenced to LCG,
VCG, TCG and free surface
Include draught at AP, draught at FP,
mean draught, trim, GM solid, free surface
correction GM fluid
Make-up of all other load conditions which
are presented in Section 2 with weights
and centres table of lightship and
deadweight items, referenced to LCG,
VCG, TCG and free surface
Section 3 – Reference information including lightship and VCG derivation
3.1 Hydrostatic – trim forward (maximum
envisaged in the operational envelope)
For an appropriate range of draughts:
displacement, LCB, LCF, KB, KMT, KML,
TPC, MTC (WPA, WSA, dimensionless

208
 coefficients as desired may be included
though are not necessary)
3.2 Hydrostatic data – level trim
For an appropriate range of draughts:
displacement, LCB, LCF, KB, KMT, KML,
TPC, MTC (WPA, WSA, dimensionless
coefficients as desired may be included
though are not necessary)
3.3 Hydrostatic data – trim aft (maximum
envisaged in the operational envelope)
For an appropriate range of draughts:
displacement, LCB, LCF, KB, KMT, KML,
TPC, MTC (WPA, WSA, dimensionless
coefficients as desired may be included
though are not necessary)
3.4 Intermediate trims shall be included where
maximum trim is over 0.3m, to enable
reasonably accurate interpolations
3.5 KN data – trim forward (maximum
envisaged in the operational envelope)
For an appropriate range of displacement
vs. appropriate range of heel angle
3.6 KN data – level trim
For an appropriate range displacement vs.
appropriate range of heel angle
3.7 KN data – trim aft (maximum envisaged in
the operational envelope)
For an appropriate range displacement vs.
appropriate range of heel angle
Intermediate KN data shall be included
where maximum trim is over 0.3m, to
enable reasonably accurate interpolations
3.8 Notes on the use of KN data
Insert hull section drawing illustrating the
relative positions of K, M, G, GZ and B
3.9 Inclining experiment report
List vessel, type, location, date and time,
weather, sea state, SG of water, condition
of vessel
Tank ullages, persons present, inclining
weights, pendulum length(s)
Forward and aft draughts, mean draught,
trim
Lists of weights and centres (VCG, LCG)
to come off and go on

209
 Inclined displacement derived from Where lightship
draughts and trims particulars of a
sister vessel are
based on a
lightship check the
inclining report for
the ‘lead’ sister
vessel shall be
included in the
stability
information of the
subsequent
sister(s)
List of pendulum readings
GM calculation (averaged)
Displacement, LCG, KMT, GMT, free
surface correction, VCG (KG) in inclined
condition
3.10 Lightship derivation
Weights and centres table of items to be
removed
Weights and centres table of items to be
added
Weights and centres summary
3.11 Record of modifications to lightship
3.12 Crane
Crane model
Crane position
Load radius diagram
Including freeboard and angle of heel at
maximum heeling moment, compliance
with KG requirement
All personnel to be on deck when lifting
All principal openings to remain closed
when lifting
Restriction on lifting over “crane” side
Vessel to have no residual heel prior to lift
Variation from standard load-radius
diagram for crane
Any additional load and outreach data that
may be relevant particularly if crane off
centreline
3.13 Damaged stability condition
Summary of worst damaged
compartment condition and criteria
assessed against, together with pass (or

210
 fail) margins and a sketch showing the
equilibrium waterline
Equilibrium conditions of other damaged
compartment conditions may also be
included if relevant or pass fail margins are
similar to the worst condition
3.14 Beaufort scale of wind speeds and
corresponding pressures
3.15 Metric/imperial conversion
N/A Appendix for freeboard calculation to
Load Line Regulations where required by
the Merchant Shipping (Load Line)
Regulations 1998 (SI 1998 No. 2241), as
amended, under Section 13 of the Code.

211
APPENDIX 4
USE OF ISO “FIRST OF TYPE” RIGHTING MOMENT CURVE FOR
STABILITY ASSESSMENT
1. Introduction

1.1 Where the stability of a vessel is assessed using the righting moment curve
prepared to show compliance of the design with ISO 12217, this curve must be
verified and if necessary, corrected, by the Certifying Authority in accordance
with section 2 of this Appendix.

1.2 ISO 12217 normally requires the stability to be assessed in the Minimum Operating
Condition. However, where the Loaded Displacement Mass is more than 15%
greater than the Minimum Operating Condition, the stability shall also be assessed
in the heavier condition.

1.3 Where data is available for both the Minimum Operating Condition and Loaded
Displacement Mass (where more than 15% greater than the Minimum Operating
Condition); the heavier shall be used for the purposes of this Appendix.

2. Stability Verification Test

2.1 Where subject to the stability verification test, the vessel must be loaded, as close
as is practicable, to the loading condition required for the righting moment curve
(as defined in ISO 12217) to be checked. The purpose of the stability verification
test is to verify that the vessel is adequately described by the righting moment
curve of the “First of Type” used for ISO 12217 assessment. Where stability
compliance is not adequately demonstrated, this curve shall be corrected as
described in 2.2 – 2.7 before reassessment of the stability compliance.

2.2 The stability verification test shall be conducted in calm conditions. The vessel
shall be heeled to both port and starboard as much as is practicable by the
application of a heeling moment sufficient to produce a heel angle of:

.1 at least three degrees in either direction; and

.2 at least five degrees in either direction i.e. in total two heeling moments
and four heel angles.

The heeling moments and angles of heel shall be recorded as precisely as is

practicable.

2.3 The heeling moments shall be applied using weights that are part of the loaded
condition of the vessel and moved through a known amount. The righting lever
deduced for that angle of heel is given by:

𝑮𝒁 = (𝒘. 𝒉. 𝐜𝐨 𝐬 𝜱)/(𝜟)

Where:

GZ = righting lever (m)

w = mass moved to produce the heel angle (kg)

212
 h = distance parallel to design waterline mass was moved through to produce
heeling moment (m)

Φ = angle of heel produced (degrees)

Δ = displacement of vessel as used to derive the GZ curve in question (kg)

2.4 Where weights need to be moved vertically from their normal location in order to
generate the necessary heeling moment, the resulting measured righting moment
shall be corrected for the change in the vessel’s vertical centre-of-gravity.

The correction GG1sin Φ shall be added to the measured GZ when the weights
were raised during the heeling test.

GG1 = the shift in vessel vertical centre of gravity due to the weights moved.

2.5 The “First of Type” righting moment curve shall be considered acceptable for
stability assessment if the average deviation of the four values (see 2.3) and
corrected (see 2.4) below the righting moment curve is equal to, or less than, 5%.
If the deviation is above the righting moment curve no limit shall apply.

2.6 Where the average deviation for the four values (see 2.3) above the righting
moment curve is more than 5%, the “First of Type” righting moment curve shall be
corrected throughout the range of heel angles by an amount equal to GG1sin Φ

Φ = any heel angle

The value of GG1 used for this correction shall be obtained as follows:

𝑮𝑮_𝟏 = {(𝛅_𝟏/𝐬𝐢𝐧𝚽𝟏) + (𝛅_𝟐/𝐬𝐢𝐧𝚽𝟐) + (𝛅_𝟑/𝐬𝐢𝐧𝚽𝟑) + (𝛅_𝟒/𝐬𝐢𝐧𝚽𝟒)}/𝟒

δn = difference in measured GZ from “First of Type” GZ curve at angle Φn for the

four values obtained and calculated (see 2.2– 2.4).

2.7 Where the righting moment curve is modified according to 2.1 – 2.6 the vessel’s
stability shall be reassessed in accordance with Section 12.

213
APPENDIX 5
SAFE MANNING
1. General

1.1 Vessels to which this Code applies and which comply with its requirements,
will be exempt from the need to comply with the Merchant Shipping (Standards
of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping) Regulations 2022, as amended,
and the Merchant Shipping (Safe Manning, Hours of Work and Watchkeeping)
Regulations 1997, as amended, provided the manning of the vessel is in
accordance with the standards and area categories of operation given in
sections 28.1 of this Code.

2. Minimum Manning and Qualification Requirements

2.1 The minimum manning and qualifications requirements are indicated in Tables
A5.1 Minimum Deck Manning Requirements and A5.2 Minimum Engineering
Manning Requirements.

214
 Table A5.1 – Minimum Deck Manning Requirements

Area Category of Operation 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

√ √ √ √ √ √ √
MASTER QUALIFICATION ACCEPTABLE FOR GIVEN AREA

STCW Master (Workboat less than 500GT unlimited area) Note G

STCW Master (Code Vessels less than 200GT unlimited area) Note E √ √ √ √ √ √ √

RYA/MCA Yachtmaster Ocean Certificate of Competence Note A √ √ √ √ √ √ √

STCW Master (Code Vessels less than 200GT limited to 150 miles from a safe haven) Note E √ √ √ √ √ √

RYA/MCA Yachtmaster Offshore Certificate of Competence or Service Note A √ √ √ √ √ √

MCA Boatmasters’ Licence Note B √ √ √ √

RYA/MCA Yachtmaster Coastal Certificate of Competence or Service Note A √ √ √ √

Note F
CATEGORY OF OPERATION

RYA/MCA Powerboat Advanced Certificate of Competence √ √ √ √

Note A
Note F
RYA/MCA Powerboat Advanced Practical Certificate (only if issued before 1st January 2005) √ √ √ √
Note A
Note A
Certificate of competency for appropriate area issued by Competent Authority √ √ √ √
Note C
Note H
RYA/MCA Powerboat Level 2 Certificate √

Note A
RYA/MCA Day Skipper Theory & Practical Certificate (Daylight Operation Only) √ √

Note A
Local Authority Licence for appropriate area √
Note D
There shall also be on board a second person that the vessel owner/operator considers to be
experienced and competent. √ √ √ √
There shall also be on board a second person deemed competent by the master to be suitably √
experienced with the type of vessel, range of operations undertaken on the voyage, and who is
familiar and experienced in all likely sea-state, weather, and light conditions likely to be
encountered for duration of the voyage
REQUIREMENTS

There shall also be on board a second person holding at least an RYA/MCA Certificate of √
ADDITIONAL

Competence or Service as Yachtmaster Coastal.

There shall also be on board another person holding at least an RYA/MCA Certificate of
Competence as either Yachtmaster Offshore, STCW Master (Code Vessels less than 200GT √
limited to 150 miles from a safe haven), Yachtmaster Ocean or STCW Master (Code Vessels
less than 200GT unlimited)

215
Note 1 Qualifications differing from those tabled, but of equal standing or specialist application will be considered by the Administration (see Regulation 6 of SI 2022 1216).
MGN 411, as amended sets out alternatives to the tabled qualifications that a vessel may comply with.

Note 2 Vessels regularly engaged on near coastal voyages from ports outside the UK, have to abide by the manning requirements of the relevant authority regulating that
coastal area.

Note 3 RYA certificates of competence and/or service shall carry a commercial endorsement. To receive such a commercial endorsement, holders of RYA certificates of
competence shall hold a valid Medical Fitness Certificate (see 28.1.4) , the Basic Sea Survival Course or the Personal Survival Technique course (see Table A5.3) as
appropriate, and shall complete the RYA Professional Practices and Responsibilities (PPR) course.

Note 4 Relevant experience of the type and size of vessel, the machinery on the vessel, and the type of operation in which the vessel is engaged,

Note A This qualification shall be undertaken in motor vessels. For high-speed operations, this training shall be done in a high-speed vessel

Note B Holders of MCA Boatmasters’ Licences are accepted for use on workboats and pilot boats, limited to the area of the licence and any endorsements on it. Such licences
must be re-validated as appropriate. Refer to MSN 1853(M), as amended.

Note C Competent Authority in respect of manning requirements means either the Administration or an organisation that issues Certificates of Competency which has applied
for and granted recognition by the Administration as having the appropriate technical and administrative expertise.

Note D Local Authority Licence - only those Local Authorities that have the approval of the Administration may issue Licences under this Code.

Note E Only valid for use on vessels up to 200GT, and under this Code this restriction is further limited to vessels to which this Code is applicable. MCA qualification, for
details refer to MSN 1858(M+F) as amended.

Note F Where the vessel is used in accordance with 26.1.5 (Towing) or 25.4 (High Speed and Planing Mode Operations), the Master must have a minimum of an RYA/MCA
Advanced Powerboat Certificate and suitable experience of relevant operation. For high-speed operations, this qualification shall be done in a high-speed vessel.

Note G MCA qualification, for details refer to MGN 496 (or subsequent amendment).

Note H RYA/MCA Powerboat Level 2 Certificate is only valid for use on open boats, rigid inflatable boats, inflatable boats, boats fitted with a buoyant collar of less than
3GT operating in area category of operation 6. For high-speed operations, this qualification shall be done in a high-speed vessel.

216
 Table A5.2 – Minimum Engineering Manning Requirements

Area Category of Operation Note 1, 5, 10 6-3 2 1 0

Approved Engine Course (Part 1) or satisfied the Maritime and Coastguard Agency as to their Power Vessel Power Vessel SL Power Vessel SL Note 7
appropriate engineering experience and competency Note 2, 3, 4 W Note 6 Note 7

Power Vessel W
Marine Engine Operators Licence (MEOL) or other equivalent certification including STCW 111/4 Power Vessel W
<1500 kW
Engine Ratings or AEC (Part 1 and 2) Note 7
Power Vessel W
Senior Marine Engine Operators Licence (SMEOL), STCW C/Eng (Y4) / Note 9, 7 >=1500 kW
< 3000 kW

Small Vessel Second Engineer Certificate of Competency Note 9,7 Power Vessel W
>=1500 kW
< 3000 kW
STCW III/2 Small Vessel Chief Engineer <9000KW
<3000GT

Note 1 Qualifications differing from those tabled, but of equal standing or specialist application may be considered by the Administration.

Note 2 The person holding the engineering requirement may be a crew member listed in Table A7.1.

Note 3 Persons who are able to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Administration that they have the appropriate engineering experience and competency may be granted
exemption from the requirement to attend an Approved Engine Course. The syllabus for these courses are published on the www.gov.uk website.

Note 4 In addition to Note 3, it is strongly recommended that for vessels where there is installed propulsion power greater than 1500 kW or the vessel is fitted with equipment,
essential to its operation, that is not included in the syllabus of the engineering qualification held, an applicable manufacturer’s, or equivalent, course shall be attended.

Note 5 In all cases, one of the crew shall be sufficiently familiar with the operation and maintenance of the vessel's machinery to ensure safe passage.

Note 6 Power Vessel W is a Power Vessel employed in towing operations, lifting operations or carriage of cargo greater than 1000 kg.

Note 7 Power Vessel SL is a Power Vessel other than Power Vessel designated by Power Vessel W.

Note 8 Over 3,000 kW and less than 6,000 kW registered propulsion power: the certificate holder is also required to have attended an approved engine manufacturer’s course
appropriate to the engine type and power range.

Note 9 MEOL / SMEOL applies to less than 750 kW registered power vessels of 24 m or more in Load Line length, in the case of small vessels <24 m Load Line length,
this qualification can be used on more than 750 kW registered power vessels shown above.

Note 10 The vessel owner/operator shall ensure that the crew are appropriately trained.

217
 3. Mandatory Training Courses

Table A5.3 ─ Mandatory training courses requirements

Mandatory Training Course Application Requirements

RYA Basic Sea Survival or MCA approved All vessels All operators following the STCW Certificate of Competency route shall complete an MCA
Personal Survival Techniques approved Personal Survival Techniques course.

All operators not following this route shall complete a RYA Basic Sea Survival or may complete an
MCA approved Personal Survival Techniques course as an alternative.
First Aid Training MLC compliant vessels Minimum one person on board who is in charge of medical care and administering medicine as
part of their regular duties or minimum one person on board competent to provide medical first aid
and hold the relevant STCW certificate
Non-MLC vessels operating in area Master shall hold Proficiency in Medical Care Certificate (or the Ship Captain’s Medical Certificate)
category of operation 0 or 1 unless another member of the crew holds a medical or nursing qualification of an equivalent or
higher standard.
Non-MLC vessels operating in area Minimum one person on board shall hold MCA approved Elementary First Aid Certificate (or the
category of operation 2, 3, 4, 5 or First Aid at Sea Certificate or Medical First Aid Certificate), or an RYA First Aid Certificate, or a
6 SeaFish Basic First Aid Certificate, provided the use of Category ‘C’ medical stores is covered in
the course.
Fire Fighting Training Vessels up to 15m Minimum one crew member shall complete an MCA approved one day fire fighting course, or
STCW Fire Fighting and Fire Prevention course, or the equivalent Royal Navy course.
Vessels 15m and over All crew members shall complete an MCA approved one day fire fighting course, or STCW Fire
Fighting and Prevention, or the equivalent Royal Navy course.
Radar Training Vessels carrying radar All Masters, and crew likely to use radar shall complete an MCA approved Small Ships Navigation
and Radar: Radar and Meteorology course, or alternatively, any course that may be specified as
MCA approved or recognised as fulfilling these requirements in MIN 698.
Stability Training Vessels required to be provided As a minimum, the Master shall complete an MCA approved 1 day stability course.
with a Stability Information Booklet
Electronic Chart Systems Training Vessels carrying Electronic Chart All Masters, and crew responsible for a navigational watch shall complete an MCA approved
Plotters Small Ships Navigation and Radar: Electronic Chart Systems and Bridge Watchkeeping course,
or alternatively any course that may be specified as MCA approved or recognised as fulfilling these
requirements in MIN 698. In addition, all vessel owner/operators and Masters shall ensure that
all crew including the Master required to train under these requirements are appropriately familiar
and trained to use the specific equipment on board the vessel.
Training for Navigation Equipment in Excess of Where navigation equipment is Any crew likely to use equipment in excess of Code requirements shall undertake appropriate
Code Requirements carried in excess of the Code training in the use of that equipment e.g. ECDIS Note B
requirements
Catering Training Where appropriate All crew engaged in the preparation of food shall undertake a 'Basic Food Hygiene’ or ‘Food
Safety' course, level 2.
Note B See MIN 698

218
4. Dangerous Goods Training

4.1 General

4.1.1 A vessel owner/operator shall keep a record of all dangerous goods

training received in accordance with sections 4.2 and/or 4.3. This record shall
be available to the employee, competent authority or Administration upon
request, for up to five years.

4.1.2 The owner/operator of a vessel engaged in the transport of dangerous

goods, shall ensure that the crew receive the appropriate carriage of
dangerous goods training in accordance with Chapter 1.3 of the IMDG Code.

4.2 IMDG Carriage of Dangerous Goods Training

4.2.1 The vessel owner/operator must determine:

.1 members of crew required to be trained as detailed in 4.1.2;

.2 the required level of training; and

.3 appropriate training methods.

4.2.2 Where a crew have not yet received an appropriate carriage of dangerous
goods training, they are only permitted to perform functions under the direct
supervision of a trained person.

4.2.3 The carriage of dangerous goods training shall be supplemented with

refresher training to take account of changes in regulations and practice. The
Administration may audit the vessel owner/operator to verify that the
system in place effectively provides training for the crew commensurate with
their role and responsibilities.

4.3 General awareness/familiarization training in transport of dangerous

goods

4.3.1 All crew shall receive a general awareness/familiarisation training in transport

of dangerous goods, which shall at a minimum include the following:

.1 a description of the classes of dangerous goods (see Appendix 6);

.2 training in the associated labelling, marking, placarding, packing,

stowage, segregation and compatibility provisions;

.3 a description of the purpose and content of the dangerous goods

transport documents;

.4 training in the procedure(s) for responding to emergency situations;

.5 training in the format and on-board location of the appropriate

emergency response documentation; and

.6 any additional dangerous goods transport provisions which are

applicable to the specific function(s) performed by the crew
member(s).

219
5. Training for lithium-ion batteries and lead-acid batteries used as a source
of power for propulsion

5.1 Training requirements for the safe operation of lithium-ion batteries and lead-
acid batteries used as a source of power for propulsion shall be detailed in the
vessel’s operating manual and shall cover, at a minimum:

.1 normal operation;

.2 maintenance; and

.3 how to rectify common faults and issues.

220
APPENDIX 6

UNITED NATIONS HAZARD CLASSES AND IMDG CODE LABELS AND

PLACARDS
This Appendix gives information relating to the United Nations (UN) Hazard Classes and labelling
information of the various classes of dangerous goods.

Section 1 - UN Hazard Classes

Section 2 - IMDG Code Labels and Placards.

1. UN Hazard Classes

Dangerous Goods are divided into nine UN classes based on the major danger presented by
the substance, other risks may be present and these are known as subsidiary risks. The
numbering system is not ordered in level of risk.

Vessel owners/operators and crew shall be aware of the dangerous goods classes. The title of
the dangerous good classes is given below – for fuller descriptions the IMDG Code shall be
consulted.

Class 1 Explosives (six sub-divisions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 and 1.6)
Class 2 Gases
Class 2.1 Flammable gases

Class 2.2 Non-flammable, non-toxic gases

Class 2.3 Toxic gases
Class 3 Flammable Liquids
Class 4 Flammable solids; substances liable to spontaneous combustion; substances
which, in contact with water emit flammable gases
Class 4.1 Flammable solids
Class 4.2 Substances liable to spontaneous combustion
Class 4.3 Substances which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases
Class 5 Oxidising substances and organic peroxides
Class 5.1 Oxidising substances
Class 5.2 Organic peroxides
Class 6 Toxic and infectious substances
Class 6.1 Toxic substances
Class 6.2 Infectious substances
Class 7 Radioactive material
Class 8 Corrosive Substances
Class 9 Miscellaneous dangerous substances and articles

221
2. IMDG Code Labels and Placards

The minimum dimensions of labels shall measure 100mm x 100mm.

Placards are large labels and shall measure 250mm x 250mm.

Class 1 – Explosive substances or articles

Class 2 – Gases

222
Class 3 – Flammable liquids

Class 4 – Flammable solids; substances liable to spontaneous combustion; substances

which, in contact with water emit flammable gases

223
Class 5 – Oxidising substances and organic peroxides

Class 6 – Toxic and infectious substances

224
Class 7 – Radioactive material

Category I – White Category II - Yellow Category III - Yellow Fissile Material

Class 8 – Corrosive substances Class 9 – Miscellaneous Dangerous

Marks including Limited Quantities

Marks, in this context, are everything else which appears on the exterior surface of a
package, IBC or large packaging, examples are given below:

Marine Pollutants Orientation Labels

Packages containing Limited Quantities shall be marked with the following symbol:

225
Limited Quantities

Note:

The term Limited Quantities has a specific meaning within the IMDG Code and refers to the
inner receptacle/package and cannot not exceed the size limit set out in Column 7a of the
IMDG Code Dangerous Goods List. The term Limited Quantity does not refer to the quantity
allowed to be carried on board a ship.

Lithium Battery Mark

226
APPENDIX 7
OIL POLLUTION PREVENTION
1. Special Areas (Annex I of MARPOL, Regulation 1)

1.1 For the purposes of this Annex, the special areas are defined as follows:

.1 the Mediterranean Sea area means the Mediterranean Sea proper

including the gulfs and seas therein with the boundary between the
Mediterranean and the Black Sea constituted by the 41° N parallel and
bounded to the west by the Straits of Gibraltar at the meridian of 5°36'
W;

.2 the Baltic Sea area means the Baltic Sea proper with the Gulf of
Bothnia, the Gulf of Finland and the entrance to the Baltic Sea bounded
by the parallel of the Skaw in the Skagerrak at 57°44.8' N;

.3 the Black Sea area means the Black Sea proper with the boundary
between the Mediterranean Sea and the Black Sea constituted by the
parallel 41° N;

.4 the Red Sea area means the Red Sea proper including the Gulfs of
Suez and Aqaba bounded at the south by the rhumb line between Ras
si Ane (12°28.5' N, 43°19.6' E) and Husn Murad (12°40.4' N, 43°30.2'
E);

.5 the Gulfs area means the sea area located north-west of the rhumb line
between Ras al Hadd (22°30' N, 59°48' E) and Ras al Fasteh (25°04'
N, 61° 25' E);

.6 the Gulf of Aden area means that part of the Gulf of Aden between the
Red Sea and the Arabian Sea bounded to the west by the rhumb line
between Ras si Ane (12°28.5'N, 43°19.6' E) and Husn Murad (12°40.4'
N, 43°30.2' E) and to the east by the rhumb line between Ras Asir
(11°50' N, 51°16.9' E) and the Ras Fartak (15°35' N, 52°13.8' E);

.7 the Antarctic area means the sea area south of latitude 60°S;

.8 the North West European waters include the North Sea and its
approaches, the Irish Sea and its approaches, the Celtic Sea, the
English Channel and its approaches and part of the North East Atlantic
immediately to the west of Ireland. The area is bounded by lines joining
the following points:

48° 27' N on the French coast

48° 27' N; 6° 25' W

49° 52' N; 7° 44' W

50° 30' N; 12° W

56° 30' N; 12° W

227
 62° N; 3° W

62° N on the Norwegian coast

57° 44.8' N on the Danish and Swedish coasts.

.9 The Oman area of the Arabian Sea means the sea area enclosed by
the following co-ordinates:

23°50.897' N 60°50.261' E

21°50.009' N 63°27.044' E

17°52.188' N 61°10.207' E

14°22.727' N 57°22.670' E

15°46.062' N 54°10.143' E

16°38.619' N 53°15.882' E. (Reg 1.11)

.10 The Southern South African waters means the sea area enclosed by
the following co-ordinates:

31°14’ S; 017°50’ E

31°30’ S; 017°12’ E

32°00’ S; 017°06’ E

32°32’ S; 016°52’ E

34°06’;S 017°24’ E

36°58’ S; 020°54’ E

36°00’ S; 022°30’ E

35°14’ S; 022°54’ E

34°30’ S; 026°00’ E

33°48’ S; 027°25’ E

33°27’ S; 027°12’ E

2. Exceptions (Annex I of MARPOL, Regulation 4)

2.1 Requirements detailed in Section 4 Control of Discharge of Oil of this Appendix

shall not apply to:

.1 the discharge into the sea of oil or oily mixture necessary for the
purpose of securing the safety of a ship or saving life at sea; or

.2 the discharge into the sea of oil or oily mixture resulting from damage
to a ship or its equipment:
228
.1 provided that all reasonable precautions have been taken after
the occurrence of the damage or discovery of the discharge for
the purpose of preventing or minimising the discharge; and

.2 if the owner or the master acted either with intent to cause

damage, or recklessly and with knowledge that damage would
probably result; or

.3 the discharge into the sea of substances containing oil,

approved by the Administration, when being used for the
purpose of combating specific pollution incidents in order to
minimize the damage from pollution. Any such discharge shall
be subject to the approval of any Government in whose
jurisdiction it is contemplated the discharge will occur.

229
APPENDIX 8
SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The purpose of this Appendix is to set out how to develop and implement an appropriate and
proportionate Safety Management System based on the requirements that can be found within
the International Safety Management Code.

1. General

1.1 A Safety Management System shall include the following:

.1 Safety and Environmental Protection Policy;

.2 Risk Assessment for Safe Working;

.3 Health and Safety Protection Policy;

.4 responsibilities of the Master and Personnel;

.5 training of Personnel;

.6 procedures to ensure safe operation of a vessel;

.7 emergencies;

.8 reporting of accidents;

.9 maintenance of the vessel and equipment; and

.10 review.

2. A Safety and Environmental Protection Policy

2.1 A Safety and Environmental Protection Policy must address:

.1 health;

.2 safety;

.3 working environment; and

.4 the environment

as they affect the company and its staff, both on shore and on board.

3. Risk Assessment(s) for Safe Working

3.1 The vessel owner/operator shall produce an effective Risk Assessment(s)

which shall identify risks to personnel, vessels and the environment.119 The
outcomes from the risk assessment(s) shall inform the development of safe

Further guidance can be found in Chapter 1, Code of safe working practices for merchant seafarers
119

(COSWP) amendment 7 2022

230
 systems of work.

4. Health and Safety Protection Policy

4.1 The vessel owner/operator shall produce a Health and Safety Protection
Policy. It is the responsibility of the vessel owner/operator to ensure that the
policy is complied with, and that the responsibilities are understood.

4.2 A competent person(s) shall be delegated to take responsibility for health and
safety, and that person(s) shall be clearly identifiable to all personnel.

4.3 The vessel owner/operator shall develop and uphold a policy on prevention
of alcohol and drug abuse.

5. Responsibilities of the Master and Personnel

5.1 Clear lines of responsibility and authority shall be established for all personnel.

5.2 The Master must have authority at all times to make decisions with regard to
the safety of the vessel and the persons on board. There shall be a written
statement confirming the authority of the Master.

5.3 All personnel have a duty to take care of themselves and any other persons
who may be affected by their acts or omissions.

6. Person Ashore

6.1 The vessel owner/operator shall, in relation to each vessel owned by it or for
which it has operational responsibility, designate a person ashore who shall be
responsible for monitoring the safe operation of the vessel and, so far as it may
affect safety, the efficient operation of the vessel.

6.2 The person ashore shall:

.1 take such steps as are necessary to ensure compliance with the Safety
Management System; and

.2 ensure that proper provision is made for the vessel to be adequately

manned, equipped and maintained, relating to safety applicable to the
vessel.

6.3 The vessel owner/operator shall ensure that the person ashore:

.1 is provided with sufficient authority and resources; and

.2 has appropriate knowledge and sufficient experience of the operation

of vessels; and

.3 shall have access to the appropriate level of management resource(s)

within the company to fulfil the role.

7. Training of Personnel

7.1 All personnel shall receive training appropriate to the tasks they undertake. See
Section 28. It is the responsibility of the vessel owner/operator to ensure that
this training is given, and that the personnel have an understanding of the

231
 relevant regulations and rules.

7.2 Prior to the first occasion of working on the vessel, each worker must receive
appropriate familiarisation training and proper instruction in on board
procedures. This shall at the minimum include:

.1 emergency drills and MOB recovery (see section 14.7);

.2 mooring and unmooring;

.3 launching and recovery of survival craft (see also sections 14.2

and14.8);

.3 evacuation from all areas of the vessel (see also 10.5 Emergencies);

.4 donning of lifejackets (see also section 14.4); and

.5 use and handling of fire-fighting equipment (see also section 16).

8. Procedures to ensure safe operation of a vessel

8.1 Procedures shall be developed and documented for the operation of the
vessel. These shall at the minimum include:

.1 testing of equipment, including steering gear, prior to commencing a

passage;

.2 navigation and handling of the vessel;

.3 maintenance routines;

.4 bunkering operations;

.5 watertight/weathertight integrity;

.6 stability of the vessel;

.7 conduct of passengers and crew while on board; and

.8 emergency towing.

9. Safety Briefing

9.1 Before commencing any voyage the Master shall ensure that all persons on
board are briefed, as a minimum on the:

.1 stowage and use of personal safety equipment such as lifejackets,

thermal protective aids and lifebuoys; and

.2 procedures to be followed in emergencies.

9.2 In addition to the requirements of 9.1 the Master shall brief at least one other
person on board on the following:

.1 the location of liferafts and the method of launching;

232
 .2 the procedures for the recovery of a person from the sea;

.3 the location and use of pyrotechnics;

.4 the procedures and operation of radios carried on board;

.5 the location of navigation and other light switches;

.6 the location and use of firefighting equipment;

.7 the method of starting, stopping and controlling the main engine;

.8 the method of navigating to a suitable port of refuge; and

.9 the location of Stability Guidance Booklet and Stability Information

Booklet, where applicable.

Safety cards are considered to be an acceptable way of providing the above

information.

10. Emergencies

10.1 Clear procedures for responding to emergency situations shall be understood

by all personnel, and shall at the minimum include:

.1 fire;

.2 flooding;

.3 collision;

.4 grounding;

.5 violent act;

.6 main propulsion or steering failure;

.7 man overboard;

.8 abandon ship;

.9 medical emergency;

.10 aid to other vessels; and

.11 enclosed space rescue if applicable.

10.2 The roles and responsibilities of all personnel in an emergency situation shall
be clearly defined.

10.3 All vessels shall be equipped with a continuously available communication

system (including during emergency situations) which shall enable
communication with the emergency services via a shore base. A shore base
may be the company office ashore, the local Coastguard, Police or Fire Station,
or another office as may be agreed between the vessel and the shore base.

233
10.4 Emergency situations likely to be encountered by the vessel shall be
considered by the vessel owner/operator.

10.5 Exercises shall be carried out in the handling of the identified emergency
situations and evacuation from the vessel. The exercises shall be recorded.
The names of those who participated shall also be recorded.

10.6 Where possible, all personnel shall be involved in these exercises, both on
shore and on board.

11. Reporting of Accidents

11.1 A clear procedure for reporting of accidents shall be understood by all

personnel.

11.2 The vessel owner/operator shall report any accidents to the Administration
and the company must therefore have a procedure in place. See Section 3 and
MIN 698.

11.3 All accidents and near-misses shall be recorded and reported to the vessel
owner/operator who shall implement corrective action.

12. Maintenance of the Vessel and Equipment

12.1 A vessel and its equipment shall be maintained in accordance with the
requirements of Section 3.5.

12.2 The vessel owner/operator shall develop documented procedures for a more
detailed inspection and maintenance program for the vessel and its equipment.
The frequency of the required inspection and maintenance shall be determined
by the vessel owner/operator. All inspections and maintenance activities shall
be recorded.

13. Review

13.1 The vessel owner/operator shall undertake a review of the safety

management system at least once every three years.

234
APPENDIX 9
TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS
1 This Appendix outlines the transitional arrangements required for vessels to comply with
the Code.

2 To the extent necessary, the requirements set out in Workboat Code Edition 1 (the “Brown
Code”), its equivalent standard published in the technical Annex to MGN 280(M), and the
Workboat Code Edition 2, Amendment 1 are incorporated into the Code.

3 Existing vessels that are certificated under the Brown Code, its equivalent standard
published in the technical Annex to MGN 280(M), or Workboat Code Edition 2,
Amendment 1 shall meet the requirements of the Code by the vessel’s next renewal
examination or three years after the date of entry into force of the Code, whichever is later,
except, where references to previous requirements are explicitly specified within
individual sections of the Code they may comply with such requirements.

4 Vessels which have their keels laid, or are at a similar stage of construction, between
the entry into force of Workboat Code Edition 2 and the entry into force of the Code, may:

.1 for the purposes of paragraph 3, be considered as existing vessels that are

certificated under Workboat Code Edition 2; or

.2 meet the requirements of the Code in full.

5 The Brown Code, its equivalent standard published in the technical Annex to MGN
280(M), and the Workboat Code Edition 2, Amendment 1 shall no longer be recognised
for new vessel certifications after the date of entry into force of the Code.

6 Where sections of the Code refer to further details in appendices, it shall be taken that
compliance with the requirements set out in these appendices is also required.

235
APPENDIX 10
SAMPLE CERTIFICATES
See sample certificates on the following pages.

236
 PILOT BOAT CERTIFICATE
“NAME OF VESSEL”
Unique Number
Issued under SI 2023/1216 and the authority of the Maritime & Coastguard Agency, an Executive Agency of the
United Kingdom Department for Transport

Name of Owner/Managing Agent

Address

Type Of Vessel
Use of Vessel Dedicated Pilot Boat
Official Number
Port of Registry
Gross Tonnage
Hull Identification Number
Maximum number of persons on board
Length Overall
Load Line Length (if LOA > 24M)
Date of Build

This is to certify that the above named vessel was examined by (CA) Approved Examiner, (Name) at (Place) from (Date) to
(Date) and found to be in accordance with the requirements of the 3 rd Edition of The Safety of Small Workboats and Pilot Boats
– A Code of Practice, published by the Maritime and Coastguard Agency, an Executive Agency of the Department for Transport.

This certificate remains valid until (date) subject to the vessel, its machinery and systems and equipment being
efficiently maintained, with examinations and manning as required by the Code and that any modifications or
damage to the vessel is reported to the Certifying Authority immediately and any repair is approved as required
and considered rectified by the Certifying Authority as required by the relevant part of the Code.
For limitations & Conditions please see the reverse of the certificate

Maximum loading condition Total loading of persons and equipment must not to exceed (load or
refer to SIB) in kg

Permitted area of operation (Category) (GMDSS Area)

Intermediate examination by a (CA) Authorised Examiner due before (Date)

This certificate was issued at (CA Office) on: (Date)

This certificate expires on: (Date)

Name (Name) for and on behalf of (CA) Technical Committee.

Signature: (CA) Official Stamp

This certificate is equivalent to a UK Load Line Exemption Certificate

237
Conditions and limitations: -

 To comply with the Documentation of Compliance SWB2.

 When the vessel is sold this certificate is automatically cancelled and must be returned to
the (CA) Office
 All vessels that require stability information, must carry the relevant stability information on
board the vessel

MLC Compliance Statements

This certificate is only valid for commercial operation on international voyages or voyages of more
than 60 miles from a UK safe haven with seafarers on board if
(a) The vessel is certificated for category 0, 1 or 2; and
(b) The certificate is accompanied by a valid MLC inspection report demonstrating compliance
with the MLC.

238
 WORKBOAT CERTIFICATE
(WITH PILOT BOAT ENDORSEMENT)

“NAME OF VESSEL”
Unique Number
Issued under SI 2023/1216 and the authority of the Maritime & Coastguard Agency, an Executive Agency of the
United Kingdom Department for Transport

Name of Owner/Managing Agent

Address

Type Of Vessel
Use of Vessel
Official Number
Port of Registry
Gross Tonnage
Hull Identification Number
Maximum number of persons on board
Length Overall
Load Line Length (if LOA > 24M)
Date of Build
Date of last out of water examination

This is to certify that the above named vessel was examined by (CA) Approved Examiner, (Name) at (Place) from (Date) to
(Date) and found to be in accordance with the requirements of the 3 rd Edition of The Safety of Small Workboats and Pilot Boats
– A Code of Practice, published by the Maritime and Coastguard Agency, an Executive Agency of the Department for Transport.

This certificate remains valid until (date) subject to the vessel, its machinery and systems and equipment
being efficiently maintained, with examinations and manning as required by the Code and that any
modifications or damage to the vessel is reported to the Certifying Authority immediately and any repair is
approved as required and considered rectified by the Certifying Authority as required by the relevant part of
the Code.

For limitations & Conditions please see the reverse of the certificate

Maximum loading condition Total loading of persons and equipment must not to exceed (load or
refer to SIB) in kg

Permitted area of operation (Category) GMDSS Area

Midterm examination by a (CA) Authorised Examiner due before (Date)

This certificate was issued at (CA Office) on: (Date)

This certificate expires on: (Date)

Name (Name) for and on behalf of (CA) Technical Committee.

Signature: (CA) Official Stamp

239
This certificate is equivalent to a UK Load Line Exemption Certificate

240
MLC Compliance Statements
This certificate is only valid for commercial operation on international voyages or voyages of more than
60 miles from a UK safe haven with seafarers on board if
(a) The vessel is certificated for category 0, 1 or 2; and
(b) The certificate is accompanied by a valid MLC inspection report demonstrating compliance
with the MLC.

Conditions and limitations: -

1. To comply with the Documentation of Compliance SWB2.

2. When the vessel is sold this certificate is automatically cancelled and must be returned to the
(CA) Office
3. All vessels that require stability information, must carry the relevant stability information on board
the vessel

In addition to the general requirements of the Safety of Small Workboats and Pilot Boats – A Code of
Practice, this vessel has been examined with regard to section 4 of the Code and has been found
satisfactory for use as a pilot boat in ......................................... (name of harbour).
With the carriage of not more than ............ persons (including crew)

CA Stamp/Signature/date

241
 WORKBOAT CERTIFICATE
“NAME OF VESSEL”
Unique Number
Issued under SI 2023/1216 and the authority of the Maritime & Coastguard Agency, an Executive Agency of the
United Kingdom Department for Transport

Name of Owner/Managing Agent

Address

Type Of Vessel
Use of Vessel
Official Number
Port of Registry
Gross Tonnage
Hull Identification Number
Maximum number of persons on board
Length Overall
Load Line Length (if LOA > 24M)
Date of Build
Date of last out of water examination

This is to certify that the above named vessel was examined by (CA) Approved Examiner, (Name) at (Place) from (Date) to
(Date) and found to be in accordance with the requirements of the 3 rd Edition of The Safety of Small Workboats and Pilot Boats
– A Code of Practice, published by the Maritime and Coastguard Agency of the Department for Transport.

This certificate remains valid until (date) subject to the vessel, its machinery and systems and equipment
being efficiently maintained, with examinations and manning as required by the Code and that any
modifications or damage to the vessel is reported to the Certifying Authority immediately and any repair is
approved as required and considered rectified by the Certifying Authority as required by the relevant part of
the Code.

For limitations & Conditions please see the reverse of the certificate

Maximum loading condition Total loading of persons and equipment must not to exceed (load or
refer to SIB) in kg

Permitted area of operation (Category) GMDSS Area

Midterm examination by a (CA) Authorised Examiner due before (Date)

This certificate was issued at (CA Office) on: (Date)

This certificate expires on: (Date)

Name (Name) for and on behalf of (CA) Technical Committee.

Signature: (CA) Official Stamp

242
This certificate is equivalent to a UK Load Line Exemption Certificate

243
MLC Compliance Statements
This certificate is only valid for commercial operation on international voyages or voyages of more
than 60 miles from a UK safe haven with seafarers on board if
(a) The vessel is certificated for category 0, 1 or 2; and
(b) The certificate is accompanied by a valid MLC inspection report demonstrating compliance
with the MLC.

Transfer of Marine Gas Oil Endorsement

In addition to the general requirements of the Safety of Small Workboats and Pilot Boats – a Code of
Practice, this vessel has been examined with regard to section 29.10 of the Workboat Code Edition 3 and
has been found satisfactory to undertake Transfer of Marine Gas Oil from Designated Fuel Oil Tanks from
(name tanks)
CA Stamp / signature / date

Conditions and limitations: -

 To comply with the Documentation of Compliance SWB2.

 When the vessel is sold this certificate is automatically cancelled and must be returned to the
(CA) Office
 All vessels that require stability information, must carry the relevant stability information on board
the vessel

244
 WORKBOAT STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE
“NAME OF VESSEL”
Unique Number:
Issued to confirm compliance with the 3rd Edition of The Safety of Small Workboats and Pilot Boats – A Code
of Practice, published by the Maritime and Coastguard Agency, an Executive Agency of the UK Department
for Transport.

Name of Owner/Managing Agent

Address

Type Of Vessel
Use of Vessel
Official Number
Port of Registry
Gross Tonnage
Hull Identification Number
Maximum number of persons on board
Length Overall
Load Line Length (if LOA > 24M)
Date of Build
Date of last out of water examination

This is to certify that the above named vessel was examined by (CA) Approved Examiner, (Name) at (Place) from (Date) to
(Date) and found to be in accordance with the requirements of the 3rd Edition of The Safety of Small Workboats and Pilot Boats
– A Code of Practice, published by the Maritime and Coastguard Agency of the Department for Transport.

This statement of compliance remains valid until (date) subject to the vessel, its machinery and systems
and equipment being efficiently maintained, with examinations and manning as required by the Code and
that any modifications or damage to the vessel is reported to the Certifying Authority immediately and any
repair is approved as required and considered rectified by the Certifying Authority as required by the
relevant part of the Code.
For limitations & Conditions please see the reverse of the certificate

Maximum loading condition Total loading of persons and equipment must not to exceed (load or
refer to SIB) in kg

Permitted area of operation (Category) (GMDSS Area)

Midterm examination by a (CA) Authorised Examiner due before (Date)

This statement of compliance was issued at (CA Office) on: (Date)

This statement of compliance expires on: (Date)

Name (Name) for and on behalf of (CA) Technical Committee.

Signature: (CA) Official Stamp

245
Conditions and limitations: -

 To comply with the Documentation of Compliance SWB2.

 When the vessel is sold this statement of compliance is automatically cancelled and must be
returned to the (CA) Office.
 All vessels that require stability information, must carry the relevant stability information on board
the vessel.

246
 LIGHT DUTY WORKBOAT CERTIFICATE
“NAME OF VESSEL”
Unique Number
Issued under SI 2023/1216 and the authority of the Maritime & Coastguard Agency, an Executive Agency of the
United Kingdom Department for Transport

Name of Owner/Managing Agent

Address

Type Of Vessel
Use of Vessel
Official Number
Port of Registry
Gross Tonnage
Hull Identification Number
Maximum number of persons on board
Length Overall
Load Line Length (if LOA > 24M)
Date of Build
Date of last out of water examination
Small Commercial Vessel Code or other that the
vessel is certificated to.

This is to certify that the above named vessel was examined by (CA) Approved Examiner, (Name) at (Place)
from (Date) to (Date) and found to be in accordance with the requirements of the small commercial vessel
code which the vessel is primarily certificated under, and the conditions and restrictions described in 3.9 Light
Duty Workboat Certificates of the 3rd Edition of The Safety of Small Workboats and Pilot Boats – A Code of
Practice, published by the Maritime and Coastguard Agency of the Department for Transport.
A vessel issued with this certificate satisfies both the requirements of the Merchant Shipping (Vessels in
Commercial Use for Sport and Pleasure) (SI 1998 No 2771) and section 3.9 Light Duty Workboat Certificates
of the Code named above.

This certificate remains valid until (date) subject to the vessel, its machinery and systems and equipment being
efficiently maintained, with examinations and manning as required by the Code, subject to the continued validity
of the vessels existing certification, and that any modifications or damage to the vessel is reported to the
Certifying Authority immediately and any repair is approved as required and considered rectified by the
Certifying Authority as required by the relevant part of the Code.

For limitations & Conditions please see the reverse of the certificate

Maximum loading condition Total loading of persons and equipment must not to exceed (load or
refer to SIB) in kg

Permitted area of operation (Category) GMDSS Area

Midterm examination by a (CA) Authorised Examiner due before (Date)

247
 This Certificate was issued at (CA Office) on: (Date)
This Certificate expires on: (Date)

Name (name) for and on behalf of (CA) Technical Committee.

Signature: (CA) Official Stamp

This certificate is equivalent to a UK Load Line Exemption Certificate

MLC Compliance Statements

This certificate is only valid for commercial operation on international voyages or voyages of
more than 60 miles from a UK safe haven with seafarers on board if
(a) The vessel is certificated for category 0, 1 or 2; and
(b) The certificate is accompanied by a valid MLC inspection report demonstrating
compliance with the MLC.

Conditions and limitations: -

To comply with the Documentation of Compliance SCV2.

When the vessel is sold this certificate is automatically cancelled and must be returned to
the (CA) Office.
All vessels that require stability information, must carry the relevant stability information on
board the vessel.

248
Annex 1

Alternative Fuels and Propulsion Systems

This Annex, in conjunction with MGN 550 as amended, provides all the additional information
needed for vessels that use lithium-ion batteries or lead-acid batteries as a source of power
for propulsion (whether exclusively, or in conjunction with diesel fuel in a battery-hybrid
propulsion system) and shall be referred to alongside the main body of the Code. In this Annex
lithium-ion batteries and lead-acid batteries are collectively referred to as batteries, unless
where specified.

Where a Certifying Authority considers it does not have the necessary expertise relating to
vessels which use lithium-ion batteries or lead-acid batteries as a source of power for
propulsion, the Administration shall be consulted with regard to the procedures to be adopted.

1 Ventilation
The purpose of this section of this Annex is to provide the additional ventilation equipment and
component requirements for battery-hybrid or battery-electric powered vessels, including
thresholds for effective ventilation of battery boxes and battery rooms relevant to battery
capacity.

1.1 General Requirements

1.1.1 See section 9.3.2.3 in the main body of the Code for general requirements for
ventilation.

1.1.2 It is the responsibility of the vessel owner/operator to ensure that the ventilation
arrangements are in accordance with the battery manufacturer’s
recommendations.

1.1.3 Active or passive ventilation of battery boxes and battery rooms shall be
separate from other on-board heating, ventilation or air conditioning systems.

1.1.4 Any failure or fault in a ventilation system shall activate an auditory and visual
alarm at the control position(s).

1.1.5 Positive isolation devices shall be designed to remain operable in event of

equipment failure or emergency conditions.

1.1.6 All batteries used for a source of power for propulsion shall be stored in battery
boxes or battery rooms (see section 3.1.1 of this Annex). Battery boxes and
battery rooms shall be adequately ventilated, by either passive or active
ventilation, to prevent the build-up of explosive or toxic gases.

1.1.7 A power-driven active ventilator shall be connected to a back-up power source

which automatically activates if the primary power source fails.

249
1.2 Ventilation Equipment

1.2.1 Exhaust ducts shall, during normal operations, prevent exhaust gases, rainwater
or seawater from being drawn through air intakes.

1.2.2 Ventilators and ventilation fans located within, or feeding, battery boxes and
battery rooms shall be composed of Ex-rated and non-static materials and
components, and shall be of a construction suitable to withstand any corrosive
gases which may be produced by the batteries.

1.2.3 Dedicated active or passive ventilation ducting shall be used to discharge off-
gassing from batteries to the open air and shall be located at a height above deck
sufficient to prevent inadvertent downflooding if the vessel is heeled (see MIN
698).

1.2.4 Back-up batteries that power active ventilators during emergency conditions must
not be stored within the area(s) that they ventilate.

1.3 Ventilation of Battery Boxes and Rooms

1.3.1 Batteries located in a battery box may be ventilated by either:

.1 passive ventilation, where battery off-gas would not produce an

explosive atmosphere; or

.2 active ventilation;

1.3.2 Batteries located in a battery room shall be ventilated by active ventilation.

1.3.3 The required number of air changes per hour for a battery box or battery room
shall be calculated using:

𝐴𝑖𝑟 𝑐ℎ𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒𝑠 𝑝𝑒𝑟 ℎ𝑜𝑢𝑟 = 𝛼60/𝛽𝛾

Where:

α = airflow per minute (m3)

β = total area of the battery box or battery space

γ = height of the ceiling in the battery box or battery space

A battery box or battery room shall not have less than 6 air changes per hour.

1.3.4 If a fire is detected ventilators shall stop automatically, except in the presence of
an explosive atmosphere. Ventilators shall be able to continue operating safely in
the presence of an explosive atmosphere.

1.3.5 For active ventilation, air inlet(s) and an exhaust outlet(s) shall be positioned to
ensure effective distribution of air through the space.

250
1.3.6 Where the required ventilation or battery storage location cannot be met due to
being impracticable or unsafe, alternative arrangements providing an equivalent
level of safety may be considered on a case-by-case basis by the Administration.

251
2 Battery-Electric Propulsion
The purpose of this section of this Annex is to provide requirements and standards for the
operation, monitoring, charging, and replacement of lithium-ion batteries or lead-acid batteries
used as a source of power for propulsion, and requirements for battery management, power
management and cooling systems which manage and stabilise battery conditions.

2.1 Approval of Battery-Electric Propulsion Systems

2.1.1 The design and installation of the propulsion system and batteries shall be
suitable for marine use with due consideration of humidity, temperature,
degradation due to a saltwater environment and vibration. (See MIN 698).

2.2 Testing and Assessment of Batteries and Associated Systems

2.2.1 For newbuilds a risk assessment shall be carried out by the vessel manufacturer.

For retrofitted vessels a risk assessment shall be carried out by the vessel
owner/operator.

The risk assessment shall be submitted to the Certifying Authority for

consideration, and shall be submitted by the Certifying Authority to the
Administration for approval. The risk assessment shall, at a minimum, assess all
risks associated with the following components and systems:

.1 batteries;

.2 battery management system;

.3 battery box or battery room;

.4 spaces surrounding battery boxes or adjoining battery rooms;

.5 charging system;

.6 fuses and cables;

.7 switchgear

.8 alarms and shutdowns;

.9 required sensors and detectors (see section 3.2 of this Annex);

.10 fire suppression system;

.11 passive or active ventilation;

.12 fire extinguishers (if appropriate);

.13 cooling system (if installed);

.14 hybrid power management system (if installed);

252
 .15 interfaces with other vessel systems; and

.16 any sensors, detectors, safety measures or other equipment installed in

excess of the requirements of the Code.

The risk assessment shall consider the components of the batteries and connected
systems both individually and as an entire operating unit, and shall be carried out
either as part of, or in addition to, the risk assessment required in section 3.14 of
the Code.

2.2.2 Batteries intended to power a vessel’s internal combustion engine or motor shall
comply with a standard recognised in MIN 698.

2.2.3 Batteries intended to be used as a source of power for propulsion shall be tested
at cell, module and system levels. The Administration must be satisfied that the
batteries meets a standard recognised in MIN 698.

2.2.4 Batteries are permitted to be used as emergency batteries or engine start batteries.

2.2.5 An intention to test batteries shall be notified to the Certifying Authority and
Administration with reasonable notice, and the Certifying Authority may require
that a surveyor witness the battery tests.

2.2.6 The Administration may appoint an MCA surveyor, or other designated person,
to witness battery tests.

2.3 General Requirements

2.3.1 A battery-electric powered vessel shall have sufficient charged capacity for its
intended area category of operation. A battery-hybrid powered vessel shall be
provided with a combination of sufficient charged capacity and fuel for its intended
area of operation.

2.3.2 The components of batteries, connected systems and installations shall be

designed to protect the vessel, other equipment and any persons on board against
electrical hazards, and shall be suitable for marine use.

2.3.3 Fuses, cables and circuit breakers shall comply with a standard recognised in MIN
698.

2.3.4 Vessel owner/operators shall keep a copy (whether a hard-copy or electronic) of

the battery manufacturer’s instructions for use. Where it is not practicable to keep
the instructions on board, it may be retained on shore.

2.3.5 Batteries and its connections shall have ingress protection with a minimum IP44
rating which is appropriate to the risks associated with the:

.1 location in which the batteries are installed; and

.2 risk of ingress.

253
2.3.6 The following information shall be clearly detailed in the operating manual, and
shall be available at the control position(s). Internationally recognised signage
shall be used where appropriate (see also Appendix 6 of the Code):

.1 battery cell chemistry;

.2 fire suppression system requirements and method of operation;

.3 maximum charging and discharging characteristics;

.4 safe upper and lower ambient temperature;

.5 what protective device(s) and/or safety feature(s) are installed, if applicable;

and

.6 battery manufacturer’s name.

2.3.7 Means shall be provided to isolate the batteries from outside, or remotely to, the
battery box or battery room.

2.3.8 Lead-acid batteries shall comply with the requirements of Sections 9.3.1.2,
9.3.1.5 and 9.3.2 of the Code.

2.4 Installation of batteries and electrical equipment

2.4.1 Battery boxes and battery rooms shall be located away from high risk factors
including, but not limited to, critical components, fuel tanks, fire hazards, escape
routes and life-saving apparatus, and shall not be located in front of a collision
bulkhead. Where, due to the size of the vessel, this is not practicable alternative
arrangements providing an equivalent level of safety may be considered on a case-
by-case basis subject to the approval of the Administration.

2.4.2 Batteries approved by the battery manufacturer to be safely co-located with other
equipment within a battery box or battery room may be co-located with the
following:

.1 critical equipment;

.2 fuel tanks;

.3 fire hazards; and

.4 electrical equipment

subject to completion of a risk assessment carried out by the vessel

owner/operator and submitted via the Certifying Authority to the
Administration for consideration and approval.

2.4.3 Batteries and the BMS shall be located in a position not likely to flood during normal
operation, or in the event of minor damage (see section 9.3.2.1 of the Code).

254
2.4.4 Batteries shall be secured firmly (such as within mounting frames) to avoid
movement either during normal conditions, or when the vessel is subjected to
sudden acceleration, deceleration, or a large angle of heel or trim.

2.4.5 Batteries shall be positioned and secured to minimise exposure to mechanical

damage, slamming accelerations or excessive vibration.

2.4.6 Battery casing shall be composed of flame-retardant and moisture resistant

materials.

2.4.7 Batteries and the BMS shall:

.1 be fully compatible with the electromagnetic emissions they will be exposed

to during a vessel’s anticipated range of operating conditions; and

.2 not produce electromagnetic emissions that will affect the operation of all
other equipment on board the vessel.

2.4.8 Batteries shall be positioned so that all parts requiring inspection or replacement
whilst in service can be safely accessed.

2.4.9 Batteries shall be protected against overheating even when disconnected from a
power source or isolated.

2.4.10 Means shall be provided to fully isolate a battery, and to electrically isolate a battery
at the pack level for maintenance, or to address a fault, with means to lock the
system off or otherwise ensure that it cannot be reactivated during maintenance.

2.4.11 Outgoing circuits from batteries shall have switchgear or equivalent means to
electrically isolate the circuits.

2.4.12 An emergency power-off circuit shall be installed to allow isolation and remote
stopping of batteries from outside, or remotely to, the battery box or battery
room.

2.4.13 Batteries and connected systems shall be designed to remain in a safe state in
event of exposure to seawater.

2.4.14 All electrical equipment associated with batteries and connected systems shall
(see Section 9 of the Code):

.1 operate in all expected operating conditions;

.2 be watertight;

.3 minimise the risk of initiating fire or explosion;

.4 enable maintenance and repair; and

.5 be appropriately protected against humidity, temperature, and degradation

due to seawater and vibration.

255
2.4.15 Equipment and spares used for maintenance of batteries, connected systems and
electrical equipment shall be manufacturer approved and to the satisfaction of the
Certifying Authority.

2.5 Battery Replacement

2.5.1 A battery module or system shall be replaced where:

.1 it can no longer function safely;

.2 it has reached an end-of-life state; or

.3 the battery’s state of health (SOH) or C-rate capability has declined below
the minimum level needed to deliver the required vessel performance.

2.5.2 Where batteries used as a source of power for propulsion are replaced they must
be of an equivalent type, and shall be fully compatible with all on-board systems.
New and old batteries must not be connected in parallel.

2.5.3 Where batteries used as a source of power for propulsion are replaced with a type
which is not equivalent it must be treated as a new installation, and a survey shall
be carried out to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority (see 3.14.2 of the
Code).

2.5.4 Vessel owners/operators shall comply with the requirements for end-of -life
disassembly and recycling of lithium-ion batteries as set out in MGN 550, as
amended.

2.6 Battery Boxes and Battery Rooms

2.6.1 Batteries used as a source of power for propulsion, as part of a battery-electric

or battery-hybrid system shall be located in battery boxes or battery rooms as
set out in section 1.3.1 of this Annex.

2.6.2 Ventilation requirements for battery boxes and battery rooms are detailed in
section 1.3 of this Annex.

2.6.3 Electrical equipment shall, as far as practicable, be located in non-hazardous

areas. Only electrical equipment required either for operational reasons, or for
lighting within the space itself may be installed within battery boxes, battery
rooms or ventilation exhaust ducts, and shall not contribute any additional overall
fire risk (see MIN 698). Such equipment shall be Ex-rated and IIC atmosphere
certified.

2.6.4 Where size allows, electrical equipment shall not be located within 1.5 m of battery
box or battery room ventilation outlets.

2.6.5 Batteries which meet the safe co-location requirements of section 2.4.2 of this
Annex are not required to meet the requirements of section 2.6.3 of this Annex.

256
2.6.6 Light fittings in a battery box or battery room shall be appropriately protected
(e.g. by glass) to reduce the risk of sparking. Light fittings shall be isolated if the
protection fails.

2.6.7 Openings to battery boxes or battery rooms where exhaust gas build-up is a risk
shall be gas-tight. Openings shall not be located next to spaces containing
combustible or flammable materials.

2.6.8 Battery boxes and battery rooms shall be kept clean and clear of oily waste.

2.6.9 The ambient temperature of a battery box or battery room shall be monitored by
the Battery Management System, Energy Management System and Power
Management System, as appropriate, to allow management of the battery
system. The ambient temperature of a battery box or battery room shall be
displayed at the control position(s).

2.6.10 A walk-in battery room shall meet the means of escape requirements set out in
Section 15.7 of the Code.

2.6.11 Battery boxes and battery rooms shall not form a means of access to any other
compartment, or form part of an escape route.

2.6.12 Where battery modules or systems are contained within gastight containers, a
safety pressure relief valve or weak point must be included within the container
design. A pressure relief valve or weak point shall vent to open air.

2.7 Signage and Training

2.7.1 Safety warning signs shall be displayed outside battery boxes and battery rooms
detailing that:

.1 appropriate precautions are to be taken when opening or entering this

space;

.2 naked lights, smoking and sources of ignition are not permitted within or
outside the entrance of a battery box or battery room or ventilation
discharge points; and

.3 no unauthorised personnel are permitted to enter or open battery boxes

or battery rooms.

2.7.2 Batteries, high voltage equipment, battery systems and compartments shall be
adequately labelled using internationally recognised symbols, where available.

2.7.3 A record of the battery, Battery Management System, Power Management

System and Energy Management System specifications for operation (e.g.
maximum temperature or discharge rates) shall be stored in a known accessible
location.

2.7.4 The following documents shall be stored at the control position(s):

257
 .1 a manual detailing standard operating, maintenance and emergency
procedures for the batteries and connected systems; and

.2 a management plan for the lifetime of the batteries (including disposal).

2.7.5 There shall be at least one person on board the vessel who is trained in the range
of alarms produced by the battery, Battery Management System and Power
Management System/Energy Management System, the meaning of the alarms
and any required action(s). For Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels this
person(s) shall be in the Remote Operation Centre.

2.7.6 All crew on board a vessel, and all Remote Operators at a Remote Operation
Centre shall be trained in the vessel’s emergency procedures relating to batteries,
the Battery Management System, Power Management System/Energy
Management System.

2.8 Starting and Stopping of Propulsion Systems

2.8.1 Where the sole means of starting the propulsion system is by batteries there
shall be a spare battery to provide back-up power for starting of the propulsion
system. Charging facilities for the spare battery shall be available.

2.8.2 The vessel owner/operator shall have a contingency plan in place which details
actions to be taken if the designated back-up power source fails.

2.9 Battery and Power Management Systems

2.9.1 All vessels which use batteries as a source of power for propulsion shall have a
Battery Management System and a Power Management System and Energy
Management System installed, details of which shall be submitted via the
Certifying Authority to the Administration for consideration and approval. If a
Battery Management System is replaced, or has its programming significantly
altered, details of the replacement or reprogramming shall be submitted via the
Certifying Authority to the Administration for reconsideration and approval.

2.9.2 A Battery Management System shall be required to detect, monitor, respond and
produce alarms to, at a minimum, the following operational conditions:

.1 voltage (at cell, module and system level);

.2 temperature (at cell, module and system level); and

.3 current (at string level).

2.9.3 A Battery Management System shall, at a minimum, calculate, transmit and

display the following at key locations (including the control position(s)):

.1 State of Charge (SOC); and

.2 State of Health (SOH) estimate.

258
2.9.4 An alarm shall be produced at the control position(s) if any of the following
occurs:

.1 loss of communication between the Battery Management System and

Energy Management System or Power Management System;

.2 Battery Management System failure;

.3 the cooling system (if installed) develops a fault or fails;

.4 the Battery Management System has disconnected a battery pack(s);

.5 the Battery Management System operates a battery in a derated

condition;

.6 low remaining battery charge;

.7 ambient temperature in the battery box or battery room exceeds a

specified level, which shall not exceed the peak operating temperature as
specified by the battery manufacturer;

.8 a build-up of explosive gases are detected (as per the requirements of

Section 3.2.2 of this Annex).

2.9.5 A Battery Management System shall record atypical event data and diagnostic
information and shall report the occurrence of such an event to the control
position(s).

2.9.6 A Battery Management System shall be tested and inspected as per the
manufacturer’s requirements. The Battery Management System manufacturer
must supply testing and inspection requirements for annual maintenance.

2.9.7 A Battery Management System, including all its components, shall be protected
against impact or falling objects.

2.9.8 A Battery Management System or Power Management System shall provide

an indication at the control position(s) when servicing of the batteries, ventilation,
fire suppression and connected systems is due.

2.9.9 A Battery Management System shall maintain balancing of cell voltage at

module and system levels.

2.9.10 Where a Battery Management System acts to isolate a battery string(s) or

module(s) this shall be communicated with the Energy Management System or
Power Management System to ensure that:

.1 the battery system is not overloaded; and

.2 the correct remaining range is displayed at the control position(s).

2.9.11 It is strongly recommended that a Battery Management System or Power

Management System shall log battery usage history, warnings and faults.

259
2.9.12 A Battery Management System shall have a backup source of power.

2.9.13 For battery-hybrid propulsion systems the Power Management System shall
balance both the diesel and battery power sources to ensure system stability and
effective load-sharing.

2.10 Charging of Lithium-ion Batteries and Lead-Acid Batteries

2.10.1 A vessel with a battery-electric propulsion system shall charge its batteries:

.1 using shore charging;

.2 from a mother vessel; or

.3 from a platform-based facility.

2.10.2 A vessel with a battery-hybrid propulsion system shall charge its batteries by:

.1 shore charging; and/or

.2 charging from a mother vessel; and/or

.3 charging from a platform-based facility; and/or

.4 a self-charging battery-hybrid propulsion system.

2.10.3 A vessel is not permitted to be charged by another vessel, except where a tender
is charged by a mother vessel (see Section 24 of the Code).

2.10.4 Charging cables and associated equipment for charging of batteries used for
propulsion shall either:

.1 be carried on board the vessel being charged; and/or

.2 be provided by the shore charging facilities, mother vessel or platform-

based facility.

2.10.5 Batteries shall be charged in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

2.10.6 Battery charging systems shall have overcurrent and overcharge protection, and
must constantly communicate with, and remain within set limits defined by the
Battery Management System.

2.11 Shore Charging

2.11.1 A vessel which uses batteries as a source of power for propulsion and can be
charged by an on-shore mains power source, shall have a sufficient number of
electric charging points installed on the vessel.

2.11.2 Electric charging points shall be:

260
 .1 located at a height above deck sufficient to prevent inadvertent
downflooding if the vessel is heeled;

.2 sealed with a watertight cap when not in use; and

.3 constructed of non-sparking materials.

2.11.3 A vessel with a battery-hybrid propulsion system shall not have an electric
charging point located adjacent to a ventilation or exhaust vent.

2.11.4 The charging system shall be included within the high voltage interlock loop.
Any break of the loop shall stop charging and isolate the charger from the battery
terminals.

2.11.5 A vessel shall, at a minimum, have the following installed to monitor charging from
an on-shore mains power source:

.1 voltmeter; and

.2 current meter.

2.12 Vessels with a Self-Charging Battery-Hybrid Propulsion System

2.12.1 Vessels with a self-charging battery-hybrid propulsion system shall be

designed to safely charge the batteries whilst operating in a diesel mode of
propulsion. This shall be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Certifying
Authority.

2.13 Cooling Systems

2.13.1 Batteries shall be cooled by either:

.1 passive or active ventilation of the battery box or battery room (see

section 1.3.1 of this Annex); or

.2 direct cooling (such as liquid cooling) from a dedicated battery cooling

system.

2.13.2 Battery cooling systems shall be able to maintain battery cells within their required
operational temperature range, including during fault events where cell
temperature spikes but remains within operational limits.

2.13.3 Auditory and visual alarms shall be activated at the control position(s) if the
cooling system fails or develops a fault, including where the following are detected:

.1 high coolant temperature; or

.2 reduced coolant flow.

261
3 Fire Safety and Appliances
The purpose of this section is to provide a level of fire safety for vessels, which is designed to
extinguish minor battery fires, prevent minor battery fires from becoming major fires, and in the
event of a major battery fire permit enough time for the evacuation of the vessel. Where a minor
battery fire has occurred, this section provides structural integrity requirements of battery boxes
and battery rooms to enable the vessel to remain habitable.

3.1 Construction Standards for Battery Boxes and Battery Rooms

3.1.1 Batteries shall, in accordance with the battery manufacturer’s recommendations,

be located within either a:

.1 battery box; or

.2 dedicated battery room with A0 fire integrity.

3.1.2 A risk assessment shall be carried out as per the requirements of section 2.2.1 of
this Annex.

3.1.3 Any penetrations through battery box or battery room insulation shall be of an
equal fire rating to the insulation it passes through.

3.1.4 If a risk of static in the battery box or battery room is identified, and cannot be
suitably mitigated, the walls of the box or room shall be painted with anti-static
paint.

3.2 Battery Fault and Fire Detection

3.2.1 Battery rooms, battery boxes or spaces containing a battery box shall be fitted
with suitable detectors in relation to the:

.1 battery size;

.2 battery power;

.3 cooling system;

.4 fixed fire extinguishing system; and, where installed

.5 mechanical ventilation system.

These shall include smoke, heat and flame detectors, and these shall activate
auditory and visual alarms in the affected space and at the control position(s).

3.2.2 For lithium-ion batteries, where it is determined from the risk assessment in
Section 2.2.1 of this Annex that accumulation of explosive gases up to the Lower
Explosive Limit (LEL) is possible, gas detector(s) able to detect explosive gases
likely to be produced by the battery’s specific chemistry, or type, shall be fitted in
battery boxes and battery rooms. If the concentration of explosive gas in the
battery box or battery room reaches 60% of the LEL the battery shall be

262
 automatically disconnected, all electrical circuits in the space shall be de-
energised, and auditory and visual alarms shall be emitted in the affected space
and at the control position(s).

For lead-acid batteries, where it is determined from the risk assessment in

Section 2.2.1 of this Annex that accumulation of explosive gases up to the LEL is
possible, gas detector(s) able to detect explosive gases likely to be produced by
the battery’s specific chemistry, or type, shall be fitted in battery boxes and
battery rooms. If the concentration of explosive gas in the battery box or battery
room reaches 60% of the LEL auditory and visual alarms shall be emitted in the
affected space and at the control position(s).

3.2.3 Gas detectors in battery boxes and battery rooms shall be located where gas
may accumulate and in the ventilation outlets. A gas dispersal analysis or physical
smoke test may be used to identify the most suitable locations for gas detectors.

3.2.4 Toxic gas detectors in battery room(s) large enough to be entered shall have gas
detectors positioned at breathing height.

3.2.5 It is the responsibility of the vessel owner/operator to ensure that crew are
protected from toxic gases. The vessel owner/operator shall develop a risk
assessment (see Appendix 8 – Section 3 of the Code) which informs the
development of safe systems of work.

3.3 Battery Fires

3.3.1 Hand fire pumps and fire buckets shall not be used to extinguish battery fires.

3.3.2 Fire extinguishing medium(s) shall be able to penetrate the casing of batteries to
extinguish a potential fire.

3.4 Fixed Fire Suppression Systems

3.4.1 All vessels shall have a fixed fire suppression system installed for battery boxes
and battery rooms in accordance with the battery manufacturer’s requirements
and shall be designed in consideration of the potential size and specification of the
installed batteries.120

3.4.2 A fixed fire suppression system shall be of an approved type appropriate to the
battery box or battery room, and shall be able to prevent heat propagation at
battery pack level. For further requirements see sections 16.4.2.2 to 16.4.2.5 of
the Code. The fixed fire suppression system shall be tested to the satisfaction of
the Administration.

3.4.4 A powered fixed fire suppression system shall be powered by both main and
emergency power. The emergency power source shall not be located in the
space(s) it serves.

120
Recommended fixed fire suppression system media are high pressure water mist, sprinklers and foam.

263
3.4.5 A fixed fire suppression system shall meet the manufacturer’s installation and
maintenance requirements and shall be serviced at minimum on an annual interval
or as per manufacturer’s recommendations, whichever is more frequent.

3.4.6 Control and power, where appropriate, for a fixed fire suppression system shall be
located outside of the battery box or battery room.

3.4.7 Where practicable, due to the design of the fire suppression system, visual and
audio alarms shall be activated in the affected space and at the control
position(s) prior to release of suppression material.

3.4.8 During a thermal runaway event active ventilation, where installed, shall continue
operating if an explosive atmosphere is present.

3.5 Portable Fire Extinguishers

3.5.1 Portable fire extinguishers may only be used as an alternative if installation of a

fixed fire suppression system would constitute a safety risk. Any portable fire
extinguishers intended for use in battery boxes or battery rooms shall be suitable
for such purposes, and provide an equivalent level of safety to the satisfaction of
the Administration.

3.5.2 A minimum of two portable fire extinguishers with a minimum fire rating of 34B (in
addition to the requirements of Section 16 of the Code) shall be readily accessible
for the battery box or battery room. Vessel owners/operators shall follow the
battery manufacturer’s requirements regarding the types of portable fire
extinguishers permitted to be used in battery boxes and battery rooms.

3.5.3 Fire ports designed to allow discharge of hand-held extinguishers into a battery
box or battery room shall be of an equivalent structural standard to the battery
box or battery room. Any opening(s) shall only be used in an emergency and
shall be clearly labelled.

264
Annex 2

Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels

This Annex provides additional requirements to be complied with for a Remotely Operated
Unmanned Vessel of <24m Load Line Length operating as a workboat. Vessels intending
to operate as a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel must comply with both this Annex
and the main body of the Code.

1 Foreword
1.1 General Requirements

1.1.1 This Annex applies to Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels (ROUVs)

operating as workboats that operate to sea. It applies to such vessels that are
United Kingdom (UK) vessels wherever they may be, and to non-United
Kingdom vessels operating from UK ports whilst in UK waters.

1.1.2 Vessel owners/operators wishing to operate a vessel with a mode of

operation different to that of Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels may be
considered on a case-by-case basis by the Administration.

1.1.3 Vessel owners/operators wishing to operate a Remotely Operated

Unmanned Vessel which is not able to meet the requirements of this Annex
and Code may be considered on a case-by-case basis by the Administration
where the Administration is satisfied that compliance with the Code is either
impracticable or unreasonable in the case of that Remotely Operated
Unmanned Vessel. (See MIN 698).

1.1.4 This Annex does not apply to autonomous underwater vessels.

1.2 Sections of the Workboat Code disapplied for Remotely Operated

Unmanned Vessels

1.2.1 The following provisions of the Code do not apply to Remotely Operated
Unmanned Vessels:

.1 Section 12A.3.5 – Person Recovery Stability Test

.2 Section 14 – Life Saving Appliances (except for a specific exemption

detailed in Section 6.3.2 of this Annex)

.3 Section 16.1.2 – Fire Ports in Engine Boxes

.4 Section 16.2 – Protection of Accommodation Spaces

.5 Section 16.4.2 – Fire Pumps

.6 Section 16.5 – Fire Blanket

265
.7 Section 16.6 – Fire Buckets

.8 Section 17.4 – Portable VHF Radio

.9 Section 21 (including 21A and 21B) – Accommodation and

Recreational Facilities

.10 Section 22.4 – Industrial Personnel Requirements

.11 Section 23 – Medical Care

.12 Section 25.2 – Lifting Operations

.13 Section 25.3 – Vessels Fitted with Diver Lifts

.14 Section 26.1 – General

.15 Section 26.2 – Towing Arrangements

.16 Section 26.5 – Non-Self-Propelled Vessels

.17 Section 27 – Dedicated Pilot Boats and Workboats with a Pilot Boat
Endorsement

.18 Section 29 – Carriage and Transfer of Dangerous Goods

.19 Appendix 1 – Alternative Compliance Standards for Manned Rigid

Inflatable Boats and Open Boats Wishing to Operate Outside the
Hours of Daylight within Area Category 3 or 5

266
2 Application and Interpretation
The purpose of this section is to clearly summarise functional limitations and additional
requirements for workboats operating as a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel.

2.1 General Requirements

2.1.1 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall not:

.1 be fitted with a deck crane or other lifting device (see Section 2.1.3 of
this Annex);

.2 carry a spare portable petrol container;

.3 have an engine which can only be hand-started;

.4 have open flame appliances or gas installations;

.5 have liquid fuelled galley cookers or heating appliances installed;

.6 carry a fire bucket(s);

.7 be recognised as either a dedicated pilot boat or be a certified

workboat with a pilot boat endorsement;

.8 be fitted with a diver lift or be used as a diving platform;

.9 transfer passengers or industrial personnel;

.10 carry dangerous goods (see Section 2.1.4 of this Annex); or

.11 operate as a mother vessel (see section 24 of the Code).

2.1.2 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall not tow another vessel or
object.121 Where necessary, a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel may
be permitted by the Administration to undertake towing of survey equipment.
Applications for towing operations other than for survey equipment may be
considered on a case-by-case basis subject to the approval of the
Administration.122

2.1.3 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall not be permitted to be fitted

with a lifting device. Where necessary, a Remotely Operated Unmanned
Vessel may be permitted by the Administration to be fitted with a lifting
device(s) for the lifting of survey equipment. Applications for lifting operations
other than for survey equipment may be considered on a case-by-case basis
subject to the approval of the Administration.

2.1.4 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall not be permitted to carry

dangerous goods. Where necessary, a Remotely Operated Unmanned

121
A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel is permitted to be the towed vessel.
122
See MGN 664 (M+F) Amendment 1: Certification process for vessels using innovative technology,
as amended.

267
 Vessel may be permitted by the Administration to carry the following
dangerous goods exclusively for the use of the vessel:

.1 Class 3 – paint or paint related material; and

.2 Class 2 – aerosols (for lubricants).

2.2 Official Log Books, Working Logs and Voyage Data Recording

2.2.1 All Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels of 25 GT or more shall have an

Official Log Book which is completed and kept at the control position.

2.2.2 All Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels shall have a working log or
equivalent which is completed and kept at the control position. Information
recorded within a working log or equivalent shall include:

.1 completion of pre-departure checks;

.2 course (including compass error);

.3 weather (including wind, swell and visibility);

.4 speed in knots;

.5 overboard discharges (if applicable);

.6 weight of cargo;

.7 duration, time and location of any signal loss, or circumstances where

contact could not be re-established with the Remotely Operated
Unmanned Vessel;

.8 loss of steering, including duration of any steering loss;

.9 occurrence of engineering, navigational or safety alarms;

.10 impairment of situational awareness (e.g. failed camera or sensor);

.11 activation of bilge pumps;

.12 completed maintenance activities;

.13 a record of test results for critical systems;

.14 a record of all accidents involving the Remotely Operated Unmanned

Vessel;

.15 a record of any near misses. Supporting information to prove that any
departure from the COLREGs was necessary to avoid immediate
danger shall also be recorded. All near-misses shall be reported;

.16 handover information (including watchkeeper’s initials and handover

time);

.17 a record of the Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel’s designated

Master;

268
 .18 record the change of command; and

.19 a record of when a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel’s control

is switched between Remote Operation Centres, or if the vessel
transitions to or from manned operations.

2.2.3 The following vessel data parameters, at a minimum, shall be recorded both on
board the Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel and at the Remote
Operation Centre:

.1 date and time;

.2 vessel position;

.3 vessel speed;

.4 vessel heading;

.5 which Remote Operation Centre is in control of the vessel;

.6 vessel audio (noise from onboard and in surrounding waters, as

appropriate)

.7 Remote Operation Centre audio;

.8 camera and sensor outputs;

.9 visual recording of Remote Operation Centre and workstations;

.10 audio communications;

.11 radar data;

.12 ECDIS data;

.13 echo sounder data;

.14 alarms;

.15 rudder order and response;

.16 propulsion and thruster order and response;

.17 opening of any hatches or doors;

.18 deployment and recovery of payload equipment;

.19 acceleration;

.20 hull stresses;

.21 wind speed and direction;

.22 rolling motion;

.23 AIS;

269
 .24 commands sent to a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel.

All data shall be retained for a minimum of 30 days.

2.2.4 The owner/operator of a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall have

defined procedures for securing of onboard and onshore data following an
accident or incident.

2.2.5 Where the data format used on board a Remotely Operated Unmanned
Vessel or at a Remote Operation Centre is individual to the manufacturer of
the vessel or equipment used a conversion tool to convert data to Commercial
Off The Shelf (COTS) formats shall be made available to the relevant
investigating authority. Replay software shall be supplied license free to the
relevant investigating authority.

2.3 Safety of Operations

2.3.1 The vessel owner/operator shall produce and maintain a list of critical
equipment.

2.3.2 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall have redundancies installed

for critical equipment.

2.3.3 The vessel owner/operator’s contact details shall be clearly displayed on the
exterior of a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel.

270
3 Bilge Pumping, Fire Appliances and Alarms
The purpose of this section is to provide a level of safety against the risks of fire or build-up of
bilge water.

3.1 Bilge Pumps

3.1.1 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel is not required to comply with

Section 11.1.5 of the Code.

All bilge pumps on a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall be power

driven and automatic starting, and all alarms shall be audibly and visually
displayed and audible at the control position(s).

3.1.2 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall either have:

.1 oily water separators fitted to bilge pumps; or

.2 oil sensors fitted to bilge pumps

located in all spaces where oil or fuel may be present.

Where oil is detected by an oil sensor, pumping of bilge water shall

automatically stop and a visual and audible alarm shall be displayed and
audible at the control position(s).

3.2 Fire Containment

3.2.1 Critical equipment of a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel, as per

Section 2.3.1 of this Annex, shall be compartmentalised to aid in fire
containment, except where this is impracticable due to the size of the vessel.

3.2.2 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel is not required to meet the

requirements of Section 15.1.1.4 of the Code.

The following shall automatically stop in the event of a fire:

.1 fans within machinery space(s);

.2 fans feeding machinery space(s);

.3 pumps transferring fuel or oil;

.4 centrifuges; and

.5 any other equipment in areas identified to increase risk of fire acceleration.

3.3 Fixed Fire Extinguishing Systems

3.3.1 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall have a fixed fire extinguishing
system installed that meets the following requirements:

.1 an approved type appropriate to the space to be protected;

.2 of appropriate volume; and

271
 .3 shall be installed and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s
requirements (see Section 16.4 of the Code).

An alternative arrangement which has an equivalent standard of safety may be

considered on a case-by-case basis to the satisfaction of the Administration.

3.3.2 A fixed fire extinguishing system shall be self-activating.

3.3.3 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall either have a delay, or an

ability to manually switch off the system, and all alarms from the fixed fire
extinguishing system shall provide an on board audible and visual warning.

3.3.4 All alarms from the fixed fire extinguishing system shall be: visually displayed
and audible at the control position(s).

3.3.5 Where the fixed fire extinguishing system has been activated an audible and
visual alarm shall be activated on board the Remotely Operated Unmanned
Vessel.

3.3.6 A fixed fire extinguishing system shall be designed and installed to extinguish
fires, and to prevent a fire from spreading to other areas.

3.3.7 In event of a fire, a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall either:

.1 remain responsive to commands from the Remote Operation Centre;

or

.2 automatically enter a defined safe state.

3.3.8 Where size allows, critical equipment shall be protected from areas identified
as being of high risk from fire.

3.3.9 Emergency power and back-up critical equipment shall be located separately
from main systems, located above the damage waterline and shall be protected
from fire.

3.3.10 Cameras and sensors shall be installed within engine, machinery and battery
spaces to provide adequate situational awareness during emergency
situations such as a fire, except where the installation of cameras and sensors
is impracticable due to the size of the vessel. Outputs from cameras and
sensors shall be displayed at the control position(s).

3.3.11 All fuel shut-offs and ventilation closures shall be self-activating or automatic.

3.4 Alarms and Alerts

3.4.1 All navigational and engineering alerts shall be visually displayed and audible
at the control position(s) in a timely manner and shall be classed
appropriately as:

.1 emergency alarms;

.2 alarms;

.3 warnings; or

272
 .4 cautions123 (see MIN 698).

3.4.2 Sufficient alerts, monitoring, diagnostic tools and controls shall be available in
the Remote Operation Centre to aid identification and resolution of
engineering faults, failures or unexpected events.

3.4.3 Alarms and warnings for anchoring or dynamic positioning systems shall be
audibly and visually displayed and audible at the control position(s).

123
MSC.302(87) Adoption of performance standards for bridge alert management.

273
4 Connectivity, Pre-Departure Checks and Responding to
Distress
The purpose of this section is to set carriage requirements for radiocommunications and
vessel locating appliances, including installation, operation, testing and maintenance specific
for workboats operating as Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels.

4.1 Pre-Departure Checks

4.1.1 Pre-departure checks including the following shall be carried out for a
Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel prior to each voyage:

.1 propulsion and steering;

.2 fuel and power;

.3 communications;

.4 command-and-control-link;

.5 navigational lights, shapes and sounds;

.6 situational awareness; and

.7 system(s) to put the Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel into a

safe state.

4.1.2 The weathertight integrity of a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel,

including doorways, hatchways, accessways, windows and port lights as
appropriate, shall be secured prior to departure for the duration of the voyage.

4.2 Connectivity between a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel and

Remote Operation Centre

4.2.1 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall meet the carriage

requirements for radiocommunication equipment set out in Section 17 of the
Code. All radiocommunication information shall be displayed and audible at the
Remote Operation Centre via a reliable communications link.

4.2.2 A continuous radio watch shall be carried out in the vicinity of the Remotely
Operated Unmanned Vessel (as per the requirements of Section 17.8 of the
Code) by replicating radiocommunication signals at the Remote Operation
Centre.

4.2.3 The communications link shall enable the Remote Operation Centre
operator(s) to use the radiocommunications equipment on-board the Remotely
Operated Unmanned Vessel for both incoming and outgoing communications
in a timely manner in the following directions:

.1 ship-to-shore;

.2 shore-to-ship;

.3 ship-to-ship; and

274
 .4 ship-to-ROC-to-ship.

4.2.4 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel must have a secondary

communications system which can be used if the primary communication
system fails. This secondary communications system shall be available and be
able to enable vessel locating information and basic vessel functionality
including, at a minimum, the ability to:

.1 command the vessel to enter a safe state;

.2 activate not-under-command lights; and

.3 receive and respond to critical alarms.

4.2.5 Where, due to the size of the vessel, it is impracticable to fit a secondary
command-and-control link system, a vessel with only a primary command-
and-control link system may be considered on a case-by-case basis where
the Administration is satisfied that compliance with such provision is either
impracticable or unreasonable in the case of that Remotely Operated
Unmanned Vessel.

4.3 Responding to Distress

4.3.1 Remote Operation Centre operators shall be able, where applicable, to relay
distress call information to the Coastguard.

4.3.2 All Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels are required to comply with the
Merchant Shipping (Safety of Navigation) Regulations 2020.

4.3.3 A radio system shall include a speaker system to allow Remote Operation
Centre operators to provide auditory updates to persons in distress.

4.3.4 All Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels shall have lighting, cameras or
sensors to assist, as far as is practicable, in the locating of persons in distress.

4.3.5 An owner/operator of a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel may

voluntarily carry other life-saving appliances to provide support in response to
a distress call (for example flotation devices or liferafts which can be remotely
launched) appropriate to the size and/or stability of the vessel. All life-saving
appliances carried shall meet the requirements of Section 14 of the Code and
be ready for use at all times.

275
5 Navigational and Anchoring Equipment
The purpose of this section is to provide means of safe navigation and anchoring of Remotely
Operated Unmanned Vessels.

5.1 Vessel Headings and Bearings

5.1.1 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall be fitted with means of

determining the vessel’s heading and correcting headings and bearings to true;
and this shall be displayed at the control position(s) at all times.

5.1.2 A back-up power supply to the equipment in Section 5.1.1 of this Annex shall
be available in the event of failure of the main electrical power supply.

5.2 Sensors and Cameras

5.2.1 Sensors (e.g. radar, AIS, microphone, vibration) and cameras (e.g. normal,
low-light, infrared) shall be installed to provide horizontal and vertical arcs of
visibility to meet requirements for watchkeeping and all operational activities to
the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority (see Section 7.4.1 of this Annex,
MIN 698 and see Section 10.1.2 of the Code) and watchkeeping requirements
shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

5.2.2 The provision of a proper lookout is required by the International Regulations

for the Prevention of Collisions at Sea.

5.2.3 All Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels shall have an AIS transceiver
installed. The AIS transceiver shall be operable from the Remote Operation
Centre.

5.2.4 It shall be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority that

sensors and cameras installed on a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel
are able to work effectively either separately, or in conjunction with each other,
without causing interference. All systems and equipment installed on board a
Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall be designed to not affect the
functioning of sensors and cameras.

5.2.5 Sensors and cameras shall be located in a position not likely to be damaged,
obstructed, or have their situational awareness compromised by flooding or
other environmental conditions (e.g. weather or bird fouling) during normal
operations.

5.2.6 Sensors and cameras shall be suitable for marine use, be designed to operate
in all anticipated conditions and situations, and shall be demonstrated to the
satisfaction of the Certifying Authority.

5.3 Watchkeeping Visibility

5.3.1 Camera and sensor visibility shall not be restricted by any cargo or payload
when in the secured stowed position.

5.3.2 A Remote Operator shall carry out duties at the control position(s) as both
look-out and helmsperson and shall have:

.1 unobstructed all-round vision;

276
 .2 no impairment of night-vision; and

.3 no other impediments to keeping a proper look-out.

5.4 Signalling and Searchlight

5.4.1 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall be equipped with a remotely

operable waterproof electric lamp suitable for signalling which can be operated
from the Remote Operation Centre.

5.4.2 A Remote Operator shall be provided with suitable sensors and camera
outputs to be able to interpret signals from other water users.

5.4.3 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel operating in Area Category of

Operation 0, 1, 2, 3, or 5 shall be equipped with a searchlight which can be
operated from the Remote Operation Centre. The searchlight may be the
lamp required in Section 5.4.1.

5.5 Anchors and Dynamic Positioning

5.5.1 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall meet one of the following
requirements:

.1 carriage of suitable anchors and cables (as set out in Section 20 of the
Code). Remote deployment of the anchor(s) shall be demonstrated to
the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority;

.2 installation of a dynamic positioning system which is able to accurately

maintain a vessel’s position (see MIN 698). The dynamic positioning
system shall be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Certifying
Authority. In this Annex, dynamic positioning shall mean a system
which, at a minimum, can implement station keeping or position holding;

.3 carriage of a sea anchor drogue. Remote deployment of the sea anchor

drogue shall be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Certifying
Authority; or

.4 anchoring systems other than anchors or dynamic positioning systems

may be accepted on a case-by-case basis subject to the approval of the
Administration.

5.5.2 A dynamic position system shall be able to achieve and maintain position in all
anticipated weather and operational conditions.

5.5.3 A plan detailing contingency measures if anchoring or dynamic positioning fails

shall be kept at the control position(s).

5.6 Tow Line

5.6.1 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel may carry a tow line to allow it to
be towed by another vessel. Where a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel
carries a towline it shall meet the requirements of Table 26.2.1 of the Code.

277
6 Personnel Health, Safety and Medical Care
The purpose of this section is to set out the medical care facilities and health and safety
requirements for all personnel involved in the operation or maintenance of Remotely
Operated Unmanned Vessels.

6.1 Personnel Health and Safety

6.1.1 Operators located on board a manned vessel whilst operating a Remotely

Operated Unmanned Vessel are regulated under the Merchant Shipping and
Fishing Vessels (Health and Safety at Work) Regulations 1997.

6.1.2 All remote operations controlled by shore-based operators are regulated under
all relevant health and safety legislation.

6.1.3 Shore-based Remote Operators shall complete the same training and practice
vessel drills as required of crew by Section 14.11 of the Code. Records of
training shall be recorded in the Official Log Book and kept in the Remote
Operation Centre.

6.1.4 The following provisions for shore-based Remote Operators are regulated
under all relevant legislation, including legislation relevant to the following:

.1 minimum hours of rest;

.2 working time provisions;

.3 conditions of employment of young persons.

6.2 Performance Testing and Maintenance of Remotely Operated Unmanned

Vessels

6.2.1 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall be able to complete its entire
voyage (or legs between ports) without requiring routine maintenance. An
effective monitoring programme of critical equipment shall be implemented.

6.2.2 All maintenance personnel shall be appropriately trained in accordance with

the risks likely to be encountered when carrying out maintenance of Remotely
Operated Unmanned Vessels.

6.2.3 Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels must be maintained out of the water,
or whilst the vessel meets the requirements of Section 6.3.1 of this Annex while
the vessel is alongside in port.

6.2.4 Specific maintenance task(s) which cannot be completed whilst the vessel is
stationary may be permitted on a case-by-case basis to be completed whilst
the vessel is in motion where a support vessel is present, subject to approval
of the Administration.

6.3 Boarding of, and Safe Movement on, Remotely Operated Unmanned
Vessels

6.3.1 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel which meets the safety

requirements of Section 22.2 of the Code, has suitable buoyant stability to

278
 enable safe boarding, and has structures including guard rails, handrails and
non-slip surfaces may be maintained in the water and boarded:

.1 to carry out maintenance;

.2 to carry out an inspection;

.3 to download data;

.4 to prepare the vessel for a voyage; or

.5 in an emergency.

6.3.2 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel which meets the requirements of

section 6.3.1 of this Annex shall:

.1 have a manned override to prevent the vessel from being remotely

operated if persons are on board the vessel;

.2 be put into a safe state;

.3 have emergency escape provisions (see Section 15.7 of the Code);

.4 have an appropriate level of fire safety (see sections 15 and 16 of the

Code); and

.5 have appropriate life saving appliances (see Section 14 of the Code).

6.3.3 A vessel which does not meet the requirements of section 6.3.1 of this Annex:

.1 shall be maintained out of the water,

.2 shall have arrangements made for the recovery of the vessel without a
need for persons to board; and

.3 is only permitted to be boarded in an emergency (such as to prevent

risk to human life).

6.3.4 The vessel owner/operator is responsible for providing, where appropriate, a

safe means of access to and from a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel.

6.3.5 A risk assessment shall be carried out by the vessel owner/operator to assess
the health and safety of all persons requiring access to and from the Remotely
Operated Unmanned Vessel during the normal course of their responsibilities.

6.4 Medical Care

6.4.1 Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels are not required to carry medical
equipment.

6.4.2 Where a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel is boarded from another

vessel anywhere other than in port, a portable medical kit (meeting, at a
minimum, the requirements of Annex 3 of MSN 1905, as amended) shall be
made available at the point of boarding. Additional medical supplies may be
required to be carried depending on the specific risks associated with the
vessel and the intended activities of persons boarding the vessel.

279
6.4.3 Where maintenance of a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel is carried
out either alongside a berth or out of the water a shore-based medical kit shall
be available.

6.4.4 Medical care requirements for shore-based personnel shall be regulated under
all relevant health and safety legislation.

280
7 Remote Control of Remotely Operated Unmanned
Vessels
The purpose of this section is to detail the minimum requirements for the safe operation of a
Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel.

7.1 Manning Requirements

7.1.1 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall not carry any crew,
industrial personnel or passengers.

7.1.2 The manning requirements of a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall

be met by the personnel located within the Remote Operation Centre(s) (see
Section 7.2 of this Annex and Section 28 of the Code).

7.1.3 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel is exempted from the requirement

to physically carry at least one person qualified for distress and safety radio
communication.

A Remote Operation Centre shall be manned with at least one person

qualified for distress and safety radio communication per watch, who shall hold
a valid GMDSS Radio Operator’s Certificate issued by the relevant authority.

7.2 Manning of Remote Operation Centres

7.2.1 There shall be an appropriate number of personnel with appropriate experience

to be able to respond effectively during both normal operations (day and night-
time) and emergency situations and shall, at a minimum, include the following
roles:

.1 Remote Operator(s);

.2 a Master; and

.3 engineering personnel.

7.2.2 The responsibilities of a Remote Operator shall, at a minimum, include the

following activities:

.1 operation and monitoring of all critical equipment;

.2 carry out navigation;

.3 monitor and make communications; and

.4 compliance with VTS and traffic requirements.

7.2.3 Recommendations for qualifications and competencies for personnel working

with Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels are referred to in MIN 698, as
amended.

7.2.4 Training and certification requirements for manned vessels are applicable to
operators of Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels.

7.2.5 A Remote Operator shall:

281
 .1 be appropriately trained and qualified for the remote operation of all
vessels they are required to operate; and

.2 act as the Officer of the Watch.

7.2.6 A Remote Operator shall only manage one Remotely Operated Unmanned
Vessel at a time.

A Remote Operator may be permitted on a case-by-case basis to manage

multiple Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels at once, subject to the
approval of the Administration. The vessel owner/operator shall submit a
risk assessment to the Administration which details the maximum number of
vessels which can be safely managed by a single Remote Operator and meets
the following criteria:

.1 the minimum personnel, in addition to the Remote Operator, required

to ensure safe manning levels and safe operation of each Remotely
Operated Unmanned Vessel during both normal operation and
emergency situations;

.2 controls and data for each Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel

shall be available in a consistent format which is designed and located
to prevent accidental or inadvertent operation;

.3 all alerts and alarms shall be available in a format which is designed

and located to prevent accidental or inadvertent operation; and

.4 means to clearly indicate in a consistent format to the Remote

Operator which Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels they have
command and control over at any given time.

7.2.7 A Remote Operator shall have a clear escalation route and shall report to the
Master.

7.2.8 A Master may be responsible for multiple vessels at the same time.

7.2.9 A Master must be appropriately qualified, at a minimum, for the Remotely

Operated Unmanned Vessel they are responsible for which is operating in the
most onerous area category of operation.

7.2.10 All information and data at the Remote Operation Centre shall be presented
in a language understood by all persons working at the Remote Operation
Centre.

7.3 Requirements for Remote Operation Centres

7.3.1 All Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel alarm, camera, sensor, radar and
communication outputs are to be displayed and audible at the Remote
Operation Centre, and shall:

.1 identify all objects and information to aid safe navigation, including

when the vessel is pitching and rolling;

.2 appropriately group all data required for the safe operation of a

Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel;

282
 .3 enable identification and recognition of different vessel types including
lights, shapes, sound and light signals (as detailed in parts C and D of
COLREGS, 1972);

.4 enable identification of, at an appropriate range, the speed, course and

distance of an oncoming vessel;

.5 provide situational awareness for Remote Operators to effectively

control, and plan actions for, a Remotely Operated Unmanned
Vessel;

.6 provide situational awareness to be able to detect person(s) in or on the

water;

.7 monitor the health and operation of critical equipment;

.8 monitor vessel motion;

.9 have sufficient noise cancelling properties to aid accurate sound

perception by Remote Operators (e.g. minimise the impact of the
background noise from the Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel);

.10 provide critical and non-critical alarms in clearly accessible audible and
visual formats;

.11 have visual alarms visible under all lighting conditions; and

.12 auditory alarms shall be audible in all Remote Operation Centre

conditions (including, but not limited to, the use of headsets and
loudspeakers).

7.3.2 A Remote Operation Centre shall have an emergency source of power which,
at a minimum, is able to power all critical equipment or put the vessel into a
safe state (see Section 2.3.1 of this Annex).

7.3.3 A Remote Operation Centre shall have a suitable emergency plan.

7.3.4 A Remote Operation Centre must comply with the cyber security
requirements set out in Section 31.3 of the Code.

7.3.5 No single failure of systems at the Remote Operation Centre shall result in a
Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel entering an unsafe state.

7.3.6 A Remote Operation Centre shall have means to display the status of each
Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel. The status of a vessel shall include
all the information required to safely and successfully operate a Remotely
Operated Unmanned Vessel.

7.4 Remote Operation Centre Workstations

7.4.1 Remote Operator Centre workstations shall be set-up so that the remote
operator at all times:

.1 has a sufficient size of screens to display critical information at all times

(e.g. alarm, camera and sensor outputs);

283
 .2 is able to view or hear, as appropriate, all critical alarm, camera and
sensor outputs from a single seated position;

.3 is able to operate navigation lights, sound appliances and day signals

(see Section 18 of the Code);

.4 has a minimum 225° front view with a pan-tilt-zoom function, from the
perspective of the Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel;

.5 is able to monitor a 360° total field of view with a pan-tilt-zoom function;

.6 is able to monitor critical equipment;

.7 is able to detect degradation in sensor performance and overall

situational awareness;

.8 is able to intervene to manage the safe control of the vessel (except

during loss of connection between the Remote Operation Centre and
Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel); and

.9 is alerted when data has not been refreshed within an acceptable

timeframe.

7.4.2 A Remote Operation Centre workstation shall:

.1 display all essential information required for safe remote operation at all
times, even when a single or probable combination of failures has
occurred at the workstation; and

.2 be designed so that the failure of a single connection, processor or

display unit shall not result in unsafe or misleading data being displayed
to the Remote Operator.

7.4.3 Controls for a Remote Operation Centre workstation which are critical
equipment, shall be:

.1 designed and located to prevent accidental or inadvertent operation

(e.g. dedicated levers); and

.2 designed and accessible for rapid use in an emergency.

7.4.4 When in use a Remote Operation Centre workstation shall, as minimum,

display the following navigational and operational data at an update rate and
level of detail to ensure safe operation:

.1 speed;

.2 heading and track;

.3 position; and

.4 camera and sensor outputs.

7.4.5 Remote Operation Centre workstations shall meet the chart and nautical
publication requirements of Section 19.3 of the Code.

284
7.4.6 Remote Operation Centre workstations shall be digitally locked when not in
active use, and shall display that the lock is engaged.

7.5 Connectivity between the Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel and

Remote Operation Centre

7.5.1 The vessel owner/operator shall provide evidence to the satisfaction of the
Certifying Authority and to the approval of the Administration that the
Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel receives and responds to commands
from the Remote Operation Centre and:

.1 the Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel reacts in a correct and

timely manner to instructions in all intended weather conditions and
intended distances from the Remote Operation Centre;

.2 latency and data bandwidth requirements will not exceed the

connectivity capabilities in all intended weather conditions and
distances from the Remote Operation Centre; and provide real-time
functionality and operations;

.3 latency does not result in an unsafe condition;

.4 safely operate within all anticipated weather and sea state conditions;

.5 communications and command-and-control equipment is adequately

protected from electromagnetic interference (see MIN 698);

.6 alarm and emergency data from the Remotely Operated Unmanned

Vessel is correctly displayed and audible at the Remote Operation
Centre; and

.7 connectivity and signal strength between a Remotely Operated

Unmanned Vessel and Remote Operation Centre can be monitored
at a frequency appropriate to the nature of the vessel’s operation,
communications equipment and command-and-control link system.

Where practicable, a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall send a

notification to the Remote Operation Centre when a command has been
received and actioned.

7.5.2 A command-and-control link between a Remotely Operated Unmanned

Vessel and Remote Operation Centre shall be divided into essential and
operational and shall:

.1 not be corrupted;

.2 have redundancies;

.3 be designed to facilitate real-time monitoring of critical equipment

health and functionality;

.4 be designed so that any single or common cause failure in command-

and-control link(s) shall not affect the safe operation of the Remotely
Operated Unmanned Vessel; and

285
 .5 enable remote troubleshooting.

7.5.3 Data received from Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall be

considered in an order of priority as follows:

.1 emergency and back-up system control;

.2 remote control commands for critical systems;

.3 situational awareness information;

.4 supervision data;

.5 maintenance data.

7.5.4 Data transferred between the Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel and
Remote Operation Centre shall be validated to ensure that:

.1 the data is not corrupted;

.2 the data is received in order; and

.3 all commands received by the Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel

are correctly interpreted and implemented.

7.5.5 Critical equipment shall be able to be remotely restored from the Remote
Operation Centre.

7.5.6 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall be controllable and

manoeuvrable under all anticipated operating conditions including:

.1 transfers between workstations within the same Remote Operation

Centre;

.2 transfer between Remote Operation Centres; and

.3 high data latency.

7.5.7 During transfer between Remote Operation Centre workstations:

.1 the in-command workstation shall be clearly identifiable to all on-duty

Remote Operators;

.2 the in-command workstation shall have suitable functionality to be able

to respond appropriately to emergency situations;

.3 positive control must be maintained;

.4 the transfer process shall not result in an unsafe condition.

7.5.8 Command and control functions shall not be split between multiple Remote
Operation Centre workstations. Transfer of command and control functions
between Remote Operation Centre workstations shall be documented.

286
7.5.9 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall be under control at all times,
including during switchover between data-link channels. Switchover between
data-link channels shall not lead to an unsafe condition.

7.5.10 All commands sent to a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall be:

.1 automatically logged; and

.2 un-editable.

7.6 General Requirements for Safe Operation

7.6.1 A Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA) or Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shall
be developed detailing identified hazards, potential failures and incidents, and
their likely impacts. Action plans shall be developed to provide on-duty
employees with the actions and equipment required to effectively resolve
identified potential failures and incidents.

7.7 Safe Operation of Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels

7.7.1 A risk assessment shall be carried out by the owner/operator of a Remotely

Operated Unmanned Vessel to assess acceptable period(s) of loss of capacity
of critical systems or connectivity with due consideration of the vessel’s
intended area of operation and shall be submitted for the approval of the
Administration. The risk assessment shall, at a minimum, consider the
following:

.1 loss of propulsion capacity;

.2 loss of steering capacity;

.3 loss of connectivity from the Remote Operation Centre;

.4 loss of connectivity to the Remote Operation Centre;

.5 risks associated with connectivity loss in all area categories of

operation;

.6 risks to all other water users;

.7 inability to re-establish connectivity between the Remote Operation

Centre and Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel

.8 loss of control from the Remote Operation Centre; and

.9 all identified risks to a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel and

appropriate safeguards.

Where loss of capacity or critical equipment cannot be resolved within the

accepted period(s) set out in the risk assessment, the vessel shall enter a safe
state appropriate to the intended conditions of operation (e.g. initiating dynamic
positioning and shutting down non-essential systems, reducing speed or
emitting audio and visual warnings to other water users).

7.7.2 All instances where contact between the Remote Operation Centre and
Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel is lost for longer than the accepted

287
 period(s) determined in Section 7.6.1 of this Annex shall be recorded within the
Official Log Book (see Section 2.2 of this Annex), highlighting:

.1 when the connection was re-established;

.2 duration of loss of contact;

.3 the method of recovery; and

.4 whether any emergency procedures were carried out.

7.7.3 The cargo and systems on board a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel
shall not:

.1 cause interference (e.g. electro-magnetic) to connectivity with the

Remote Operation Centre; and

.2 adversely affect the operation and/or control of the Remotely Operated

Unmanned Vessel.

7.7.4 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall be fitted with a speaker system
to transmit audio instructions (see Section 4.3.3 of this Annex).

7.7.5 Where a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel loses connectivity with the
Remote Operation Centre the vessel shall display or emit “not under
command” sounds and visual signals to alert other water users that the vessel
is not under command and may not give way.

7.8 Safe Operation of Remote Operation Centres

7.8.1 Remote Operation Centre operators shall have regular training for emergency
situations (see Section 8.3 of this Annex). Action plans shall be provided to
operators detailing appropriate actions to be taken during emergency situations
(including but not limited to display failures, fire, power disruption or a cyber-
attack).

7.8.2 Critical equipment shall have primary and emergency power supplies.
Emergency power supplies (e.g. generators or battery systems) shall have a
regular testing and maintenance programme in place.

7.8.3 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel handover procedure shall be

developed. The procedure shall include but not be limited to:

.1 requirements to enable safe transfer of a vessel between workstations

and Remote Operation Centres;

.2 handover information when transferring vessels between Remote

Operators;

.3 means to clearly identify the in-command workstation or Remote

Operation Centre;

.4 means to ensure positive control is maintained at all times; and

.5 measures to ensure that a vessel’s control position is known and

recorded at all times.

288
7.8.4 Handover between workstations or Remote Operation Centres shall not result
in an unsafe condition.

7.8.5 In the event of the Remote Operation Centre becoming inoperable a back-up
Remote Operation Centre shall be available. The back-up shall:

.1 be able to replicate, at a minimum, camera and sensor outputs and

other relevant information for effective operation of Remotely
Operated Unmanned Vessels;

.2 be readily accessible;

.3 have a testing programme to assess suitability of systems and

personnel responses (such as emergency drills); and

.4 have its systems, databases and server regularly updated (where

applicable).

Where the connection between the Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel

and Remote Operation Centre fails the vessel shall enter, and remain in, a
safe state until connection is either re-established with the Remote Operation
Centre or established with a back-up Remote Operation Centre.

7.9 Emergency Systems

7.9.1 The Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall have a system installed
which ensures that the vessel enters a safe state following loss of contact with
the Remote Operation Centre. The system shall be connected to a primary
and secondary power source and can be overridden once the emergency or
problem has been resolved.

7.9.3 A Remote Operation Centre workstation shall have means to enable the
Remote Operator to rapidly shut off, and re-initialise, fuel or power to the
Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel’s engine(s) and shall:

.1 be designed and located to prevent accidental or inadvertent operation;

.2 be designed and accessible for rapid use in an emergency; and

.3 have means to indicate to the Remote Operator when the shut-off has
been activated.

7.10 Tenders

7.10.1 A Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel may operate as either a Type 1 or

Type 2 tender, but is not permitted to have any persons on board. Refer to
Section 24 of the Code for the requirements for tenders.

289
8 Safety Management System and Contingency Measures
The purpose of this section is to outline the Safety Management System and contingency
measure requirements to ensure the safety of other water users, the safety and integrity of the
Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel and the safety of the marine environment. A number
of requirements are given to protect Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels and Remote
Operation Centres from risks associated with cyber-attacks.

8.1 Safety Management System and Cyber Security

8.1.1 All documents relating to the Safety Management System shall be available at
the control position(s).

8.1.2 Cyber security measures for Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels shall:

.1 provide secure connections between a Remotely Operated

Unmanned Vessel and the Remote Operation Centre; and

.2 where possible protect against successful cyber-attacks and cyber-

incidents on Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessels or Remote
Operation Centres.

8.1.3 The owner/operator of a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall

develop procedures for the following:

.1 authorisation for connections between a Remotely Operated

Unmanned Vessel and Remote Operation Centre;

.2 authorisation for direct connections to a Remotely Operated

Unmanned Vessel;

.3 recovery plan(s) for the successful recovery of systems following a

cyber-attack;

.4 measures to initiate a safe state for a Remotely Operated Unmanned

Vessel in an emergency; and

.5 contingency plans to respond to the loss of critical systems.

8.1.4 Following disruption to, or re-establishment of, connection between a

Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel and Remote Operation Centre the
health and security of the connection shall be tested.

8.1.5 Internal audits of the Remote Operation Centre, its functions, internal
operating standards and record-keeping shall be carried out on an annual basis
and shall be made available for review by an authorised person during survey
and inspection of the Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel.

8.1.6 The owner/operator of a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall

comply with applicable legislation within all states that the Remotely Operated
Unmanned Vessel and Remote Operation Centre intend to operate in124.

124
The European Union General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) or other specific regulations in
other coastal states.

290
8.2 Operating Procedures and Risk Assessments

8.2.1 A risk assessment shall be conducted for a Remotely Operated Unmanned

Vessel in their intended area category of operation, particularly where
operating within congested areas.

8.2.2 The owner/operator of a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall

develop a risk assessment to identify potential risks to the vessel, shore-side
personnel and maintenance crew. The risk assessment shall include deviations
from normal operating conditions.

8.2.3 Shore-based procedures shall be developed to test equipment and connectivity

prior to, and during, a voyage.

8.3 Emergency Situations and Safeguards

8.3.1 Clear procedures for responding to emergency situations shall be understood

by all personnel, and shall include:

.1 the emergency situations listed in Section 10 of Appendix 8 of the Code;

.2 loss of contact between a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel and

the Remote Operation Centre;

.3 failure of cameras and/or sensors;

.4 failure of anchors or dynamic positioning system(s) (see Section 5.6);

.5 failure or fault at the Remote Operation Centre;

.6 cyber-attack; and

.7 unauthorised boarding.

8.4 Fire and Safety Procedure

8.4.1 A fire and safety procedure for a Remotely Operated Unmanned Vessel shall,
at a minimum, include the following:

.1 fire prevention and suppression appliances;

.2 fire detection equipment and materials; and

.3 systems and openings which shall be remotely closed or switched off in

event of a fire.

8.5 Critical Equipment

8.5.1 Propulsion and steering systems shall be designed to control and maintain
minimum safe speed and direction in all anticipated conditions.

8.5.2 A minimum of three hours of back-up power shall be provided for critical
systems. Back-up power supplies may also be provided for propulsion and
steering systems.

291
8.6 Programmable Electronic Systems, Software and Version Control

8.6.1 Version control shall be implemented for all Remotely Operated Unmanned
Vessel and Remote Operation Centre software.

8.6.2 Programmable Electronic Systems (PES) shall be designed to operate safely

in all anticipated conditions and reasonably foreseeable misuse situations.

8.6.3 In the event of a failure the affected PES shall enter, or remain in, a safe state.
Auditory and visual alarms shall be activated in the affected space and at the
control position(s).

8.6.4 Vessel equipment shall not interfere with the protective functions of PES during
normal operations or emergency situations.

8.6.5 Records of remote access shall be recorded for audit purposes.

8.6.6 All persons authorised to carry out remote access shall have a level of access
appropriate to their function and qualifications (see MIN 698).

8.6.7 Data, software and hardware shall be protected from unauthorised or

accidental modification (see MIN 698).

292
Annex 3

The Safety of Police Boats

This Annex provides requirements to be complied with for the safe operation of Police Boats.
Vessels intending to operate as a Police Boat must comply with both this Annex and the
applicable requirements of the main body of the Code.

1 Foreword
1.1 This Annex is an amendment by addendum to the Safety of Small Workboats and Pilot
Boats - A Code of Practice (Workboat Code Edition 3), enabled and underpinned
through statutory instrument by The Merchant Shipping (Small Workboat and Pilot
Boats) Regulations 2023 (SI 2023/1216).

1.2 This Annex, in conjunction with Workboat Code Edition 3, provides all information
needed for vessels intending to operate as a Police Boat.

1.3 This Annex must, from the date of publication (1st June 2024), apply to all United
Kingdom vessels that are new Police Boats owned or operated by a Police Service,
which carry not more than 12 passengers and operate either at sea or in categorised
(i.e. inland) waters.

1.4 A new vessel shall be surveyed and certificated under this Annex.

1.5 An existing vessel shall either:

.1 use this Annex as an updated standard to the requirements of The Safety of

Police Boats, Amendment 3; or

.2 continue to operate and be issued with Certification under The Safety of Police
Boats, Amendment 3.

1.6 Where an existing Police Boat phases-in to this Annex it must fully comply with the
requirements of this Annex. A Police Boat cannot meet a combination of the
requirements of this Annex and those of earlier codes or standards.

1.7 This Annex was drafted in association with the National Police Chiefs Council (NPCC)
Maritime Policing Portfolio.

1.8 This Annex forms part of the Code which is given legal effect by the Merchant Shipping
(Small Workboats and Pilot Boats) Regulations 2023 (“the 2023 Regulations”). Police
Boats issued with a certificate in accordance with this Annex provides a legal
alternative to an MCA issued Load Line Certificate for seagoing Police Boats. It is
applied as an equivalent standard to full compliance with Merchant Shipping
Regulations. Police Boat operators have the right to fully comply with those other
standards instead of this Annex (see Section 1.10 of the Code). Vessels that comply
with this Annex may additionally be issued with a UK Load Line Certificate.

293
1.9 Where a Police Service operates a vessel that it does not own, the vessel shall be
certified under this Annex.

1.10 The over-arching principle of this Annex is to ensure that Police Boats are at least as
safe as vessels which are used commercially and that similar, or higher, levels of safety
are applied due to the special nature of the work that Police Marine Units undertake.

1.11 The principal function of a Police Boat is to patrol areas of water under the jurisdiction
of a designated Authority, enabling the police officers on board to safely and effectively
perform their duties, and to operate in support of Police Underwater Search Units.

1.12 Police Boats are Government ships operating on a non-commercial service.

1.13 The Master of a Police Boat is responsible for the health and safety of workers and
others on the Police Boat. The Merchant Shipping and Fishing Vessel (Health and
Safety at Work) Regulations (SI 1997 No. 2962) apply where persons are employed on
board; see also the Code of Safe Working Practice for Merchant Seafarers referred to in
Section 22.5 of the Code.

1.14 The Police Service shall be aware of any risks affecting workers and others on the
Police Boat, and shall ensure that appropriate measures are taken to minimise all risks
such as through improving procedures or equipment where necessary. Employers must
instruct those affected about the risks and how to ensure their own health and safety,
and the health and safety of others.

1.15 Specific Applications

1.15.1 Guidance regarding the Police use of firearms in waterborne operations is contained
within the College of Policing Authorised Professional Practice for Armed Policing which
also provides advice on the embarkation and disembarkation of authorised firearms
personnel.

1.15.2 Guidance regarding Police diving operations is contained within the NPCC Maritime
Policing Manual.

294
2 Application and Interpretation
2.1 Application

2.1.1 It is the responsibility of the Police Service to ensure that a Police Boat is properly
maintained, examined and manned in accordance with this Annex.

2.1.2 Police equipment, which is not a Police Boat, is outside of the scope of this Annex and
is not required to be surveyed and certificated.

2.1.3 Police equipment meeting the requirements of Section 2.1.2 of this Annex falls under the
Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations (PUWER), and there is a duty placed
on the employer to ensure that the equipment is suitable for the task being undertaken.
The enforcement agency for regulating such equipment is the Health and Safety
Executive (HSE).

2.2 Review

2.2.1 This Annex shall be reviewed 5 years after the date of commencement. The revision
shall be consulted with, and wherever possible shall be ratified by, the NPCC Maritime
Policing Portfolio.

2.2.2 The review body shall be appointed by the NPCC Maritime Policing Portfolio and will act
in consultation with the MCA.

295
3 Procedures, Certification and Examination
3.1 General

3.1.1 A representative of the relevant Police Service, or the vessel owner, shall be present at
the examination of a Police Boat.

3.1.2 The Administration may inspect any Police Boat at any time.

3.1.3 At any time during the validity of a Police Boat Certificate the Certifying Authority may
request to examine the Police Boat either in or out of the water if they have concerns
regarding the vessel’s condition.

3.2 Existing Police Boats

3.2.1 Where an existing Police Boat’s construction does not meet the standards of this Code,
it may be considered on a case-by-case basis to the satisfaction of the Certifying
Authority. All Police Boats shall, at a minimum, meet the equipment carriage
requirements of this Annex and the Code.

3.2.2 An existing vessel which is continuing to comply with a previous version of Safety of
Police Boats shall continue to operate under the Certificate they were issued with.

3.3 New Police Boats

3.3.1 Prior to entering service as a Police Boat the Police Service which owns the vessel
shall submit the following to the Certifying Authority:

.1 a “Boatbuilder’s Declaration for a United Kingdom Police Boat” (see Appendix

A3.2) which confirms that the vessel’s hull structure, installed fittings and
equipment are in compliance with the requirements of this Annex; and

.2 an “Owner’s Declaration for a United Kingdom Police Boat” (see Appendix A3.3)
made by the Police Service or its representative that the any equipment or
fittings not covered in Section 3.3.1.1 of this Annex are in compliance with the
requirements of this Annex.

3.3.2 A Certificate of Hull Construction issued by a Classification Society may be accepted in

lieu of the requirements of Section 3.3.1.1 of this Annex.

3.3.3 Where a Police Service intends to use a vessel which is not a new-build it may be
considered for use as a Police Boat where it meets the requirements of Sections 5.3
and 5.4 of the Code and has:

.1 previously been used as a Police Boat; or

.2 been certified under one of the MCA’s Small Commercial Vessel Codes of
Practice.

296
3.3.4 Once a Police Boat has a suitable certificate of construction meeting the requirements
of Section 3.3.1 or 3.3.2 of this Annex it may be surveyed in accordance with the
requirements of Section 3.4 of this Annex and may be issued with a Police Boat
Certificate.

3.4 Survey Procedure

3.4.1 Application for Survey

3.4.1.1 An “Application for a Police Boat Certificate” (see Appendix A3.1) shall be completed
and sent to the relevant Certifying Authority by the Police Service or its
representative.

3.4.2 Compliance Examination

3.4.2.1 The compliance examination of any Police Boat shall be conducted in two parts, in
and out of the water, and shall be undertaken by an authorised person as directed by
the Certifying Authority in consultation with the Police Service.

3.4.2.2 During the compliance examination the authorised person shall complete, or verify,
the completed “Record of Particulars of a Police Boat Certified in Accordance with The
Safety of Police Boats” (see Appendix A3.4).

3.4.2.3 Upon satisfactory completion and documentation of the compliance examination, and
the “Declaration of Survey/Examination of a Police Boat” (see Appendix A3.5), a copy of
the “Record of Particulars of a Police Boat Certified in Accordance with the Safety of
Police Boats” (see Appendix A3.4) shall be forwarded to the Certifying Authority.

3.4.2.4 Inflatable boats and rigid inflatable boats should also be tested in accordance with the
requirements of Section 4.9 of the Code.

3.4.3 Issue of a Certificate

3.4.3.1 The Certifying Authority may issue a Certificate if a copy of the following are issued to
the Certifying Authority:

.1 the completed “Records of Particulars of a Police Boat Certified in Accordance

with The Safety of Police Boats” (see Appendix A3.4); and

.2 the “Declaration of Survey/Examination of a Police Boat Certificate” (see

Appendix A3.5).

3.4.3.2 Where the requirements of Section 3.4.3.1 of this Annex are met the Certifying
Authority shall issue the following to the Police Service or its representative:

.1 a Police Boat Certificate (see Appendix A3.6);

.2 a certified copy of a Police Boat Certificate; and

.3 two copies of the “Records of Particulars of a Police Boat Certificated in

Accordance with the Safety of Police Boats” (see Appendix A3.4).

297
3.4.3.3 A Police Boat Certificate shall be valid for not more than five years from the date of
examination of the vessel by the authorised person. The Certificate may be valid for a
lesser period of time as determined by the Certifying Authority.

3.4.3.4 The Police Boat Certificate shall be clearly displayed on board. Where, due to the nature
of the vessel, it is not practicable to display the Certificate onboard it may be retained on
shore but must be made available upon request of a relevant authority.

3.4.4 Renewal Examination

3.4.4.1 The Police Service or its representative shall arrange for a renewal examination, prior
to the expiration of the existing certificate, to be carried out by an authorised person
from the Certifying Authority.

3.4.4.2 During the renewal examination part of the examination should be conducted when the
vessel is out of the water, and part of the examination should be conducted when the
vessel is in the water.

3.4.4.3 Upon satisfactory completion and verification that the arrangements, fittings and
equipment documented in the “Record of Particulars of a Police Boat Certificated in
Accordance with the Safety of Police Boats” (see Appendix A3.4) remain in compliance
with this Annex and that the vessel and its machinery are in a sound and well-maintained
condition, the Certificate in force may be endorsed to indicate a 3-month extension.

A copy of the form “Record of Particulars of a Police Boat Certificated in Accordance

with the Safety of Police Boats” (see Appendix A3.4), signed by the authorised person
and Police Service or its representative, shall be forwarded to the Certifying Authority
who shall renew the vessel’s Certificate.

3.4.4.4 The Certificate shall be valid for not more than five years from the expiration of the
existing Certificate, so long as the renewal examination was completed within three
months prior to the expiration of the existing Certificate. If the renewal examination is
conducted more than three months prior to the expiration of the existing Certificate, the
Certificate shall be valid for not more than five years from the completion date of the
renewal examination.

3.4.4.5 Where a renewal examination is completed after the expiration of the existing
certificate, the new Certificate shall be valid for not more than five years from the
expiration of the existing certificate, unless it has been agreed in advance with the
Certifying Authority that the new Certificate may be dated from the date of completion
of the renewal examination.

3.4.4.6 The Certifying Authority shall renew the vessel’s Police Boat Certificate following
satisfactory completion of the renewal examination.

3.4.5 Intermediate Examination

3.4.5.1 The Police Service or its representative shall arrange for an intermediate examination
to be carried out by an authorised person from the chosen Certifying Authority at a
period not exceeding 36 months from the issue date of the Police Boat Certificate. The

298
 interval between successive out of water examinations by an authorised person shall
not exceed three years.

3.4.5.2 An intermediate examination shall be completed out of the water.

3.4.5.3 On satisfactory completion of the examination a record of the survey shall be entered on
the Police Boat Certificate.

3.4.5.4 In exceptional circumstances where a Police Boat cannot be presented for the
intermediate examination out of water by the due date, a divers/in-water examination
may be accepted in lieu at the discretion of the Certifying Authority. For vessels which
are more than 15 years of age an in-water examination may be considered at the discretion
of the Certifying Authority upon submission of a report from the authorised person
which details the condition of the vessel’s hull.

3.4.5.5 An in-water intermediate examination shall meet the requirements of Section 4.5.2 of
the Code.

3.4.6 Annual Examination

3.4.6.1 Annual examinations shall be conducted by either an:

.1 Authorised Marine Police Employee, or its representative; or

.2 authorised person on behalf of the Certifying Authority within 3 months either

side of the anniversary date of the compliance/renewal examination, at intervals
not exceeding 15 months.

3.4.6.2 The person conducting the examination shall confirm that the arrangements, fittings and
equipment provided on board are in a satisfactory condition and remain as documented in
the form “Record of Particulars of a Police Boat Certified in Accordance with the Safety of
Police Boats” (see Appendix A3.4), and that the vessel, its machinery, fittings and
equipment are in a sound and well-maintained condition, and where necessary serviced
at the required period.

3.4.6.3 Where the examination by an Authorised Marine Police Employee or authorised

person reveals that the vessel and its equipment has not been maintained and serviced
in accordance with Section 3.5 of the Code, the Police Service, or its representative, shall
not complete the form “Record of Particulars of a Police Boat Certified in Accordance with
the Safety of Police Boats” (see Appendix A3.4) and shall report these defects immediately
to the Certifying Authority for action as necessary.

3.4.6.4 Where the examination by an Authorised Marine Police Employee is satisfactorily

completed a copy of the “Record of Particulars of a Police Boat Certified in Accordance
with the Safety of Police Boats” (see Appendix A3.4), signed by the Police Service or its
representative, shall be forwarded to the Certified Authority.

3.4.6.5 The Police Service may request the Certifying Authority to conduct annual
examinations on its behalf and to endorse the Police Boat Certificate appropriately.

299
3.5 Small Inflatable Vessels Engaged in Police Support Operations

3.5.1 A Police Boat engaged in Police Support Operations in Category A or B waters shall
meet Recreational Craft Directive/Recreational Craft Regulations design category D1.

3.5.2 Equipment carried shall be to the satisfaction of the person in charge, subject to a
sufficient risk assessment being completed.
1
Refers to small lakes, rivers and canals where a significant height of up to, and including, 0.5
meters may be experienced.

300
4 Construction and Structural Strength
4.1 General Requirements

4.1.1 A Police Boat that operates in area category of operation 2 shall:

.1 not be a rigid inflatable boat or boat with a buoyant collar, except in the
circumstances allowed under Section 21.1 of this Annex;

.2 not be an inflatable boat or open boat;

.3 have permanent sheltered accommodation with ready access to the

weatherdeck for the use of the crew and any other persons carried on board
during normal service; and

.4 be fitted with a watertight weatherdeck over the length of the vessel and shall
have a permanent accommodation space.

4.1.2 A Police Boat which does not meet the requirements of Section 4.1.1 of this Annex shall
be restricted to a maximum of area category of operation 3.

4.1.3 An inflatable boat or open boat shall be restricted to a maximum of area category of
operation 3.

4.1.4 An open boat shall meet the operational restrictions set out in Section 5.1.5 of the
Code.

4.1.5 A motor vessel which:

.1 meets the requirements of Section 5.1.2 of the Code; and

.2 does not meet the freeboard requirements of Section 13.2 of the Code;
shall be provided with adequate reserves of buoyancy and sufficient stability for
the vessel to survive the consequences of swamping when loaded with all the
vessel’s equipment, fuel, cargo, activity related equipment and the number of
persons to which it is to be certificated.

4.2 Rigid Inflatable Boats, Inflatable Boats and Boats with a Buoyant Collar

4.2.1 A rigid inflatable boat, inflatable boat or boat with a buoyant collar shall meet the
applicable requirements of Section 5.9 of the Code.

4.3 Bow Push-Up Operations

4.3.1 Where a Police Boat is intended to carry out operations to transfer any persons or
cargo over the bow, the bow structure shall be suitably arranged and strengthened for
this purpose and shall meet the requirements of Section 25.5.1 of the Code.

4.3.2 It is the responsibility of the Police Marine Unit to ensure that the Police Boat is safe
and suitable for carrying out bow push-up operations.

301
5 Weathertight Integrity
5.1 Portlights

5.1.1 Portlights fitted in the hull of the vessel below the level of the weatherdeck shall be:

.1 non-opening, or of a non-readily opening type; and

.2 be in accordance with a standard recognised by the Administration.

5.1.2 Portlights of the non-readily opening type shall be secured closed while the vessel is
underway.

5.1.3 Proposals to accept portlights in accordance with a standard recognised by the

Administration which are greater than 250 mm diameter up to a maximum of 400 mm
or equivalent area may be considered, with due regard to their fore, aft and vertical
positioning, to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority.

5.1.4 Proposals to accept portlights in accordance with a standard recognised by the

Administration which are greater than 400 mm diameter may be considered on a case-
by-case basis by the Administration.

302
6 Water Freeing Arrangements
6.1 A Police Boat:

.1 of less than 12 meters in length;

.2 having a well deck aft which is fitted with bulwarks all round; and

.3 intending to operate in area category of operation 2

shall meet the requirements of Section 7.1.2 and 7.1.3 of the Code.

6.2 A decked vessel which does not:

.1 comply with the freeboard requirements of Section 13 of the Code; and

.2 possess reserve buoyancy above the weatherdeck

shall be treated as an open boat and shall be provided with bilge pumping in
accordance with the requirements of Section 11 of the Code.

6.3 For a Police Boat where freeing ports cannot be fitted, other means of clearing trapped
water from the vessel shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority.

303
7 Machinery, Propulsion and Fuel Systems
7.1 Fuel shall be supplied to engine(s) from one of the following:

.1 a permanently installed fuel tank(s) which shall not be integral to the hull’s
structure;

.2 where a vessel is of less than 8 m length, or has a total power rating of less than
75 kW, it may be supplied by a maximum of two non-permanently installed fuel
tanks which are fitted with a handle, and the total capacity of the two tanks shall
not be more than 55 litres;

.3 where a vessel is of less than 8 m length, or has a total power rating of less than
75 kW, and has two outboard engines fitted it may be supplied by a maximum of
two non-permanently installed fuel tanks, and the total capacity of the two tanks
shall not be more than 55 litres; or

.4 where an inflatable boat is less than 8m in length, and has a total power rating
of less than 15 kW, it may be supplied by a separate fuel tank with a total
capacity of 27 litres. A non-permanently installed tank(s) must be fitted with the
standard quick connection to the outboard engine without the risk of any spillage.

304
8 Electrical Arrangements
8.1 Systems

8.1.1 Fuses shall not be installed in an earthed conductor.

8.1.2 Where a single outboard engine is fitted with in-line fuses, procedures shall be
established to enable the engine to be started in the event of a damaged fuse.

8.1.3 All circuits, except the main supply from the battery to the starter motor and electrically
driven steering motors, shall be provided with electrical protection against overload and
short-circuit. The rating of over-current protection devices shall not exceed the rated
current capacity of the conductor being protected. Short-circuit protection shall be
suitable for the total rated current of the consumers in the protected circuit.

8.1.4 Steering circuits, the loss of which would lead to steering failure, shall have an overload
alarm in lieu of overload protection, except in the case of auto-pilot motors. All circuits
shall be protected against short-circuit events.

8.2 Batteries as a Source of Power for Propulsion

8.2.1 A Police Boat with a battery-hybrid or battery-electric propulsion system shall refer
to the requirements of Annex 1 of the Code.

8.3 Cables

8.3.1 Cables which are not provided with electrical protection shall be kept as short as
possible and shall be “short-circuit proofed” (e.g. single core with an additional insulated
sleeve over the insulation of each core).

305
9 Bilge Pumping
9.1 General

9.1.1 Unless otherwise stated, pump capacities shall meet the following minimum
requirements:

.1 10 litres per minute for vessels of 6 meters in length or less;

.2 15 litres per minute for vessels of between 6 and 12 meters in length; and

.3 30 litres per minute for vessels of 12 meters in length or greater.

9.1.2 A Police Boat shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 11.2 of the
Code.

306
10 Stability
10.1 General

10.1.1 For the purposes of the stability assessment of Police Boats the weight per person shall
be considered as being 100 kg.

10.2 Damage Survivability

10.2.1 Police Boats carrying 16 or more persons shall meet the requirements of Section 12B
of the Code.

10.2.2 Proposals to accept reduced freeboard or immersion of the margin line may be
accepted subject to the approval of the Certifying Authority.

10.3 Stability and Survivability of Inflatable Boats

10.3.1 Inflatable boats which are unable to meet the requirements of Section 12A.3 of the
Code may be accepted on a case-by-case basis subject to the approval of the
Certifying Authority, taking into account operational service limitations.

Table 10.1 Permitted Areas of Operation and Design Categories

Permitted Area of Operation Minimum Required Standard Permitted ISO Stability

ISO 12217 Design Category Assessment Options
Area category of operation B 1
2
Area category of operation B 1
3 C 1 and 2
Area category of operation C 1, 2, 5 and 6
5
Area category of operation C 1, 2, 5 and 6
6

307
11 Life-Saving Appliances
11.1 General

11.1.1 The minimum requirements for life-saving appliances are given in Table 11.1 below.

11.2 Liferafts

11.2.1 A Police Boat shall be provided with liferaft(s) of suitable capacity to, at a minimum,
accommodate the total number of persons on board.

11.2.2 Police Boats operating in area category of operation 5 or 6, shall either have liferaft(s)
which:

.1 meet the appropriate requirements of Table 14.2.5.1 of the Code; or

.2 ensure that all persons shall wear a dry suit.

11.2.3 Police Boats operating in area category of operation 2 or 3 shall either have
liferafts(s) which:

.1 meet the appropriate requirements of Table 14.2.5.1 of the Code; or

.2 are constructed to SOLAS standard, Wheelmarked or MCA DfT approved,

have insulated floor and canopy and be equipped with a “SOLAS B PACK”, and
meet the requirements of ISO 9650 – Small Craft Inflatable Liferafts, Part 1, Type
1, Group A; provided that they are fitted with a boarding ramp and are equipped
to the level of a “SOLAS B PACK”. This may, where necessary, include a “grab-
bag” to supplement the equipment integral to the liferaft.

308
Table 11.1 Carriage Requirements for Life-Saving Appliances

Vessel Area category of operation 2 or 3 Area category of operation 5 or 6

Liferafts 100% 100%

or or

rigid inflatable boats or inflatable the vessel may be self-righting

boats operating in area category of
operation 2 may be self-righting
Total number of lifebuoys 2 2
Lifebuoy with light 1 1
Lifebuoy with buoyant line 1 1
Additional buoyant line/throw line 1 1

Lifejacket 100% 100%

Parachute flares 4 4

Parachute flares are not required for

vessels which operate in categorised
waters only
Red hand flares 6 6
Smoke signals 2 2
Thermal protective aids (TPA) 100% 100%

or

are not required if a personal TPA or

dry suit is provided
Portable VHF DSC radio 1 1
EPIRB 1 0
SART 1 0

309
 recommended for rigid inflatable
boats or inflatable boats when
operating in area category of
operation 3

not required if an EPIRB has SART

capability (homing capability)
General alarm (16 or more persons) Yes No
General alarm (>750 kW installed power) Yes Yes
Life-saving signals table (2x SOLAS No. 2 or Yes Yes
1x SOLAS No. 1)
Training manual Yes Yes
Instructions for on board maintenance Yes Yes

310
11.3 Vessel Righting Systems

11.3.1 A rigid inflatable boat, inflatable boat or boat fitted with a buoyant collar which
operates in area category of operation 3 or 5 may either:

.1 carry a liferaft, or

.2 shall be able to return to upright following a capsize by using one of the following
approaches:

(a) manual righting using an agreed training manual procedure. The number
and capability of crew that are required to right the Police Boat must be
determined. To prevent the Police Boat being at sea with less than this
capability relevant information shall be included in documentation and
training;

(b) automatic and semi-automatic righting; or

(c) inherent self-righting by design.

11.3.2 The ability of the crew to re-enter the Police Boat from the water following capsize shall
be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority.

11.3.3 Any single crew member must be able to climb unassisted into the Police Boat at any
accessible point around the perimeter without capsizing the Police Boat.

11.3.4 Where a Police Service wishes to use a Police Boat that cannot be righted, mitigation
shall be provided by the Police Service to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority.
Mitigations may be by the following:

.1 two-boat operation;

.2 operating in close proximity to a beach that affords a safe refuge to Police Boat
crews following a capsize; or

.3 the liferaft that is carried must remain accessible if the Police Boat capsizes.

11.3.5 The effects of trapped water must be considered in terms of stability and righting of the
Police Boat.

11.4 Lifebuoys

11.4.1 All Police Boats shall either:

.1 carry lifebuoys fitted with lights; or

.2 carry lifebuoys not fitted with lights, following completion of a suitable and
sufficient risk assessment which, at a minimum, considers the area of operation
and weather conditions.

311
11.4.2 Alternatively to the requirements of 11.4.1, Police Boats operating in area category of
operation 6 or inland waters may instead carry inflatable lifebuoys and a suitable
number of re-arming kits. Inflatable lifebuoys must be constructed with materials and
components complying with the relevant parts of ISO 12402-7, and tested in accordance
with the relevant parts of ISO 12402-9.

11.5 Lifejackets

11.5.1 Lifejackets shall comply with the requirements of Section 14.4 of the Code.

11.5.2 Alternatively to the requirements of Section 11.5.1 of this Annex, lifejackets may be
constructed to PPE Regulation (EU) 2016/425, as amended. The lifejacket shall have a
minimum buoyancy of 275 Newtons, be personal issue equipment only, and shall fully
comply with Part 6.7 of BS EN 399; or ISO 12402-2.

11.5.3 All lifejackets shall be fitted with a whistle, retro-reflective materials and a light.

11.5.4 It is strongly recommended that not more than two different types of lifejacket are
permitted on any Police Boat. Any two lifejackets of ‘32 kg or more’ or any two
lifejackets of ‘under 32 kg’ respectively, may be regarded as being of the same type
provided that there are no differences between the donning instructions.

11.6 Thermal Protective Aids (TPAs)

11.6.1 Police Boats which operate more than 3 miles from a safe haven shall have TPAs
provided for all persons on board, except where all persons on board are wearing other
appropriate equipment (e.g. dry suits).

11.7 406 MHz EPIRB

11.7.1 Where compliance with the Section 14.12 of the Code is impracticable, and the Police
Boat carries less than 16 persons, the EPIRB may be stowed in an accessible place
and be capable of being placed readily in a liferaft without being capable of floating free.

312
12 Radiocommunications Equipment
12.1 Minimum and recommended radio equipment are set out in Table 12.1.

12.2 All Police Boats, other than those operating in area category of operation 5 or 6, shall
have VHF DSC installed. Where GMDSS equipment is installed it shall be provided with
automatic position updating information from the on board navigational receiver, or
procedures put in place to ensure positional information is manually updated at intervals
not exceeding 4 hours.

12.3 A Police Boat shall meet the carriage requirements for portable VHF DSC radio (see
Table 17.2.1 of the Code) by the first renewal examination, or within three years after
the date of entry into force, whichever is later.

12.4 A Police Boat may either:

.1 meet the requirements of Section 17.4 of the Code; or

.2 carry an additional portable VHF DSC which shall be fully charged prior to
departure.

13.5 A Police Boat operating in inland waters only is not required to be fitted with a VHF
DSC fixed radio installation.

313
Table 12.1 Minimum and Recommended Radio Equipment Carriage Requirements

Police Boat Area Area Area Area Rigid inflatable boats and inflatable boats
category of category category category Area Area Area Area
operation 2 of of of category category category category
operation operation operation of of of of
3 5 6 operation operation operation operation
2 3 5 6
VHF DSC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
fixed radio
installationNote 1
Portable VHF 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
DSC radioNote 3
and 4

MF SSB radio R None None None R None None None

installation
with DSC
Inmarsat Ship RNote 2 None None None R None None None
Earth Station
(or an MF/HF
transceiver
with DSC)Note 1
NAVTEX 1 None None None None None None None
receiverNote 1

R = Recommendation only

1 = Number required to be fitted

Note 1 – An appropriate GMDSS certificate shall be carried by any person operating this equipment. The MCA can give advice on
suitable training courses

Note 2 – Or an Inmarsat Ship Earth Station

Note 3 – It is recommended that, where practicable, a Police Boat carrying more than one liferaft shall carry one portable VHF DSC
radio per raft

Note 4 – Arrangements shall be provided to protect the portable VHF DSC radio from water damage e.g. waterproof cover

314
13 Navigational and Miscellaneous Equipment
13.1 Compass

13.1.1 A Police Boat operating outside the hours of daylight shall have a compass light fitted.

13.2 Nautical Publications

13.2.1 Nautical publications may be carried on board as an electronic copy within a ruggedised
portable electronic device which does not require an internet connection.

13.3 Radar Reflector

13.3.1 A Police Boat operating in area category of operation 5 which is not fitted with a radar
reflector:

.1 is permitted to operate during day and night; and

.2 shall only operate in favourable weather.

13.4 Measuring Instruments

13.4.1 A Police Boat shall, if practicable, carry a barometer.

13.5 Searchlight and Navigational Lights

13.5.1 A Police Boat operating outside the hours of daylight shall be provided with an
efficient fixed or portable searchlight suitable for use in man overboard search and
recovery operations.

13.5.2 A Police Boat shall have either:

.1 emergency power supplies readily available to supply navigation lights and

navigation equipment for a minimum of 3 hours (see Section 9.7.3.1 of the
Code);

.2 two independent battery installations, each readily available to supply navigation

lights and navigational equipment; or

.3 individual battery powered navigational lights and hand-held battery powered

GPS units.

315
14 Anchors and Cables
14.1 Anchors

14.1.1 Where a fisherman-type of anchor is provided, the mass given in Tables 20.1 and 20.2
of the Code shall be increased by 75%, but the diameter of the anchor cable need not
be increased.

14.1.2 A Police Boat operating in area category of operation 2 or 3 shall be provided with at
least two anchors (one main and one kedge or two main) and cables, subject to the
requirements of Section 20 of the Code.

14.1.3 A Police Boat operating in area category of operation 5 or 6 shall be provided with an
anchor of sufficient mass for the size and type of vessel, subject to the requirements of
Section 20 of the Code. At a minimum the mass of the anchor shall correspond to that of
a kedge, as listed in Table 20.1 and 20.2.

316
15 Accommodation, Medical Care and Protection of Personnel
15.1 General

15.1.1 A Police Boat operating in area category of operation 6 may comply with the
requirements of Section 22.2.2.6 of the Code.

15.1.2 Heavy items shall be appropriately fastened or stowed, meeting the requirements of
Sections 21.1.1 and 21.1.2 of the Code. For sailing vessels this shall include motions
leading to inversion.

15.1.3 Means of escape from accommodation spaces shall meet the requirements of
Sections 6.2.1.2, 6.3.4 and 15.7 of the Code.

15.1.4 Any hot water supply system shall meet the requirements of Section 21.1.5 of the Code.

15.1.5 All accommodation spaces shall be adequately ventilated.

15.1.6 All Police Boats shall meet the medical store requirements of Section 23.1.1 of the
Code.

15.1.7 The Maritime Labour Convention does not apply to Police Boats. Police Services
shall comply with relevant national regulations.

15.1.8 A suitable and sufficient risk assessment shall be carried out to consider, at a minimum,
the following factors which may affect the crew and all persons on board:

.1 voyage duration;

.2 weather conditions;

.3 area of operation;

.4 standard of accommodation for persons on board.

15.2 Police Boats at Sea for more than 24 Hours

15.2.1 Where air conditioning systems are not fitted, mechanical ventilation meeting the
requirements of Section 21.1.3 of the Code shall be provided to accommodation
spaces located below the weatherdeck.

15.2.2 Where a Police Boat intends to be at sea for more than 24 hours, an adequate
standard of accommodation for all on board shall be provided, meeting the requirements
of Sections 21.1.4 and 21A.2 of the Code.

15.3 Recovery of Persons from the Water

15.3.1 An efficient means to aid the recovery of an unconscious person from the water shall be
provided to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority.

317
15.3.2 Special consideration shall be made for Police Boats engaged in towing to ensure that
a person can be recovered efficiently from the water.

15.4 Personal Clothing

15.4.1 A Police Boat operating in area category of operation 2 or 3 and in waters of sea
surface temperature of 10° Centigrade or less shall meet the requirements of Section
22.2.6.2 of the Code.

318
16 Tenders and Dinghies
16.1 Where a tender or dinghy is provided it shall be towed or carried by a Police Boat, and
shall be clearly marked with the:

.1 permissible weight which can be safely carried;

.2 maximum number of people with a mass of 100 kg which can be safely carried;
and

.3 name of the parent vessel.

16.2 All tenders or dinghies shall be:

.1 fit for the intended purpose;

.2 regularly inspected by a competent person appointed by the Police Officer in

charge of the Police Marine/Diving Unit; and

.3 maintained and kept in a safe condition.

16.3 A Type 1 Tender is permitted to operate during day and night in favourable weather
only.

319
17 Maintenance and Operation of the Vessel
17.1 It is the responsibility of the Police Service or its representative to ensure that a Police
Boat is:

.1 properly maintained;

.2 operated in conditions appropriate to the capabilities of the Police Boat; and

.3 operated in accordance with the conditions and any limitations stated on the
vessel’s Police Boat Certificate.

17.2 Sufficient stores, spare parts and tools shall be carried on board to enable running
repairs to be undertaken.

17.3 Before proceeding on a voyage to sea the person in charge of the Police Boat shall
ensure that details of the intended passage plan and the number of persons on board
are communicated to:

.1 a police representative on shore; and either

.2 an HM Coastguard officer in a Marine Rescue Coordination Centre operations

room responsible for the area in which the vessel intends to operate; or

.3 a Police Control Room.

17.4 The person in charge of the Police Boat shall:

.1 carry out a risk assessment of the risks to the health and safety of all persons on
board, taking into account the guidance provided in the MCA’s publication “The
Code of Safe Working Practices for Merchant Seafarers”;

.2 record the risk assessment within the Police Marine Unit’s standard operating
procedures; and

.3 review the risk assessment at regular intervals.

17.5 The Police Service must comply with the accident reporting requirements of Section 3.6
of the Code.

17.6 The Police Service has a statutory requirement to report accidents to the Marine
Accident Investigation Branch of the DfT. The statutory requirements are given in The
Merchant Shipping (Accident Reporting and Investigation) Regulations 2012 (SI 2012
No. 1743), as amended and MGN 564 (M+F), as amended.

17.7 Where an urgent operational requirement exists the Police Service may be permitted to
use a vessel certificated under a Small Commercial Vessel Code of Practice other than
this Annex subject to the following limitations:

.1 the use of such a vessel must only be with the prior permission of the vessel
owner/operator;

320
 .2 a suitable and sufficient risk assessment shall be carried out;

.3 only a single use of a particular vessel is permitted, otherwise Section 1.9 of this
Annex applies;

.4. all equipment required for the urgent operational requirement shall be carried on
board the vessel; and

.5 the vessel shall be manned as per the requirements of Section 19 of this Annex.

17.8 A Police Boat shall meet the requirements of Section 31 of the Code.

321
18 Manning
18.1 General Qualification Requirements

18.1.1 A Police Boat operating in the following areas shall be manned, at a minimum, in
accordance with either:

.1 the minimum mandatory training and qualifications required by Section 28 of the

Code (including undertaking a Professional Practices and Responsibilities
Certificate) and all internal Police training and qualifications specific to their
operational role on board; or

.2 equivalent Police Operational Endorsement (see Section 18.6 of this Annex) and
all internal Police training and qualifications specific to their operational role on
board (including an internal Police-specific Professional Practices and
Responsibilities Course). Police specific training and qualifications may be
accepted in lieu of commercial endorsement of RYA qualifications.

18.1.2 Police specific training and qualifications are not accepted as alternative manning
requirements for operating a vessel certificated under the Code.

18.1.3 All crew which helm on Police Boats must be able to demonstrate competency in police
boat handling, or compliance in line with the document “National Police Chiefs Council
Maritime Policing Manual”.

18.1.4 The Master and crew of Police Boats shall have:

.1 an approved Basic Sea Survival Course Certificate; and

.2 on board familiarisation training with life-saving appliances and emergency

procedures to ensure that they are able to be self-sufficient in an emergency.

18.1.5 All passengers shall have on board familiarisation training with life-saving appliances
and emergency procedures to ensure that they are able to be self-sufficient in an
emergency.

18.1.6 When a Police Boat is working in an operational police role there shall be a second
person in charge on board. The second person in charge shall, at a minimum, meet the
following requirements:

.1 meet the qualification requirements set out in Table 18.1;

.2 hold an approved Basic Sea Survival Course Certificate;

.3 meet minimum requirements for medical fitness; and

.4 hold a radio certificate (see Section 28.1.8 of the Code).

18.1.7 For a Police Boat operating in categorised waters or inland waters which has an
engine(s) with a maximum output of 80hp, the:

322
 .1 Master shall be qualified with a minimum of RYA/MCA Powerboat Level 2 and
Police-specific training for day and night operations; and

.2 second person shall be deemed by the Police Service to be experienced and

competent.

18.1.8 Individual Police Marine Units may increase the level of training for a second person in
charge, as appropriate, where a risk assessment demonstrates that it is necessary (such
as due to operational requirements, local conditions or night time operations).

18.1.9 If completion of the relevant mandatory courses cannot be demonstrated to the

satisfaction of the Administration the Police Boat may be detained.

18.1.10 It is the responsibility of the Police Service or its representative to ensure that the
Master, and where required, the crew of the Police Boat have recent and relevant
experience of the:

.1 type and size of vessel;

.2 onboard machinery; and

.3 type of operation in which the Police Boat is engaged.

18.1.11 The Police Service or its representative shall ensure that there are sufficient additional
crew on board having regard to the type and duration of the voyage being undertaken.

18.1.12 The Master and all crew in charge of a navigational watch serving on Police Boats
shall hold an appropriate Certificate of Competency.

18.1.13 A Certificate of Competency or Service shall not, on its own, be required as evidence of
the ability to serve in a particular rank on a specific vessel. The vessel owner/operator
shall ensure that there are sufficient trained personnel on board to work the vessel,
having due regard for the nature and duration of the vessel and voyage.

18.1.15 The senior officer responsible for the Police Marine Unit shall be satisfied that the
officers working in their Marine Unit are qualified in accordance with this Annex, and
shall be suitably experienced to undertake their duties.

18.1.16 The Master of each Police Boat shall hold a Radio Operator’s Certificate suitable for
the radio equipment on board. See Section 17 of the Code.

323
Table 18.1 Minimum Deck Manning Requirements
Area Category of Operation 6 5 3 2
√ √ √ √
MASTER QUALIFICATION ACCEPTABLE FOR GIVEN AREA

STCW Master (Workboat less than 500GT unlimited area) Note G

STCW Master (Code Vessels less than 200GT unlimited area) Note E √ √ √ √

RYA/MCA Yachtmaster Ocean Certificate of Competency Note A √ √ √ √

STCW Master (Code Vessels less than 200GT limited to 150 miles from a safe haven) Note E √ √ √ √

RYA/MCA Yachtmaster Offshore Certificate of Competency or Service Note A √ √ √ √

MCA Boatmasters Licence Note B √ √ √

RYA/MCA Yachtmaster Coastal Certificate of Competency or Service Note A √ √ √

CATEGORY OF OPERATION

Note F
RYA/MCA Powerboat Advanced Certificate of Competency √ √ √
Note A
Note F
RYA/MCA Powerboat Advanced Practical Certificate (only if issued before 1st January 2005) √ √ √
Note A
Note A
Certificate of competency for appropriate area issued by Competent Authority √ √ √
Note C
Note H
RYA/MCA Powerboat Intermediate Certificate (Daylight Operation Only) √
Note A
Note A
RYA/MCA Day Skipper Theory & Practical Certificate (Daylight Operation Only) √

Note A
Local Authority Licence for appropriate area √
Note D
There shall also be on board a second person deemed by the vessel owner/operator to be √ √ √
REQUIREMENTS

experienced and competent.

ADDITIONAL

There shall also be on board a second person holding at least an RYA/MCA Certificate of √
Competency or Service as Yachtmaster Coastal.

324
18.2 Stability Training

18.2.1 The Police Service shall ensure that the Master, crew and operators of winches and
lifting gear are familiar with the stability issues detailed in Section 25.2 of the Code as
applied to the type of vessel being operated and the nature of the duties being
undertaken.

18.2.2 The Master of a Police Boat shall be familiar with the vessel’s Stability Guidance
Booklet, where issued, drawing it to the attention of all watchkeepers on board.

18.2.3 Where a Police Boat is required to be issued with an approved Stability Information
Booklet (SIB), the Master shall have knowledge and understanding of the booklet’s
contents, and shall ensure that the Police Boat is operated within the operating
conditions of the SIB.

18.2.4 The Master of a Police Boat required to be issued with an approved SIB shall have
attended an approved stability course, or shall be able to demonstrate adequate
knowledge of the subject to the satisfaction of the Administration.

18.2.5 The stability training required in Table A5.3 of the Code is not required for Police Boats
which are not required to be provided with a Stability Information Booklet.

18.3 Radar Training

18.3.1 For Police Boats which are <18m length which use paper charts as the primary means
of navigation may either meet the:

.1 radar training requirements set out in Table A5.3 of the Code; or

.2 RYA Day Skipper Theory and Practical Certificate; RYA radar qualification and
internal Police-specific radar and ECS familiarisation training; or

.3 RYA Day Skipper Theory Certificate and either Powerboat Advanced or

Powerboat Intermediate; RYA radar qualification and internal Police-specific
radar and ECS familiarisation training.

18.4 Engineering Training

18.4.1 At least one member of crew on board a Police Boat operating in area category of
operation 2 shall complete the RYA Diesel Engine Course and appropriate Police
specific familiarisation training.

It is strongly recommended that at least one member of the crew on board a Police
Boat with an inboard diesel engine operating in area category of operation 3 or 5 shall
complete the RYA’s one day diesel engine course.

18.4.2 Persons who are able to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Police Service that they
have the appropriate engineering experience and competency may be granted
exemption from the requirement to attend an Approved Engine Course. Table A5.3 in
Appendix 5 corrected

325
18.4.3 The Police Service shall consider the risk(s) of power sources and ensure that the crew
are appropriately trained.

18.5 Fire Fighting Training

18.5.1 Police Boats which are open boats with an outboard engine and no fixed firefighting
apparatus may either:

.1 meet the fire fighting training requirements of Table A5.3 of the Code; or

.2 have vessel-specific safety procedures and drills.

18.5.2 Police Boats with a machinery space(s) may either:

.1 meet the fire fighting training requirements of Table A5.3 of the Code; or

.2 complete a Police-specific fire fighting training course.

18.6 Police Operational Endorsement

18.6.1 Police Operational Endorsements are not required to be commercially endorsed, but
shall meet the minimum mandatory training and qualifications required by Section 28 of
the Code with the following adjustments:

.1 Police internal medical fitness test;

.2 5-year refreshers and requirements for sea-time for revalidation shall be

managed internally by the Police; and

.3 a suitable first aid qualification:

.1 RYA first aid certificate;

.2 STCW certificate; or

.3 equivalent Police-specific first aid qualification(s).

A Police internal medical fitness test shall either be a ML5 medical form, or match the
content of a ML5 medical form.

18.6.2 The Police shall be responsible for the occupational health of those employed onboard
by ensuring that they are medically fit for their duties at sea.

18.6.3 A Police force may choose to have their qualifications voluntarily commercially
endorsed.

Where qualifications are not commercially endorsed, they shall be used on official police
business only.

326
18.7 Single Handed Operations

18.7.1 Single handed operations are only permitted where meeting the requirements of
Section 28.2 of the Code.

18.7.2 Where a Police Boat is permitted to undertake single handed operations, a vessel’s
Police Boat Certificate shall be endorsed with the following: “suitable for single handed
operation”.

18.8 High Speed Operations

18.8.1 Where the Police Boat is used in accordance with Section 25.4 of the Code, the Master
shall have suitable qualifications and experience of relevant operations.

18.9 Chartered Police Boats

18.9.1 Where the Police Service chartering a Police Boat intends to use it for police business,
those manning the vessel shall be qualified in accordance with the requirements of
Section 18.1 of this Annex.

18.10 Vessels on Skippered Charter

18.10.1 The skipper shall ensure that all persons on board are briefed on safety in accordance
with the requirements of Section 23 of this Annex.

18.10.2 The skipper shall brief at least one other person, who will be on board for the duration of
the voyage, on the requirements given in Section 23 of this Annex.

18.11 Withdrawal of Certificates of Competency or Service

18.11.1 The Yachtmaster Qualifications Panel reserves the right to withdraw a RYA/MCA
Certificate of Competency or Service if due cause is shown.

327
19 Police Boats that are not Rigid Inflatable Boats, Open Boats or
Boats with a Buoyant Collar and Operate on Inland Waters and
Area Category of Operation 2, 3 or 5
19.1 General

19.1.1 A Police Boat shall have permanent sheltered accommodation with ready access to
the weatherdeck for the use of the crew and all other persons carried on board
during normal service.

19.2 Engines

19.2.1 A Police Boat that operates on inland waterways and in area category of operation
5 or 6 may be fitted with a single diesel or petrol engine with mechanical, electrical or
hand starting facilities.

19.2.2 A Police Boat that operates in area category of operation 2 or 3 shall be fitted with
twin diesel or petrol engines each with mechanical, electrical or hand starting
facilities.

19.2.3 Where electrical starting facilities are provided, each engine shall have its own
independent battery with change-over switches to allow either engine to be started by
either battery. Charging facilities shall be available for all batteries.

19.2.4 There shall be a separate fuel source provided for each engine. This can be
achieved by installing two separate fuel tanks, or by internal division of the main tank.

19.3 Rescue Retrieval Equipment

19.3.1 Where the freeboard of a Police Boat does not allow ready and easy access to the
waterline to facilitate the ready recovery of a person from the water by members of
the crew, the vessel shall be fitted with:

.1 transom steps and/or ladder or equivalent side ladder or scrambling net; or

.2 a constructional or mechanical arrangement for the retrieval of any person

who falls overboard, or an inflatable tender stowed in such a manner so as to
be readily launched.

The efficiency of this equipment shall be proven by practical testing at the annual
examination to the satisfaction of the Authorised Marine Police Employee.

328
20 Police Boats that are Rigid Inflatable Boats, Open Boats or
Boats with a Buoyant Collar which Operate on Inland Waters
and Area Category of Operation 3 or 5
20.1 General

20.1.1 A rigid inflatable boat, open boat or boat with a buoyant collar operating in area
category of operation 3 or 5 shall meet the requirements of Section 20 of this
Annex.

Police Boats intending to operate outside the hours of daylight shall also meet the
requirements of Section 21.1.2 of this Annex.

20.1.2 A rigid inflatable boat, open boat or boat with a buoyant collar operating in area
category of operation 3 or 5 is not required to meet the permanent sheltered
accommodation requirements of Section 20.1.1 of this Annex. Rigid inflatable
boats, open boats or boats with a buoyant collar without a permanent enclosure
shall be permitted to operate without seasonal restrictions.

20.1.3 Where a rigid inflatable boat, open boat or boat with a buoyant collar intends to
remain in area category of operation 3 or 5 but operate outside of the hours of
daylight at sea it shall:

.1 have twin engines installed with totally independent systems;

.2 require all persons on board to wear a Personal Locator Beacon (PLB)

equipped with GPS and a light, lifejacket and clothing meeting the
requirements of Section 22.2.6 of the Code;

.3 only operate in favourable weather; and

.4 be in regular radio contact with either an officer of HM Coastguard in a

MRCC, or a police representative.

20.2 Engines

20.2.1 All Police Boats shall be fitted with a main and an auxiliary means of propulsion
each with mechanical, electrical or hand starting facilities, as appropriate, which may
be in the form of a:

.1 twin engine arrangement;

.2 single main engine, supplemented by an auxiliary engine of sufficient power

for the intended purpose; or

.3 single engine supplemented by oars or paddles.

20.2.2 A Police Boat which meets the requirements of 20.2.1.1 or 20.2.1.2 of this Annex
shall have a separate fuel source for each engine achieved by:

.1 installing two separate fuel tanks;

.2 division of the main tank internally; or

.3 carrying an alternative fuel supply.

329
20.3 Protective Clothing

20.3.1 Immersion suits or dry suits shall be provided for all persons certificated to be
carried on board. They shall be worn:

.1 whilst operating at sea more than 1 mile from a safe haven; and

.2 at any time when the officer in charge of the vessel orders so having made a
suitable and sufficient risk assessment which, at a minimum, considers the
area of operation, weather conditions and availability of a liferaft or other out
of the water support.

20.3.2 Where the wearing of an immersion/dry suit is not deemed suitable, appropriate
protective clothing of a standard which affords protection from the elements and
reduces the likelihood of hypothermia shall be worn.

20.3.3 Protective headgear which facilitates communication shall be worn by the crew
where appropriate. Protective headgear shall meet a recognised standard for marine
users.

20.4 Rescue Retrieval Equipment

20.4.1 Man-overboard/rescue equipment shall be carried on board.

20.4.2 Where a Police Boat’s freeboard does not allow the ready recovery of a person
from the water by members of the crew, a Police Boat shall be fitted with a means
for the retrieval of any person from the water which should be proven by practical
testing.

20.5 General Equipment

20.5.1 Each Police Boat shall be provided with a waterproof torch.

20.5.2 A rigid inflatable boat, open boat or boat with a buoyant collar fitted with
inflatable sponsons shall carry a means by which the sponsons can be inflated and
repaired.

20.5.3 A rigid inflatable boat, open boat or boat with a buoyant collar shall carry an
oyster clamp for emergency repairs.

20.5.4 A rigid inflatable boat, open boat or boat with a buoyant collar shall be provided
with bow and stern lines for securing the vessel and for righting purposes.

330
21 Police Boats that are Rigid Inflatable Boats, Open Boats or
Boats with a Buoyant Collar which Operate in Area Category of
Operation 2
21.1 General

21.1.1 Rigid inflatable boats, open boats and boats with a buoyant collar may operate
in area category of operation 2 both in and outside the hours of daylight.

21.1.2 Where a rigid inflatable boat, open boat or boat with a buoyant collar intends to
operate in area category of operation 2 it shall meet the following requirements:

.1 meet the requirements of Section 20 of this Annex and the applicable

requirements of the Code;

.2 carry a liferaft meeting the requirements of Section 11.2 of this Annex for the
total number of persons on board;

.3 require all persons on board to wear a Personal Locator Beacon (PLB)

equipped with GPS and a light, lifejacket and clothing meeting the
requirements of Section 20.3 of this Annex;

.4 only operate in favourable weather;

.5 have twin engines installed with totally independent systems;

.6 not be a vessel which has been phased in under existing provisions and
standards, or allowed to operate on a case-by-case basis;

.7 be in the close company of an appropriately certified vessel with a permanent

substantial enclosure for the protection of persons on board which is
certified to carry both the total number of persons on board the vessel, and
on the vessel certified under this Annex, and shall be considered suitable by
the Police Officer in charge of the Police Marine Unit;

.8 be in regular radio contact with the vessel required in Section 21.1.1.7 of this
Annex;

.9 carry sufficient fuel for the voyage and, if necessary, have reserve fuel
available on board the vessel required in Section 21.1.1.7 of this Annex; and

.10 carry sufficient food and water for the intended voyage for all persons on
board. If practicable, this may be carried on board the vessel required in
Section 21.1.1.7 of this Annex.

331
22 Police Personal Watercraft
22.1 General Requirements

22.1.1 Police Personal Watercraft shall not exceed 1 mile from land whilst at no time
exceed 15 miles from a safe haven.

22.1.2 Alternatively to the requirements of 22.1.1 Police Personal Watercraft may exceed 1
mile from land where operation within the 1 mile limit would create an operational
hazard (e.g. such as due to the presence of mud). A suitable and sufficient risk
assessment shall be carried out to consider, at a minimum, the distance from land
and mitigations required to facilitate safe operation, up to a maximum of 3 miles from
land, and at no time exceeding 15 miles from a safe haven.

22.1.2 Police Personal Watercraft shall only proceed to sea in favourable weather.

22.1.3 Each Police Personal Watercraft shall be manned by a single member of crew.

In daylight a Police Personal Watercraft shall either operate in pairs or in the close
company of a Police Boat.

At night a Police Personal Watercraft shall:

.1 operate in the close company of a Police Boat; or

.2 operate in pairs within 1 mile of a Police Boat.

22.2 Minimum Qualifications

22.2.1 All crew operating Police Personal Watercraft shall, at a minimum, have the following
qualifications:

.1 RYA/MCA Powerboat Advanced Certificate of Competency; and

.2 RYA Personal Watercraft 1 day course

and shall have been trained in high speed heavy weather vessel handling.

22.2 Construction and Structural Strength

22.2.1 All Police Personal Watercraft shall be designed and constructed to meet ISO
13590:2018, as amended. Police Personal Watercraft shall be of sufficient strength
and watertight integrity for safe operation in the intended area(s) of operation at the
watercraft’s maximum anticipated draught.

22.3 Machinery, Propulsion and Fuel Systems

22.3.1 Police Personal Watercraft shall have either petrol or diesel powered inboard
engines. The propulsion system shall:

.1 be of the jet drive type with axial flow and of a single stage;

.2 have direct drive transmission;

.3 be constructed of materials completely resistant to saltwater corrosion;

332
 .4 have a water intake grill properly installed and blended with the inlet flow
restrictions;

.5 have a flame arrestor fitted to extinguish fire or flames if the engine backfires.

22.3.2 A fuel tank(s) shall be constructed as per the requirements of Section 8.12 of the
Code.

22.3.3 Petrol shall be stored in a permanent inboard fuel tank.

22.3.4 All exposed surfaces within an engine space shall be constructed of, or treated with,
a suitable flame-retardant material.

22.3.5 Means shall be provided to isolate a source of fuel in a machinery space or

outboard motor. The means of closure shall be positioned outside the machinery
space and shall be fitted as close to the fuel tank as possible. If the means of closure
fitted is remotely operated, it shall have a manual override.

22.3.6 All switches, accessories and harnesses must be sealed and fused.

22.3.7 A Police Personal Watercraft shall have a battery charging system.

22.3.8 The ignition system shall be a Capacitor Discharge Ignition (CDI) unit with the
resistor caps and to resist radio frequency interference (RFI).

22.4 Steering, Rudder and Propulsion Systems

22.4.1 A Police Personal Watercraft shall be fitted with an efficient means of steering which
shall be of the handlebar type with either thumb or finger throttle controls.

22.5 Bilge Pumping

22.5.1 Spaces below the weatherdeck where water may collect, and which are not served
by drainage arrangements, shall be provided with a vacuum or electric type bilge
system which shall discharge overboard above the waterline.

22.6 Life Saving Appliances

22.6.1 All crew on board shall wear a Personal Locator Beacon (PLB) equipped with GPS
and a light, a lifejacket meeting the requirements of ISO 12402-5 and clothing
meeting the requirements of Section 20.3;

22.6.2 Eye protection, such as goggles or equivalent, shall be worn by the crew at all times.

22.6.3 Police Personal Watercraft proceeding to sea, or where otherwise deemed

necessary, shall carry on board the following rescue equipment:

.1 a minimum of one buoyant lifeline not less than 18 meters in length attached
to a rescue quoit or similar device;

.2 a first aid kit equipped to an agreed standard for the intended area of
operation (see Section 23 of the Code).

22.6.4 All Police Personal Watercraft must be capable of being righted by the crew.

333
22.6.5 All helmets (protective headgear) shall meet PAS 028:2002 and shall facilitate
communication.

334
23 Pre-Departure Safety Briefing for Passengers on Police
Vessels
23.1 Before the commencement of any voyage the Master shall ensure that all persons
on board are briefed, as a minimum, on the stowage and use of personal safety
equipment such as lifejackets, thermal protective aids and lifebuoys, and the
procedures to be followed in cases of emergency.

23.2 The Master shall brief at least one other person who will be sailing on the voyage
regarding the following:

.1 location of liferafts and the method of launching;

.2 procedures for the recovery of a person from the sea;

.3 location and use of pyrotechnics;

.4 procedures and operation of radios carried on board;

.5 location of navigation and other light switches;

.6 location and use of firefighting equipment;

.7 method of starting, stopping and controlling the main engine;

.8 method of navigating to a suitable port of refuge; and

.9 location of emergency escapes.

Safety cards are considered as an acceptable way of providing this information.

335
Appendix Ap3.1 Application for a Police Boat Certificate

Name of Vessel__________________

Official No.______________________

Vessel type_____________________

Gross Tonnage/Weight____________

Overall length___________________

Port of Registry__________________

Date of Build____________________

Name and address of Owner

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

Base Port______________________

_________________________________________________________________________

TO BE CERTIFICATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SAFETY OF POLICE BOATS –

WORKBOAT CODE EDITION 3 ANNEX 3

Intended Area of Operation (including distance offshore if proceeding to sea)

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

EXISTING BOATS

Year of build ______________________

Does the vessel hold a valid Police Boat Certificate? Yes / No

If yes, what is the date of expiry or next inspection?

___________________________________

Does the vessel hold a current Small Commercial Vessel or Workboat Certificate? Yes /
No

336
If yes, what is the date of expiry or next inspection?
___________________________________

Area of Operation allowed by any existing certificate

__________________________________

Classification Society Certificate or equivalent held?

__________________________________

How long has the vessel operated in the requested area of

operation?____________________

NEW BOATS

Name and address of builder / supplier

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

Completion / delivery date ____________________

Boatbuilder’s Declaration or Classification Society Certificate attached? Yes / No

Declaration by Owners attached? Yes / No

SURVEY/EXAMINATION ARRANGEMENTS

Where will the survey/examination be undertaken?

___________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

Anticipated date
_______________________________________________________________

Name of Applicant
_____________________________________________________________

Address
_____________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

Contact Telephone No.___________________________________________

337
Signature ____________________________________

338
Appendix Ap3.2 Boatbuilder’s Declaration for a United Kingdom Police Boat

Name of Vessel__________________

Official No.______________________

Vessel type______________________

Gross Tonnage/Weight_____________

Overall length____________________

Port of Registry___________________

Name and address of Owner

_______________________________

_______________________________

_______________________________

_______________________________

_______________________________

Where built_______________________________________________________________

We hereby declare that the above mentioned vessel has been supplied by us in accordance
with the following provisions of the Safety of Police Boats – Workboat Code Edition 3 Annex
3 accepted by the Maritime and Coastguard Agency:

ALL PROVISIONS….or….PROVISIONS/CLAUSE NO. (delete as appropriate)

Builder’s initials/signature _______________________

Signed ______________________________________

For and on behalf of

___________________________________________________________

Boatbuilders on _______________ 20_____

This declaration does not in itself provide full compliance with the Safety of Police Boats –
Workboat Code Edition 3 Annex 3, nor do its contents affect the statutory rights of the
customer.

339
Appendix Ap3.3 Owner’s Declaration for a United Kingdom Police Boat

Name of Vessel__________________

Official No.______________________

Vessel type_____________________

Gross Tonnage/Weight____________

Overall length___________________

Port of Registry__________________

Name and address of Owner

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

Builders/Suppliers_________________________________________________________

I hereby declare that the above mentioned vessel has been supplied with the equipment and
fittings as required by the Safety of Police Boats – Workboat Code Edition 3 Annex 3
accepted by the Maritime and Coastguard Agency subject to the following exceptions:

None / as indicated below (delete as appropriate)

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

Signed _______________________________

For and on behalf of ______________________________________________ Police

Service

Address
_____________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

On _______________ 20_____

340
Appendix A3.4 Records of particulars of a Police Boat certified in
accordance with the Safety of Police Boats – Workboat Code Edition 3 Annex 3

Vessels certified under the Safety of Police Boats – Workboat Code Edition 3 Annex 3 shall
receive a document with the above title, which is issued by the Certifying Authority. It is
anticipated that the “Record of Particulars of a Police Boat certified in accordance with the
Safety of Police Boats – Workboat Code Edition 3 Annex 3” will be very similar to the SCV2
that the Certifying Authority will have produced for vessels operating under the Codes of
Practice for Small Commercial Vessels.

341
Appendix Ap3.5 Declaration of Survey/Examination of a Police Boat

Name of Vessel__________________

Official No.______________________

Port of Registry__________________

Gros Tonnage/Weight_____________

Max No. of Persons to be carried____

Date of Build____________________

Overall Length___________________

Name and Address of Owner

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

Hull ID No._____________________

I hereby declare that the above named vessel has been surveyed/examined and found to be
in accordance with the requirements of the Safety of Police Boats – Workboat Code Edition
3 Annex 3 accepted by the Maritime and Coastguard Agency, subject to the following
conditions:

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

Surveyed/examined at ___________________________________on
________________20__

Name of Authorised Person

_____________________________________________________

342
Signature _________________________

For and on behalf of

___________________________________________________________

Date ________________

343
Appendix Ap3.6 Police Boat Certificate

Name of Vessel__________________

Official No.______________________

Port of Registry__________________

Gross Tonnage/Weight____________

Max No. of persons to be carried____

Date of Build____________________

Overall length___________________

Hull ID No._____________________

Unique No._____________________

Name and Address of Owner

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

This is to certify that the above named vessel was surveyed/examined by:

Name _______________________________
of______________________________________

at_______________________________________________
on_________________________

and found to be in accordance with the requirements of the Safety of Police Boats –
Workboat Code Edition 3 Annex 3 accepted by the Maritime and Coastguard Agency.

The Certificate will remain valid until ______________________ subject to the vessel, its
machinery and equipment being efficiently maintained and to the following conditions:

Permitted Area of Operation:

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

Any other conditions

_________________________________________________________________________

344
_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

Surveyed/examined at _________________________ on_______________________

20_____

Name of Authorised Person

_____________________________________________________

Signature ___________________________________ Date ___________________

For and on behalf of

___________________________________________________________

Record of annual inspections and examinations made by a competent person or

authorised person

First Inspection/Examination

Conducted at _______________________________ on ________________________

20____

Performed by _______________________________
of________________________________

Signature __________________________________ Date

_____________________________

Second Inspection/Examination

Conducted at _______________________________ on ________________________

20____

Performed by _______________________________
of________________________________

Signature __________________________________ Date

_____________________________

Third Inspection/Examination

Conducted at _______________________________ on ________________________

20____

Performed by _______________________________
of________________________________

Signature __________________________________ Date

_____________________________

345
Fourth Inspection/Examination

Conducted at _______________________________ on ________________________

20____

Performed by _______________________________
of________________________________

Signature __________________________________ Date

_____________________________

346